Practice Exam Questions Flashcards

1
Q

A company is planning to migrate a TCP-based application into the company’s VPC The
application is publicly accessible on a nonstandard TCP port through a hardware appliance in
the company’s data centre. This public endpoint can process up to 3 million requests per
second with low latency. The company requires the same level of performance for the new2https://Xcerts.com
public endpoint in AWS.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet this requirement?

A. Deploy a Network Load Balancer (NLB). Configure the NLB to be publicly accessible over the
TCP port that the application requires.

B. Deploy an Application Load Balancer (ALB). Configure the ALB to be publicly accessible over
the TCP port that the application requires.

C. Deploy an Amazon CloudFront distribution that listens on the TCP port that the application
requires Use an Application Load Balancer as the origin.

D. Deploy an Amazon API Gateway API that is configured with the TCP port that the application
requires. Configure AWS Lambda functions with provisioned concurrency to process the
requests.

A

A - Remember that it’s a Network that we are focused on.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

A company has an ecommerce application that stores data in an on-premises SQL database.
The company has decided to migrate this database to AWS. However, as part of the migration,
the company wants to find a way to attain sub-millisecond responses to common read requests.
A solutions architect knows that the increase in speed is paramount and that a small percentage
of stale data returned in the database reads is acceptable.
What should the solutions architect recommend’?

A. Build Amazon RDS read replicas.

B. Build the database as a larger instance type.

C. Build a database cache using Amazon ElastiCache.

D. Build a database cache using Amazon Elasticsearch Service (Amazon ES)

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

A company is implementing new data retention policies for all databases that run on Amazon
RDS DB instances. The company must retain daily backups for a minimum period of 2 years.
The backups must be consistent and restorable.
Which solution should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Create a backup vault in AWS Backup to retain RDS backups. Create a new backup plan
with a daily schedule and an expiration period of 2 years after creation. Assign the RDS DB
instances to the backup plan.
Configure a backup window for the RDS DB Instances for daily snapshots. Assign a snapshot
retention policy of 2 years to each RDS DB instance. Use Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager
(Amazon DLM) to schedule snapshot deletions.

B. Configure database transaction logs to be automatically backed up to Amazon CloudWatch
Logs with an expiration period of 2 years.

C. Configure an AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) replication task. Deploy a
replication instance, and configure a change data capture (CDC) task to stream database
changes to Amazon S3 as the target Configure S3 Lifecycle policies to delete the snapshots after 2 years.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

A disaster response team is using drones to collect images of recent storm damage. The
response team’s laptops lack the storage and compute capacity to transfer the images and
process the data While the team has Amazon EC2 instances for processing and Amazon S3
buckets for storage, network connectivity is intermittent and unreliable. The images need to be
processed to evaluate the damage.
What should a solutions architect recommend’?

A. Use AWS Snowball Edge devices to process and store the images.

B. Upload the images to Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) during intermittent
connectivity to EC2 instances.

C. Configure Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to create multiple delivery streams aimed
separately at the S3 buckets for storage and the EC2 instances for processing the images.

D. Use AWS Storage Gateway pre-installed on a hardware appliance to cache the images
locally for Amazon S3 to process the images when connectivity becomes available.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

A solutions architect needs to design a network that will allow multiple Amazon EC2 instances
to access a common data source used for mission-critical data that can be accessed by all the
EC2 instances simultaneously. The solution must be highly scalable, easy to implement, and
support the NFS protocol.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon EFS file system Configure a mount target in each Availability Zone.
Attach each instance to the appropriate mount target.

B. Create an additional EC2 instance and configure it as a file server Create a security group
that allows communication between the instances and apply that to the additional instance.

C. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the appropriate permissions Create a role in AWS IAM
that grants the correct permissions to the S3 bucket. Attach the role to the EC2 instances that
need access to the data.

D. Create an Amazon EBS volume with the appropriate permissions. Create a role in AWS IAM
that grants the correct permissions to the EBS volume. Attach the role to the EC2 instances that
need access to the data.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

A manufacturing company has machine sensors that upload csv files to an Amazon S3 bucket
These csv files must be converted into images and must be made available as soon as possible
for the automatic generation of graphical reports.
The images become irrelevant after 1 month, but the csv files must be kept to train machine
learning (ML) models twice a year. The ML trainings and audits are planned weeks in advance Which combination of steps will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively? (Select TWO )

A. Launch an Amazon EC2 Spot Instance that downloads the .csv files every hour, generates
the image files, and uploads the images to the S3 bucket.

B. Design an AWS Lambda function that converts the .csv files into images and stores the
images in the S3 bucket Invoke the Lambda function when a csv file is uploaded.

C. Create S3 Lifecycle rules for .csv files and image files in the S3 bucket Transition the csv
files from S3 Standard to S3 Glacier 1 day after they are uploaded. Expire the image files after
30 days.

D. Create S3 Lifecycle rules for csv files and image files in the S3 bucket Transition the csv files
from S3 Standard to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) 1 day after they are
uploaded Expire the image files after 30 days.

E. Create S3 Lifecycle rules for .csv files and image files in the S3 bucket. Transition the csv
files from S3 Standard to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) 1 day after they are
uploaded. Keep the image files in Reduced Redundancy Storage (RRS).

A

B, D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

A company is developing a serverless web application that gives users the ability to interact with
real-time analytics from online games. The data from the games must be streamed in real time.
The company needs a durable, low-latency database option for user data. The company does
not know how many users will use the application Any design considerations must provide
response times of single-digit milliseconds as the application scales.
Which combination of AWS services will meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Amazon CloudFront

B. Amazon DynamoDB

C. Amazon Kinesis

D. Amazon RDS

E. AWS Global Accelerator

A

B, C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

A company has an application that calls AWS Lambda functions. A recent code review found
database credentials stored in the source code. The database credentials needs to be removed
from the Lambda source code. The credentials must then be securely stored and rotated on a
on-going basis to meet security policy requirements.
What should a solutions architect recommend meet these requirements?

A. Store the password in AWS CloudHSM. Associate the Lambda function with a role that can
review the password from CloudHSM given key ID.

B. Store the password in AWS Secrets Manager . A associate the Lambda function with a role
that can retrieve the password from secrets Manager given its secret ID.

C. Move the database password to an environment variable associate the Lambda function
Retrieve the password from the environment variable upon execution.

D. Store the password in AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). Associate the Lambda 5https://Xcerts.com
function with a role that can retrieve the password from AWS KMS given its key ID
A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

An application running on AWS uses an Amazon Aurora Multi-AZ deployment for its database
When evaluating performance metrics, a solutions architect discovered that the database reads
are causing high I/O and adding latency to the write requests against the database.
What should the solutions architect do to separate the read requests from the write requests?

A. Enable read-through caching on the Amazon Aurora database.

B. Update the application to read from the Multi-AZ standby instance.

C. Create a read replica and modify the application to use the appropriate endpoint.

D. Create a second Amazon Aurora database and link it to the primary database as a read
replica.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

A company’s website hosted on Amazon EC2 instances processes classified data stored in
Amazon S3. Due to security concerns, the company requires a private and secure connection
between its EC2 resources and Amazon S3.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Set up S3 bucket policies to allow access from a VPC endpoint.

B. Set up an IAM policy to grant read-write access to the S3 bucket.

C. Set up a NAT gateway to access resources outside the private subnet.

D. Set up an access key ID and a secret access key to access the S3 bucket

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

A company’s near-real-time streaming application is running on AWS. As the data is ingested, a
job runs on the data and takes 30 minutes to complete. The workload frequently experiences
high latency due to large amounts of incoming data A solutions architect needs to design a
scalable and serverless solution to enhance performance.
Which combination of steps should the solutions architect take? (Select TWO.)

A. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to ingest the data.

B. Use AWS Lambda with AWS Step Functions to process the data.

C. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to ingest the data.

D. Use Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group to process the data.

E. Use AWS Fargate with Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) to process the
data.

A

A, B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

A company has created an isolated backup of its environment in another Region The application
is running in warm standby mode and is fronted by an Application Load Balancer (ALB) The
current failover process is manual and requires updating a DNS alias record to point to the
secondary ALB in another Region.
What should a solutions architect do to automate the failover process?

A. Enable an ALB health check

B. Enable an Amazon Route 53 health check.

C. Create a CNAME record on Amazon Route 53 pointing to the ALB endpoint.

D. Create conditional forwarding rules on Amazon Route 53 pointing to an internal BIND DNS
server.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

A company recently signed a contract with an AWS Managed Service Provider (MSP) Partner
for help with an application migration initiative. A solutions architect needs to share an Amazon
Machine Image (AMI) from an existing AWS account with the MSP Partner’s AWS account. The
AMI is backed by Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) and uses a customer managed
customer master key (CMK) to encrypt EBS volume snapshots.
What is the MOST secure way for the solutions architect to share the AMI with the MSP
Partner’s AWS account?

A. Make the encrypted AMI and snapshots publicly available. Modify the CMK’s key policy to
allow the MSP Partner’s AWS account to use the key.

B. Modify the launchPermission property of the AMI. Share the AMI with the MSP Partner’s
AWS account only. Modify the CMK’s key policy to allow the MSP Partner’s AWS account to
use the key.

C. Modify the launchPermission property of the AMI Share the AMI with the MSP Partner’s AWS
account only. Modify the CMK’s key policy to trust a new CMK that is owned by the MSP
Partner for encryption.

D. Export the AMI from the source account to an Amazon S3 bucket in the MSP Partner’s AWS
account. Encrypt the S3 bucket with a CMK that is owned by the MSP Partner Copy and launch
the AMI in the MSP Partner’s AWS account.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

A company is designing a new web service that will run on Amazon EC2 instances behind an
Elastic Load Balancer. However many of the web service clients can only reach IP addresses
whitelisted on their firewalls.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet the clients’ needs?

A. A Network Load Balancer with an associated Elastic IP address.

B. An Application Load Balancer with an associated Elastic IP address.

C. An A record in an Amazon Route 53 hosted zone pointing to an Elastic IP address.

D. An EC2 instance with a public IP address running as a proxy in front of the load balancer.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

A solutions architect must design a database solution for a high-traffic ecommerce web
application. The database stores customer profiles and shopping cart information. The database
must support a peak load of several million requests each second and deliver responses in
milliseconds The operational overhead for managing and scaling the database must be
minimized.
Which database solution should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Amazon Aurora

B. Amazon DynamoDB

C. Amazon RDS

D. Amazon Redshift

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

A solutions architect is designing the cloud architecture for a new application that is being
deployed on AWS. The application’s users will interactively download and upload files. Files that
are more than 90 days old will be accessed less frequently than newer files, but all files need to
be instantly available. The solutions architect must ensure that the application can scale to store
petabytes of data with maximum durability.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Store the files in Amazon S3 Standard. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy that moves objects that
are more than 90 days old to S3 Glacier.

B. Store the tiles in Amazon S3 Standard. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy that moves objects that
are more than 90 days old to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA).

C. Store the files in Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes. Schedule snapshots
of the volumes. Use the snapshots to archive data that is more than 90 days old.

D. Store the files in RAID-striped Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes.
Schedule snapshots of the volumes. Use the snapshots to archive data that is more than 90
days old.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

A company has a service that produces event data. The company wants to use AWS to process
the event data as it is received. The data is written in a specific order that must be maintained
throughout processing The company wants to implement a solution that minimizes operational
overhead.
How should a solutions architect accomplish this?

A. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue to hold messages Set
up an AWS Lambda function to process messages from the queue.

B. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to deliver notifications
containing payloads to process Configure an AWS Lambda function as a subscriber.

C. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) standard queue to hold messages. Set up an AWS Lambda function to process messages from the queue independently.

D. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to deliver notifications
containing payloads to process. Configure an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS)
queue as a subscriber.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

A social media company is building a feature tor its website. The feature will give users the
ability to upload photos. The company expects significant increases in demand during large
events and must ensure that the website can handle the upload traffic from users.
Which solution meets these requirements with the MOST scalability?

A. Upload files from the user’s browser to the application servers Transfer the files to an
Amazon S3 bucket.

B. Provision an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway. Upload files directly from the user’s
browser to the file gateway.

C. Generate Amazon S3 presigned URLs in the application. Upload files directly from the user’s
browser into an S3 bucket.

D. Provision an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. Upload files directly
from the user’s browser to the file system.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

A company is concerned about the security of its public web application due to recent web
attacks. The application uses an Application Load Balancer (ALB). A solutions architect must
reduce the risk of DDoS attacks against the application.
What should the solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Add an Amazon Inspector agent to the ALB

B. Configure Amazon Made to prevent attacks.

C. Enable AWS Shield Advanced to prevent attacks.

D. Configure Amazon GuardDuty to monitor the ALB

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

A website runs a web application that receives a burst of traffic each day at noon. The users
upload new pictures and context daily, but have complaining of timeout. The architect uses
Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling groups, and the custom application consistently takes 1 minutes to
initiate upon boot up before responding to user requests.
How should a solutions architect redesign the architect to better respond to changing traffic?

A. Configure a Network Load Balancer with a slow start configuration.

B. Configure AWS ElastiCache for Redis to offload direct requests to the servers.

C. Configure an Auto Scaling step scaling policy with an instance warmup condition.

D. Configure Amazon CloudFront to use an Application Load Balancer as the origin.

A

9https://Xcerts.com
Answer(s): C
Explanation:
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html#as- step-
scaling-warmup.
“If you are creating a step policy, you can specify the number of seconds that it takes for a
newly launched instance to warm up. Until its specified warm-up time has expired, an instance
is not counted toward the aggregated metrics of the Auto Scaling group. Using the example in
the Step Adjustments section, suppose that the metric gets to 60, and then it gets to 62 while
the new instance is still warming up. The current capacity is still 10 instances, so 1 instance is
added (10 percent of 10 instances). However, the desired capacity of the group is already 11
instances, so the scaling policy does not increase the desired capacity further. If the metric gets
to 70 while the new instance is still warming up, we should add 3 instances (30 percent of 10
instances). However, the desired capacity of the group is already 11, so we add only 2
instances, for a new desired capacity of 13 instances”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

The application’s traffic is often low. but it occasionally grows significantly. During these sudden
increases in traffic, DynamoDB returns throttling errors. The result is that error pages are
displayed to end users.
What should a solutions architect do to reduce these errors?

A. Change the DynamoDB table to use on-demand capacity mode.

B. Create a DynamoDB read replica to scale the read traffic horizontally.

C. Purchase DynamoDB reserved capacity of 1,000 RCUs and 500 WCUs.

D. Configure the application to use strongly consistent reads for DynamoDB queries.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

A solutions architect must design a highly available infrastructure for a website. The website is
powered by Windows web servers that run on Amazon EC2 instances. The solutions architect
must implement a solution that can mitigate a large-scale DDoS attack that originates from
thousands of IP addresses. Downtime is not acceptable for the website.
Which actions should the solutions architect take to protect the website from such an attack?
(Select TWO.)

A. Use AWS Shield Advanced to stop the DDoS attack.

B. Configure Amazon GuardDuty to automatically block the attackers.

C. Configure the website to use Amazon CloudFront for both static and dynamic content.

D. Use an AWS Lambda function to automatically add attacker IP addresses to VPC network
ACLs.

E. Use EC2 Spot Instances in an Auto Scaling group with a target tracking scaling policy that is
set to 80% CPU utilization.

A

A, D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

A company hosts an application on AWS. The application interacts with an Amazon DynamoDB
table that has 10 read capacity units (RCUs) Data from Amazon CloudWatch alarms shows that throttling is occurring on read requests to the DynamoDB table. The company needs to prevent
this issue from happening in the future as the application continues to grow.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Add an Elastic Load Balancer in front of the DynamoDB table.

B. Change the RCUs for the DynamoDB table to 20.

C. Provision 20 write capacity units (WCUs) for the DynamoDB table to offset the throttling on
read requests.

D. Enable auto scaling for the DynamoDB table

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

A company’s security team requests that network traffic be captured in VPC Flow Logs The logs
will be frequently accessed for 90 days and then accessed intermittently What should a
solutions architect do to meet these requirements when configuring the logs?

A. Use Amazon CloudWatch as the target. Set the CloudWatch log group with an expiration of
90 days.

B. Use Amazon Kinesis as the target Configure the Kinesis stream to always retain the logs for
90 days.

C. Use AWS CloudTrail as the target. Configure CloudTrail to save to an Amazon S3 bucket,
and enable S3 Intelligent-Tiering.

D. Use Amazon S3 as the target Enable an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the logs to S3
Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 90 days.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q

A company has a custom application running on an Amazon EC2 instance that:
· Reads a large amount of data from Amazon S3
· Performs a multi-stage analysis.
Writes the results to Amazon DynamoDB
The application writes a significant number of large, temporary files during the multi-stage
analysis. The process performance depends on the temporary storage performance. What
would be the fastest storage option for holding the temporary files?

A. Multiple Amazon S3 buckets with Transfer Acceleration for storage.

B. Multiple Amazon EBS drives with Provisioned IOPS and EBS optimization.

C. Multiple Amazon EFS volumes using the Network File System version 4 1 (NFSv4 1)
protocol.

D. Multiple instance store volumes with software RAID 0.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q

A company’s legacy application is currently relying on a single-instance Amazon RDS MySQL database without encryption. Due to new compliance requirements all existing and new data in
this database must be encrypted.
How should this be accomplished?

A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with server-side encryption enabled Move all the data to
Amazon S3 Delete the RDS instance.

B. Enable RDS Multi-AZ mode with encryption at rest enabled. Perform a failover to the standby
instance to delete the original instance.

C. Take a snapshot of the RDS instance. Create an encrypted copy of the snapshot. Restore
the RDS instance from the encrypted snapshot.

D. Create an RDS read replica with encryption at rest enabled Promote the read replica to
master and switch the application over to the new master Delete the old RDS instance.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q

A company needs to store 160TB of data for an indefinite of time. The company must be able to
use standard SQL and business intelligence tools to query all of the data. The data will be
queried no more than twice each month.
What is the MOST cost-effective solution that meets these requirements?

A. Store the data in Amazon Aurora Serverles with MySQL . Use an SQL client to query the
data.

B. Store the data in Amazon S3. Use AWS Glue. Amazon Athena. IDBC and COBC drivers to
query the data.

C. Store the data in an Amazon EMR cluster with EMR File System (EMRFS) as the storage
layer use Apache Presto to query the data.

D. Store a subnet of the data in Amazon Redshift, and store the remaining data in Amazon S3.
Use Amazon Redshift Spectrum to query the S3 data.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q

A solution architect at a company is designing the architecture for a two-tiered web application.
The web application is composed of an internet facing application load balancer that forwards
traffic to an auto scaling group of amazon EC2 instances. The EC2 instances must be able to
access a database that runs on Amazon RDS.
The company has requested a defence-in-depth approach to the network layout. The company
does not want to rely solely on security groups or network ACLs. Only the minimum resources
that are necessary should be routable from the internet.
Which network design should the solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Place the ALB, EC2 instances and RDS database in private subnets.

B. Place the ALB in public subnets. Place the EC2 instances and RDS database in private
subnets.

C. Place the ALB and EC2 instances in public subnets. Place the RDS database in private
subnets.

D. Place the ALB outside the VPC. Place the EC2 instances and RDS database in private
subnets.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q

A solutions architect is designing the architecture for a company website that is composed of
static content. The company’s target customers are located in the United States and Europe.
Which architecture should the solutions architect recommend to MINIMIZE cost?

A. Store the website files on Amazon S3 in the us-east-2 Region. Use an Amazon CloudFront
distribution with the price class configured to limit the edge locations in use.
B. Store the website files on Amazon S3 in the us-east-2 Region. Use an Amazon CloudFront
distribution with the price class configured to maximize the use of edge locations.

C. Store the website files on Amazon S3 in the us-east-2 Region and the eu-west-1 Region.
Use an Amazon CloudFront geolocation routing policy to route requests to the closest Region to
the user.

D. Store the website files on Amazon S3 in the us-east-2 Region and the eu-west-1 Region.
Use an Amazon CloudFront distribution with an Amazon Route 53 latency routing policy to route
requests to the closest Region to the user

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q

A company captures ordered clickstream data from multiple websites and uses batch
processing to analyze the data. The company receives 100 million event records, all
approximately 1 KB in size, each day. The company loads the data into Amazon Redshift each
night, and business analysts consume the data.
The company wants to move toward near-real-time data processing for timely insights. The
solution should process the streaming data while requiring the least possible operational
overhead.
Which combination of AWS services will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?
(Select TWO.)

A. Amazon EC2

B. AWS Batch

C. Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS)

D. Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose

E. Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics

A

B, C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q

A company has a stateless web application that runs on AWS Lambda functions that are
invoked by Amazon API Gateway. The company wants to deploy the application across multiple
AWS Regions to provide Regional failover capabilities.
What should a solutions architect do to route traffic to multiple Regions?

A. Configure Amazon Route 53 health checks for each Region. Use an active-active failover
configuration.

B. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution with an origin for each Region. Use CloudFront
health checks to route traffic.

C. Create an AWS Transit Gateway Attach the transit gateway to the API Gateway endpoint in
each Region Configure the transit gateway to route requests.

D. Use AWS Global Accelerator to create an accelerator with endpoints in each Region. Allow
Global Accelerator to automatically monitor the health of endpoints and route requests.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q

A solutions architect is redesigning a monolithic application to be a loosely coupled application
composed of two microservices: Microservice A and Microservice B
Microservice A places messages in a mam Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS)
queue for Microservice B to consume When Microservice B fails to process a message after
four retries, the message needs to be removed from the queue and stored for further
investigation.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an SQS dead-letter queue Microservice B adds failed messages to that queue after it
receives and fails to process the message four times.

B. Create an SQS dead-letter queue Configure the main SQS queue to deliver messages to the
dead-letter queue after the message has been received four times.

C. Create an SQS queue for failed messages Microservice A adds failed messages to that
queue after Microservice B receives and fails to process the message four times.

D. Create an SQS queue for failed messages. Configure the SQS queue for failed messages to
pull messages from the main SQS queue after the original message has been received four
times.

A

Answer(s): B

Explanation:
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs- dead-
letter-queues.html#sqs-dead-letter-queues-how-they-work

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q

A company needs a storage solution for an application that runs on a high performance
computing (HPC) cluster. The cluster is hosted on AWS Fargate for Amazon Elastic Container
Service (Amazon ECS) The company needs a mountable file system that provides concurrent
access to files while delivering hundreds of GBps of throughput at sub- millisecond latencies.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon FSx for Lustre file share for the application data Create an IAM role that
allows Fargate to access the FSx for Lustre file share.

B. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file share for the application data.
Create an IAM role that allows Fargate to access the EFS file share.

C. Create an Amazon S3 bucket for the application data. Create an S3 bucket policy that allows Fargate to access the S3 bucket.

D. Create an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) volume
for the application data Create an IAM role that allows Fargate to access the volume.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q

A company has a customer relationship management (CRM) application that stores data in an
Amazon RDS DB instance that runs Microsoft SQL Server. The company’s IT staff has
administrative access to the database. The database contains sensitive data. The company
wants to ensure that the data is not accessible to the IT staff and that only authorized personnel
can view the data.
What should a solutions architect do to secure the data?

A. Use client-side encryption with an Amazon RDS managed key.

B. Use client-side encryption with an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key.

C. Use Amazon RDS encryption with an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) default
encryption key.

D. Use Amazon RDS encryption with an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer
managed key

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q

A company operates a website on Amazon EC2 Linux instances Some of the instances are
failing. Troubleshooting points to insufficient swap space on the failed instances. The operations
team lead needs a solution to monitor this.
What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Configure an Amazon CloudWatch SwapUsage metric dimension Monitor the SwapUsage
dimension in the EC2 metrics in CloudWatch.

B. Use EC2 metadata to collect information, then publish it to Amazon CloudWatch custom
metrics Monitor SwapUsage metrics in CloudWatch.

C. Install an Amazon CloudWatch agent on the instances. Run an appropriate script on a set
schedule. Monitor SwapUtilization metrics in CloudWatch.

D. Enable detailed monitoring in the EC2 console Create an Amazon CloudWatch
SwapUtilization custom metric Monitor SwapUtilization metrics in CloudWatch.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q

A social media company allows users to upload images to its website. The website runs on
Amazon EC2 instances. During upload requests, the website resizes the images to a standard
size and stores the resized images in Amazon S3. Users are experiencing slow upload requests
to the website.
The company needs to reduce coupling within the application and improve website performance
A solutions architect must design the most operationally efficient process for image uploads.
Which combination of actions should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements’?
(Select TWO.)

A. Configure the application to upload images to S3 Glacier.

B. Configure the web server to upload the original images to Amazon S3.

C. Configure the application to upload images directly from each user’s browser to Amazon S3
through the use of a presigned URL.

D. Configure S3 Event Notifications to invoke an AWS Lambda function when an image is
uploaded. Use the function to resize the image.
E. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule that invokes an AWS
Lambda function on a schedule to resize uploaded images.

A

D, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q

A company hosts its multi-tier, public web application in the AWS Cloud. The web application runs on Amazon EC2 instances and its database runs on Amazon RDS The company is
anticipating a large increase in sales during an upcoming holiday weekend A solutions architect
needs to build a solution to analyze the performance of the web application with a granularity of
no more than 2 minutes.
What should the solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Send Amazon CloudWatch logs to Amazon Redshift Use Amazon QuickSight to perform
further analysis.

B. Enable detailed monitoring on all EC2 instances. Use Amazon CloudWatch metrics to
perform further analysis.

C. Create an AWS Lambda function to fetch EC2 logs from Amazon CloudWatch Logs. Use
Amazon CloudWatch metrics to perform further analysis.

D. Send EC2 logs to Amazon S3. Use Amazon Redshift to fetch logs from the S3 bucket to
process raw data for further analysis with Amazon QuickSight

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q

A company needs to connect its on-premises data center network to a new VPC. The data
center network has a 100 Mbps symmetrical internet connection. An application that is running
on premises will transfer multiple gigabytes of data each day. The application will use an
Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream for processing.
What should a solutions architect recommend for maximum performance?

A. Create a VPC peering connection between the on-premises network and the VPC Configure
routing for the on-premises network to use the VPC peering connection.

B. Procure an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device. After several days’ worth of data
has accumulated, copy the data to the device and ship the device to AWS for expedited transfer
to Kinesis Data Firehose Repeat as needed.

C. Create an AWS Site-to-Site VPN connection between the on-premises network and the VPC
Configure BGP routing between the customer gateway and the virtual private gateway. Use the
VPN connection to send the data from on premises to Kinesis Data Firehose.

D. Use AWS PrivateLink to create an interface VPC endpoint for Kinesis Data Firehose in the
VPC. Set up a 1 Gbps AWS Direct Connect connection between the on-premises network and
AWS Use the PrivateLink endpoint to send the data from on premises to Kinesis Data Firehose.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q

A company is designing a new web service that will run on Amazon EC2 instances behind an
Elastic Load Balancer. However, many of the web service clients can only reach IP addresses
whitelisted on their firewalls.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet the clients’ needs?

A. A Network Load Balancer with an associated Elastic IP address.

B. An Application Load Balancer with an associated Elastic IP address.

C. An A record in an Amazon Route 53 hosted zone pointing to an Elastic IP address.

D. An EC2 instance with a public IP address running as a proxy in front of the load balancer.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q

A company is hosting an application in its own data center The application uses Amazon S3 for
data storage The application transfers several hundred terabytes of data every month to and
from Amazon S3 The company needs to minimize the cost of this data transfer.
Which solution meets this requirement?

A. Establish an AWS Direct Connect connection between the AWS Region in use and the
company’s data center Route traffic to Amazon S3 over the Direct Connect connection.

B. Establish an AWS Site-to-Site VPN connection between the company’s data center and a VPC in the AWS Region in use. Create a VPC endpoint for Amazon S3 in the VPC. Route traffic
to Amazon S3 over the VPN connection to the S3 endpoint.

C. Create an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway Deploy the software appliance in the
company’s data center Configure the application to use the file gateway to store and retrieve
files.

D. Create an FTPS server by using AWS Transfer Family. Configure the application to use the
FTPS server to store and retrieve files

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q

A development team needs to host a website that will be accessed by other teams. The website
contents consist of HTML. CSS, client-side JavaScript, and images Which method is the MOST
cost-effective for hosting the website?

A. Containerize the website and host it in AWS Fargate.

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket and host the website there.

C. Deploy a web server on an Amazon EC2 instance to host the website.

D. Configure an Application Loa d Balancer with an AWS Lambda target that uses the Express
js framework.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q

A solution architect is designing a new service behind API Gateway. The request pattern for the
service will be unpredictable and can change suddenly from 0 request to over 500 per second.
The total size of the data that needs to be persisted database is currently less than 1 GB
unpredictable future growth. Date can be queried using sampling key -value request.
Which combination of AWS services would meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. AWS Fargete

B. AWS Lambda

C. Amazon DynamoDB

D. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling

E. MySQL-compatible Amazon Aurora

A

A, C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q

A bicycle sharing company is developing a multi-tier architecture to track the location of its
bicycles during peak operating hours The company wants to use these data points in its existing
analytics platform A solutions architect must determine the most viable multi-tier option to
support this architecture The data points must be accessible from the REST API.
Which action meets these requirements for storing and retrieving location data?

A. Use Amazon Athena with Amazon S3

B. Use Amazon API Gateway with AWS Lambda.

C. Use Amazon QuickSight with Amazon Redshift.

D. Use Amazon API Gateway with Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

A company hosts historical weather records in Amazon S3 The records are downloaded from
the company’s website by way of a URL that resolves to a domain name Users all over the
world access this content through subscriptions A third-party provider hosts the company’s root
domain name, but the company recently migrated some of its services to Amazon Route 53.
The company wants to consolidate contracts, reduce latency for users, and reduce costs related
to serving the application to subscribers.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create a web distribution on Amazon CloudFront to serve the S3 content for the application
Create a CNAME record in a Route 53 hosted zone that points to the CloudFront distribution,
resolving to the application’s URL domain name.

B. Create a web distribution on Amazon CloudFront to serve the S3 content for the application.
Create an ALIAS record in the Amazon Route 53 hosted zone that points to the CloudFront
distribution, resolving to the application’s URL domain name.

C. Create an A record in a Route 53 hosted zone for the application. Create a Route 53 traffic
policy for the web application, and configure a geolocation rule Configure health checks to check the health of the endpoint and route DNS queries to other endpoints if an endpoint is
unhealthy.

D. Create an A record in a Route 53 hosted zone for the application Create a Route 53 traffic policy for the web application, and configure a geoproximity rule. Configure health checks to check the health of the endpoint and route DNS queries to other endpoints if an endpoint is
unhealthy.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q

A company runs an application on Amazon EC2 instances. The application is deployed in
private subnets in three Availability Zones of the us-east-1 Region. The instances must be able
to connect to the internet to download files The company wants a design that is highly available
across the Region.
Which solution should be implemented to ensure that there are no disruptions to internet
connectivity?

A. Deploy a NAT instance in a private subnet of each Availability Zone.

B. Deploy a NAT gateway in a public subnet of each Availability Zone.

C. Deploy a transit gateway in a private subnet of each Availability Zone.

D. Deploy an internet gateway in a public subnet of each Availability Zone.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q

A company runs a multi-tier web application that hosts news content. The application runs on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones and use an Amazon Aurora database A solutions architect needs to make the application more resilient to periodic increases in request
rates. Which architecture should the solutions architect implement? (Select TWO.)

A. Add AWS Shield

B. Add Aurora Replicas.

C. Add AWS Direct Connect.

D. Add AWS Global Accelerator.

E. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution in front of the Application Load Balancer

A

B, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q

A company currently has 250 TB of backup files stored in Amazon S3 in a vendor’s proprietary format. Using a Linux-based software application provided by the vendor, the company wants to
retrieve files from Amazon S3, transform the files to an industry- standard format, and re-upload them to Amazon S3. The company wants to minimize the data transfer charges associated with
this conversion.
What should a solutions architect do to accomplish this?

A. Install the conversion software as an Amazon S3 batch operation so the data is transformed
without leaving Amazon S3

B. Install the conversion software onto an on-premises virtual machine. Perform the
transformation and re-upload the files to Amazon S3 from the virtual machine.

C. Use AWS Snowball Edge devices to export the data and install the conversion software onto the devices. Perform the data transformation and re-upload the files to Amazon S3 from the Snowball Edge devices.

D. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance in the same Region as Amazon S3 and install the
conversion software onto the instance. Perform the transformation and re-upload the files to
Amazon S3 from the EC2 instance.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

A company is developing a new online gaming application. The application will run on Amazon EC2 instances in multiple AWS Regions and will have a high number of globally distributed users A solutions architect must design the application to optimize network latency for the users.
Which actions should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Configure AWS Global Accelerator Create Regional endpoint groups in each Region where
an EC2 fleet is hosted.

B. Create a content delivery network (CDN) by using Amazon CloudFront Enable caching for
static and dynamic content, and specify a high expiration period.

C. Integrate AWS Client VPN into the application. Instruct users to select which Region is
closest to them after they launch the application. Establish a VPN connection to that Region.

D. Create an Amazon Route 53 weighted routing policy Configure the routing policy to give the highest weight to the EC2 instances in the Region that has the largest number of users.

E. Configure an Amazon API Gateway endpoint in each Region where an EC2 fleet is hosted Instruct users to select which Region is closest to them after they launch the application. Use the API Gateway endpoint that is closest to them.

A

A, B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q

A company has two applications: a sender application that sends messages with payloads to be
processed and a processing application intended to receive the messages with payloads The company wants to implement an AWS service to handle messages between the twoapplications The sender application can send about 1,000 messages each hour The messages may take up to 2 days to be processed If the messages fail to process, they must be retained so that they do not impact the processing of any remaining messages.
Which solution meets these requirements and is the MOST operationally efficient?

A. Set up an Amazon EC2 instance running a Redis database Configure both applications to use the instance Store process, and delete the messages., respectively.

B. Use an Amazon Kinesis data stream to receive the messages from the sender application.
Integrate the processing application with the Kinesis Client Library (KCL).

C. Integrate the sender and processor applications with an Amazon Simple Queue Service
(Amazon SQS) queue Configure a dead-letter queue to collect the messages that failed to process.

D. Subscribe the processing application to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to receive notifications to process, integrate the sender application to write to the
SNS topic.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q

A company has an application that uses Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) to store
data. The files are 1 GB in size or larger and are accessed often only for the first few days after creation The application data is shared across a cluster of Linux servers The company wants to
reduce storage costs for the application.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Implement Amazon FSx and mount the network drive on each server.

B. Move the files from Amazon EFS and store them locally on each Amazon EC2 instance.

C. Configure a lifecycle policy to move the files to the EFS Infrequent Access (IA) storage class after 7 days.

D. Move the files to Amazon S3 with S3 Lifecycle policies enabled. Rewrite the application to
support mounting the S3 bucket

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q

A company runs an application on a group of Amazon Linux EC2 instances. For compliance
reasons, the company must retain all application log files for 7 years. The log files will be
analyzed by a reporting tool that must be able to access all the files concurrently.
Which storage solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

B. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS)

C. Amazon EC2 instance store

D. Amazon S3

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q

A company has a mobile chat application with a data store based in Amazon DynamoDB. Users would like new messages to be need with as little latency as possible. A possible architect needs design an optimal solution that requires minimal application changes.
Which method should the solution architect select?

A. Configure amazon DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) for the new messages table. Update the
code to use DAX endpoint.

B. AddDynamoDB read replicas to handle the increased read lead the application to point to the
read endpoint for the read replicas.

C. Double the number of read capacity units for the new messages table in DynamoDB.
Continue to use the existing DynamoDB endpoint.

D. Add an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis cache to the application stack. Update the application to point to the Redis cache endpoint of DynamoDB

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q

A company’s database is hosted on an Amazon Aurora MySQL DB cluster in the us-east-1 Region The database is 4 TB in size. The company needs to expand its disaster recovery strategy to the us-west-2 Region The company must have the ability to fail over to us-west- 2 with a recovery time objective (RTO) of 15 minutes.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Create a Multi-Region Aurora MySQL DB cluster in us-east-1 and us-west-2 Use an Amazon
Route 53 health check to monitor us-east-1 and fail over to us-west-2 upon failure.

B. Take a snapshot of the DB cluster in us-east-1. Configure an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon
CloudWatch Events) rule that invokes an AWS Lambda function upon receipt of resource events Configure the Lambda function to copy the snapshot to us-west-2 and restore the snapshot in us-west-2 when failure is detected.

C. Create an AWS CloudFormation script to create another Aurora MySQL DB cluster in us-
west-2 in case of failure Configure an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule
that invokes an AWS Lambda function upon receipt of resource events. Configure the Lambda function to deploy the AWS CloudFormation stack in us-west-2 when failure is detected.

D. Recreate the database as an Aurora global database with the primary DB cluster in us- east-1 and a secondary DB cluster in us-west-2 Configure an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule that invokes an AWS Lambda function upon receipt of resource events Configure the Lambda function to promote the DB cluster in us-west-2 when failure is
detected.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q

A company processes large amounts of data. The output data is stored in Amazon S3 Standard storage in an S3 bucket, where it is analyzed for 1 month. The data must remain immediately
accessible after the 1-month analysis period.
Which storage solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Configure an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the objects to S3 Glacier after 30 days.

B. Configure S3 Intelligent-Tiering to transition the objects to S3 Glacier after 30 days.

C. Configure an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the objects to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) after 30 days.

D. Configure an S3 Lifecycle policy to delete the objects after 30 days. Enable versioning on the
S3 bucket so that deleted objects can still be immediately restored as needed.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
55
Q

A leasing company generates and emails PDF statements every month for all its customers. Each statement is about 400 KB in size Customers can download their statements from the
website for up to 30 days from when the statements were generated At the end of their 3-year lease, the customers are emailed a ZIP file that contains all the statements.
What is the MOST cost-effective storage solution for this situation?

A. Store the statements using the Amazon S3 Standard storage class Create a lifecycle policy
to move the statements to Amazon S3 Glacier storage after 1 day.
B. Store the statements using the Amazon S3 Glacier storage class Create a lifecycle policy to
move the statements to Amazon S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage after 30 days.

C. Store the statements using the Amazon S3 Standard storage class Create a lifecycle policy
to move the statements to Amazon S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone- IA) storage
after 30 days.

D. Store the statements using the Amazon S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard- IA) storage class. Create a lifecycle policy to move the statements to Amazon S3 Glacier storage
after 30 days

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
56
Q

A solutions architect must create a highly available bastion host architecture. The solution needs to be resilient within a single AWS Region and should require only minimal effort to
maintain.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a Network Load Balancer backed by an Auto Scaling group with a UDP listener.

B. Create a Network Load Balancer backed by a Spot Fleet with instances in a partition
placement group.

C. Create a Network Load Balancer backed by the existing servers in different Availability Zones as the target.

D. Create a Network Load Balancer backed by an Auto Scaling group with instances in multiple
Availability Zones as the target.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
57
Q

A solutions architect needs to design a managed storage solution for a company’s application that includes high-performance machine learning This application runs on AWS Fargate, and the connected storage needs to have concurrent access to files and deliver high performance.
Which storage option should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket for the application and establish an IAM role for Fargate to communicate with Amazon S3

B. Create an Amazon FSx for Lustre file share and establish an IAM role that allows Fargate to communicate with FSx for Lustre.

C. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file share and establish an IAM
role that allows Fargate to communicate with Amazon EFS.

D. Create an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume for the application and
establish an IAM role that allows Fargate to communicate with Amazon EBS

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
58
Q

A company wants to run an in-memory database for a latency-sensitive application that runs on Amazon EC2 instances. The application processes more than 100,000 transactions each minute and requires high network throughput. A solutions architect needs to provide a cost-effective network design that minimizes data transfer charges.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Launch all EC2 instances in the same Availability Zone within the same AWS Region.
Specify a placement group with cluster strategy when launching EC2 instances.

B. Launch all EC2 instances in different Availability Zones within the same AWS Region. Specify a placement group with partition strategy when launching EC2 instances.

C. Deploy an Auto Scaling group to launch EC2 instances in different Availability Zones based
on a network utilization target.

D. Deploy an Auto Scaling group with a step scaling policy to launch EC2 instances in different
Availability Zones.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
59
Q

A company must migrate 20 TB of data from a data centre to the AWS Cloud within 30 days. The company’s network bandwidth is limited to 15 Mbps and cannot exceed 70% utilization.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Snowball.

B. Use AWS DataSync

C. Use a secure VPN connection.

D. Use Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
60
Q

A solutions architect is designing a security solution for a company that wants to provide developers with individual AWS accounts through AWS Organizations, while also maintaining
standard security controls Because the individual developers will have AWS account root user-level access to their own accounts, the solutions architect wants to ensure that the mandatory
AWS CloudTrail configuration that is applied to new developer accounts is not modified.
Which action meets these requirements?

A. Create an IAM policy that prohibits changes to CloudTrail, and attach it to the root user.

B. Create a new trail in CloudTrail from within the developer accounts with the organization trails option enabled.

C. Create a service control policy (SCP) the prohibits changes to CloudTrail, and attach it the developer accounts.

D. Create a service-linked role for CloudTrail with a policy condition that allows changes only from an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the master account

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
61
Q

An ecommerce company is creating an application that requires a connection to a third- party
payment service to process payments. The payment service needs to explicitly allow the public
IP address of the server that is making the payment request. However, the company’s security
policies do not allow any server to be exposed directly to the public internet.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Provision an Elastic IP address. Host the application servers on Amazon EC2 instances in a
private subnet. Assign the public IP address to the application servers.

B. Create a NAT gateway in a public subnet. Host the application servers on Amazon EC2 instances in a private subnet Route payment requests through the NAT gateway.

C. Deploy an Application Load Balancer (ALB). Host the application servers on Amazon EC2
instances in a private subnet. Route the payment requests through the ALB.

D. Set up an AWS Client VPN connection to the payment service Host the application servers
on Amazon EC2 instances in a private subnet Route the payment requests through the VPN.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
62
Q

An application runs on Amazon EC2 instances across multiple Availability Zones The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer The application
performs best when the CPU utilization of the EC2 instances is at or near 40%.
What should a solutions architect do to maintain the desired performance across all instances in
the group?

A. Use a simple scaling policy to dynamically scale the Auto Scaling group.

B. Use a target tracking policy to dynamically scale the Auto Scaling group.

C. Use an AWS Lambda function to update the desired Auto Scaling group capacity.

D. Use scheduled scaling actions to scale up and scale down the Auto Scaling group.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
63
Q

A company has deployed a multiplayer game for mobile devices. The game requires live location tracking of players based on latitude and longitude. The data store for the game must support rapid updates and retrieval of locations. The game uses an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance with read replicas to store the location data. During peak usage periods, the database is unable to maintain the performance
that is needed for reading and writing updates. The game’s user base is increasing rapidly.
What should a solutions architect do to improve the performance of the data tier?

A. Take a snapshot of the existing DB instance. Restore the snapshot with Multi-AZ enabled.

B. Migrate from Amazon RDS to Amazon Elasticsearch Service (Amazon ES) with Kibana.

C. Deploy Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) in front of the existing DB instance.
Modify the game to use DAX.

D. Deploy an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis cluster in front of the existing DB instance. Modify the game to use Redis.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
64
Q

A company is designing a new application that runs in a VPC on Amazon EC2 instances. The application stores data in Amazon S3 and uses Amazon DynamoDB as its database For
compliance reasons, the company prohibits all traffic between the EC2 instances and other AWS services from passing over the public internet.
What can a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Configure gateway VPC endpoints to Amazon S3 and DynamoDB

B. Configure interface VPC endpoints to Amazon S3 and DynamoDB

C. Configure a gateway VPC endpoint to Amazon S3. Configure an interface VPC endpoint to DynamoDB.

D. Configure a gateway VPC endpoint to DynamoDB Configure an interface VPC endpoint to Amazon S3

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
65
Q

A solutions architect is designing the architecture for a new web application. The application will run on AWS Fargate containers with an Application Load Balancer (ALB) and an Amazon
Aurora PostgreSQL database. The web application will perform primarily read queries against the database.
What should the solutions architect do to ensure that the website can scale with increasing
traffic? (Select TWO.)

A. Enable auto scaling on the ALB to scale the load balancer horizontally.

B. Configure Aurora Auto Scaling to adjust the number of Aurora Replicas in the Aurora cluster dynamically.

C. Enable cross-zone load balancing on the ALB to distribute the load evenly across containers
in all Availability Zones.

D. Configure an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster in each Availability Zone to distribute the load across multiple Availability Zones.
E. Configure Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) Service Auto Scaling with a target tracking scaling policy that is based on CPU utilization.

A

A, BA, B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
66
Q

An administrator of a large company wants to monitor for and prevent any cryptocurrency-
related attacks on the company’s AWS accounts Which AWS service can the administrator use
to protect the company against attacks?

A. Amazon Cognito

B. Amazon GuardDuty

C. Amazon Inspector

D. Amazon Macie

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
67
Q

A company is deploying a two-tier web application in a VPC. The web tier is using an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group with public subnets that span multiple Availability Zones. The database
tier consists of an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance in separate private subnets. The web tier requires access to the database to retrieve product information.
The web application is not working as intended. The web application reports that it cannot connect to the database. The database is confirmed to be up and running. All configurations for
the network ACLs. security groups, and route tables are still in their default states.
What should a solutions architect recommend to fix the application?

A. Add an explicit rule to the private subnet’s network ACL to allow traffic from the web tier’s EC2 instances.

B. Add a route in the VPC route table to allow traffic between the web tier’s EC2 instances and the database tier.

C. Deploy the web tier’s EC2 instances and the database tier’s RDS instance into two separate VPCs. and configure VPC peering.

D. Add an inbound rule to the security group of the database tier’s RDS instance to allow traffic from the web tier’s security group.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
68
Q

A company has developed a microservices application. It uses a client-facing API with Amazon API Gateway and multiple internal services hosted on Amazon EC2 instances to process user
requests The API is designed to support unpredictable surges in traffic, but internal services may become overwhelmed and unresponsive for a period of time during surges A solutions
architect needs to design a more reliable solution that reduces errors when internal services become unresponsive or unavailable.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use AWS Auto Scaling to scale up internal services when there is a surge in traffic.

B. Use different Availability Zones to host internal services. Send a notification to a system administrator when an internal service becomes unresponsive.

C. Use an Elastic Load Balancer to distribute the traffic between internal services Configure Amazon CloudWatch metrics to monitor traffic to internal services.

D. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) to store user requests as they arrive.
Change the internal services to retrieve the requests from the queue for processing

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
69
Q

A company is running a web application on Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group.
The application uses a database that runs on an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance.
The application performs slowly as traffic increases, and the database experiences a heavy read load during periods of high traffic.
Which actions should a solutions architect take to resolve these performance issues? (Select
TWO.)

A. Enable auto scaling for the DB instance.

B. Create a read replica for the DB instance. Configure the application to send read traffic to the read replica.

C. Enable Multi-AZ for the DB instance. Configure the application to send read traffic to the standby DB instance.

D. Create an Amazon ElastiCache cluster. Configure the application to cache query results in the ElastiCache cluster.

E. Configure the Auto Scaling group subnets to ensure that the EC2 instances are provisioned in the same Availability Zone as the DB instance.

A

B, D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
70
Q

A company is running a multi-tier web application on premises. The web application is containerized and runs on a number of Linux hosts connected to a PostgreSQL database that contains user records The operational overhead of maintaining the infrastructure and capacity
planning is limiting the company’s growth A solutions architect must improve the application’s infrastructure.
Which combination of actions should the solutions architect take to accomplish this? (Select TWO.)

A. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to Amazon Aurora.

B. Migrate the web application to be hosted on Amazon EC2 instances.

C. Set up an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the web application content.

D. Set up Amazon ElastiCache between the web application and the PostgreSQL database.

E. Migrate the web application to be hosted on AWS Fargate with Amazon Elastic Container
Service (Amazon ECS).

A

C, D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
71
Q

A solutions architect needs to design a resilient solution for Windows users’ home directories.
The solution must provide fault tolerance, file-level backup and recovery, and access control, based upon the company’s Active Directory.
Which storage solution meets these requirements?

A. Configure Amazon S3 to store the users’ home directories. Join Amazon S3 to Active Directory.

B. Configure a Multi-AZ file system with Amazon FSx for Windows File Server Join Amazon FSx to Active Directory.

C. Configure Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) for the users home directories.
Configure AWS Single Sign-On with Active Directory.

D. Configure Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) to store the users home directories Configure AWS Single Sign-On with Active Directory.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
72
Q

A company has three VPCs named Development, Testing and Production in the us-east-1
Region. The three VPCs need to be connected to an on-premises data center and are designed to be separate to maintain security and prevent any resource sharing A solutions architect needs to find a scalable and secure solution.
What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Create an AWS Direct Connect connection and a VPN connection for each VPC to connect back to the data center.

B. Create VPC peers from all the VPCs to the Production VPC Use an AWS Direct Connect connection from the Production VPC back to the data center.

C. Connect VPN connections from all the VPCs to a VPN in the Production VPC. Use a VPN connection from the Production VPC back to the data center.

D. Create a new VPC called Network Within the Network VPC create an AWS Transit Gateway with an AWS Direct Connect connection back to the data center Attach all the other VPCs to the
Network VPC.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
73
Q

A company uses a payment processing system that requires messages for a particular payment
ID to be received in the same order that they were sent Otherwise, the payments might be processed incorrectly.
Which actions should a solutions architect take to meet this requirement? (Select TWO.)

A. Write the messages to an Amazon DynamoDB table with the payment ID as the partition key.

B. Write the messages to an Amazon Kinesis data stream with the payment ID as the partition key.

C. Write the messages to an Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached cluster with the payment ID as the key.

D. Write the messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue Set the message attribute to use the payment ID

E. Write the messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue. Set the message group to use the payment ID.

A

A, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
74
Q

A company hosts historical weather records in Amazon S3. The records are downloaded from the company’s website by way of a URL that resolves to a domain name Users all over the
world access this content through subscriptions. A third-party provider hosts the company’s root domain name, but the company recently migrated some of its services to Amazon Route 53 The
company wants to consolidate contracts, reduce latency for users, and reduce costs related to serving the application to subscribers.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create a web distribution on Amazon CloudFront to serve the S3 content for the application Create a CNAME record in a Route 53 hosted zone that points to the CloudFront distribution,
resolving to the application’s URL domain name.

B. Create a web distribution on Amazon CloudFront to serve the S3 content for the application Create an ALIAS record in the Amazon Route 53 hosted zone that points to the CloudFront distribution, resolving to the application’s URL domain name.

C. Create an A record in a Route 53 hosted zone for the application. Create a Route 53 traffic policy for the web application, and configure a geolocation rule. Configure health checks to check the health of the endpoint and route DNS queries to other endpoints if an endpoint is
unhealthy.

D. Create an A record in a Route 53 hosted zone for the application. Create a Route 53 traffic policy for the web application, and configure a geoproximity rule. Configure health checks to check the health of the endpoint and route DNS queries to other endpoints if an endpoint is unhealthy.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
75
Q

A company is creating an architecture for a mobile app that requires minimal latency for its users. The company’s architecture consists of Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer running in an Auto Seating group The EC2 instances connect to Amazon RDS
Application beta testing showed there was a slowdown when reading the data However, the metrics indicate that the EC2 instances do not cross any CPU utilization thresholds.
How can this issue be addressed?

A. Reduce the threshold for CPU utilization in the Auto Scaling group.

B. Replace the Application Load Balancer with a Network Load Balancer.

C. Add read replicas for the RDS instances and direct read traffic to the replica.

D. Add Multi-AZ support to the RDS instances and direct read traffic to the new EC2 instance.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
76
Q

A company’s facility has badge readers at every entrance throughout the building. When
badges are scanned, the readers send a message over HTTPS to indicate who attempted to access that particular entrance.
A solutions architect must design a system to process these messages from the sensors. The solution must be highly available, and the results must be made available for the company’s
security team to analyze.
Which system architecture should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance to serve as the HTTPS endpoint and to process the messages Configure the EC2 instance to save the results to an Amazon S3 bucket.

B. Create an HTTPS endpoint in Amazon API Gateway. Configure the API Gateway endpoint to invoke an AWS Lambda function to process the messages and save the results to an Amazon
DynamoDB table.

C. Use Amazon Route 53 to direct incoming sensor messages to an AWS Lambda function. Configure the Lambda function to process the messages and save the results to an Amazon
DynamoDB table.

D. Create a gateway VPC endpoint for Amazon S3. Configure a Site-to-Site VPN connection from the facility network to the VPC so that sensor data can be written directly to an S3 bucket
by way of the VPC endpoint.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
77
Q

A company allows its developers to attach existing IAM policies to existing IAM roles to enable faster experimentation and agility. However, the security operations team is concerned that the developers could attach the existing administrator policy, which would allow the developers to
circumvent any other security policies.

How should a solution architect address this issue?

A. Create an Amazon SNS topic to send an alert every time a developer create a new policy.

B. Use service control policies to disable IAM across all account in the organizational unit.

C. Prevent the developers from attaching any policies and duties to the security option team.

D. Set an IAM permission boundary on the developer IAM role that explicitly denies of attaching the administrator policy.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
78
Q

A company is automating an order management application. The company’s development team has decided to use SFTP to transfer and store the business-critical information files The files must be encrypted and must be highly available. The files also must be automatically deleted a
month after they are created.
Which solution meets these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Configure an Amazon S3 bucket with encryption enabled. Use AWS transfer for SFTP to securely transfer the files to the S3 bucket Apply an AWS Transfer for SFTP file retention policy to delete the files after a month.

B. Install an SFTP service on an Amazon EC2 instance Mount an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file share on the EC2 instance. Enable cron to delete the files after a month.

C. Configure an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system with encryption enabled. Use AWS Transfer for SFTP to securely transfer the files to the EFS file system. Apply an EFS lifecycle policy to automatically delete the files after a month.

D. Configure an Amazon S3 bucket with encryption enabled. Use AWS Transfer for SFTP to securely transfer the files to the S3 bucket. Apply S3 Lifecycle rules to automatically delete the
files after a month.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
79
Q

A company needs to provide its employees with secure access to confidential and sensitive files. The company wants to ensure that the tiles can be accessed only by authorized users.
The files must be downloaded securely to the employees’ devices. The files are stored in an on-premises Windows file server. However, due to an increase in remote usage, the file server is running out of capacity.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the file server to an Amazon EC2 instance in a public subnet. Configure the security group to limit inbound traffic to the employees’ IP addresses.

B. Migrate the files to an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system. Integrate the Amazon FSx file system with the on-premises Active Directory. Configure AWS Client VPN.

C. Migrate the tiles to Amazon S3, and create a private VPC endpoint. Create a signed URL to allow download.

D. Migrate the tiles to Amazon S3, and create a public VPC endpoint. Allow employees to sign on with AWS Single Sign-On.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
80
Q

A solutions architect is designing a multi-tier application for a company. The application’s users upload images from a mobile device. The application generates a thumbnail of each image and
returns a message to the user to confirm that the image was uploaded successfully.
The thumbnail generation can take up to 60 seconds, but the company wants to provide a faster response time to its users to notify them that the original image was received. The solutions architect must design the application to asynchronously dispatch requests to the different
application tiers.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Write a custom AWS Lambda function to generate the thumbnail and alert the user. Use the image upload process as an event source to invoke the Lambda function.

B. Create an AWS Step Functions workflow Configure Step Functions to handle the
orchestration between the application tiers and alert the user when thumbnail generation is complete.

C. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) message queue. As images are
uploaded, place a message on the SQS queue for thumbnail generation. Alert the user through an application message that the image was received.

D. Create Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notification topics and
subscriptions Use one subscription with the application to generate the thumbnail after the image upload is complete. Use a second subscription to message the user’s mobile app by way of a push notification after thumbnail generation is complete.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
81
Q

A solutions architect must transfer 750 TB of data from an on-premises network-attached file system to Amazon S3 Glacier. The migration must not saturate the on-premises 10 Mbps
internet connection.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an AWS Site-to-Site VPN tunnel to an S3 bucket Transfer the files directly by using the AWS CLI.

B. Order 10 AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized devices, and select an S3 Glacier vault as the destination.

C. Mount the network-attached file system to an S3 bucket, and copy the files directly. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the S3 objects to S3 Glacier.

D. Order 10 AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized devices, and select an S3 bucket as the destination. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the S3 objects to S3 Glacier.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
82
Q

A company has been running a web application with an Oracle relational database in an on-premises data center for the past 15 years. The company must migrate the database to AWS.
The company needs to reduce operational overhead without having to modify the application’s code.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate the database servers to Amazon RDS.

B. servers.

C. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate the database servers to Amazon DynamoDB.

D. Use an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device to migrate the data from Oracle to Amazon Aurora.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
83
Q

A company has an application that collects data from loT sensors on automobiles. The data is streamed and stored in Amazon S3 through Amazon Kinesis Date Firehose The data produces trillions of S3 objects each year. Each morning, the company uses the data from the previous 30
days to retrain a suite of machine learning (ML) models.
Four times each year, the company uses the data from the previous 12 months to perform analysis and train other ML models The data must be available with minimal delay for up to 1 year. After 1 year, the data must be retained for archival purposes.
Which storage solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition objects to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 year.

B. Use the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. Configure S3 Intelligent-Tiering to automatically
move objects to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 year.

C. Use the S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) storage class. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition objects to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 year.

D. Use the S3 Standard storage class. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition objects to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 30 days, and then to S3 Glacier Deep
Archive after 1 year.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
84
Q

A company is launching a new application that will be hosted on Amazon EC2 instances. A
solutions architect needs to design a solution that does not allow public IPv4 access that
originates from the internet. However, the solution must allow the EC2 instances to make outbound IPv4 internet requests.

The initial design proposal shows that the EC2 instances would be located in two private subnets across two Availability Zones. The entire architecture must be highly available.

How should the solutions architect change the architecture to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy a NAT gateway in public subnets in both Availability Zones. Create and configure one route table for each private subnet.

B. Deploy an internet gateway in public subnets in both Availability Zones. Create and configure a shared route table for the private subnets.

C. Deploy a NAT gateway in public subnets in both Availability Zones. Create and configure a shared route table for the private subnets.

D. Deploy an egress-only internet gateway in public subnets in both Availability Zones. Create and configure one route table for each private subnet.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
85
Q

A company is building a mobile app on AWS. The company wants to expand its reach to millions of users The company needs to build a platform so that authorized users can watch the
company’s content on their mobile devices. What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Publish content to a public Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) keys to stream content.

B. Set up IPsec VPN between the mobile app and the AWS environment to stream content.

C. Use Amazon CloudFront Provide signed URLs to stream content.

D. Set up AWS Client VPN between the mobile app and the AWS environment to stream content.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
86
Q

A company stores project information in a shared spreadsheet. The company wants to create a web application to replace the spreadsheet The company has chosen Amazon DynamoDB to
store the spreadsheet’s data and is designing the web application to display the project information that is obtained from DynamoDB.
A solutions architect must design the web application’s backend by using managed services that require minimal operational maintenance.
Which architectures meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. An Amazon API Gateway REST API accesses the project information that is in DynamoDB.

B. An Elastic Load Balancer forwards requests to a target group with DynamoDB set up as the target.

C. An Amazon API Gateway REST API invokes an AWS Lambda function. The Lambda
function accesses DynamoDB.

D. An Amazon Route 53 hosted zone routes requests to an AWS Lambda endpoint to invoke a Lambda function that accesses DynamoDB.

E. An Elastic Load Balancer forwards requests to a target group of Amazon EC2 instances The EC2 instances run an application that accesses DynamoDB.

A

A, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
87
Q

A healthcare computer stores highly sensitive records. Compliance requires that multiple copies be stored in different locations. Each record must be stored for 7 years. The company has a service level agreement (SLA) to provide records to government agencies immediately for the first 30 days and thin within 4 hours of a request thereafter.
What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Use Amazon S3 with cross-Region Region replication enabled. After 30 days. Transition the data to Amazon S3 Glacier using lifecycle policy.

B. Use Amazon S3 with cross-origin resource sharing (CCRS) enabled. After 30 days. Transition on the data to Amazon S3 Glacier using a lifecycle policy.

C. Use Amazon S3 with cross-origin replication enabled. After 30 days, transition the data to Amazon S3 Glacier Deep Archive a lifecycle policy.

D. Use Amazon S3 with cross-origin resource sharing (CCRS) enabled. After 30 days, transition on the data to Amazon S3 Glacier Deep Archive using a lifecycle policy.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
88
Q

A company is running a highly sensitive application on Amazon EC2 backed by an Amazon RDS database Compliance regulations mandate that all personally identifiable information (Pll)
be encrypted at rest.
Which solution should a solutions architect recommend to meet this requirement with the LEAST amount of changes to the infrastructure?

A. Deploy AWS Certificate Manager to generate certificates Use the certificates to encrypt the database volume.

B. Deploy AWS CloudHSM, generate encryption keys, and use the customer master key (CMK) to encrypt database volumes.

C. Configure SSL encryption using AWS Key Management Service customer master keys
(AWS KMS CMKs) to encrypt database volumes.

D. Configure Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) encryption and Amazon RDS
encryption with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) keys to encrypt instance and database volumes.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
89
Q

A company is migrating a large, mission-critical database to AWS. A solutions architect has decided to use an Amazon RDS for MySQL Multi-AZ DB instance that Is deployed with 80,000
Provisioned IOPS for storage The solutions architect is using AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to perform the data migration. The migration is taking longer than expected, and the company wants to speed up the process. The company’s network team has ruled out
bandwidth as a limiting factor.
Which actions should the solutions architect take to speed up the migration? (Select TWO.)

A. Disable Multi-AZ on the target DB instance.

B. Create a new DMS instance that has a larger instance size.

C. Turn off logging on the target DB instance until the initial load is complete.

D. Restart the DMS task on a new DMS instance with transfer acceleration enabled.
E. Change the storage type on the target DB instance to Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) General Purpose SSD (gp2).

A

C, D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
90
Q

A company wants to run a hybrid workload for data processing. The data needs to be accessed by on-premises applications for local data processing using an NFS protocol and must also be
accessible from the AWS Cloud for further analytics and batch processing.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway to provide file storage to AWS: then perform analytics on this data in the AWS Cloud.

B. Use an AWS Storage Gateway tape gateway to copy the backup of the local data to AWS. then perform analytics on this data in the AWS Cloud.

C. Use an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway in a stored volume configuration to regularly take snapshots of the local data, then copy the data to AWS.

D. Use an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway in a cached volume configuration to back up all the local storage in the AWS Cloud, then perform analytics on this data in the cloud.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
91
Q

An application runs on Amazon EC2 instances across multiple Availability Zones. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer The application
performs best when the CPU utilization of the EC2 instances is at or near 40%.
What should a solutions architect do to maintain the desired performance across all instances in the group?

A. Use a simple scaling policy to dynam

B. Amazon DynamoDB global tables

C. Amazon RDS for MySQL with Multi-AZ enabled

D. Amazon RDS for MySQL with a cross-Region snapshot copy

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
92
Q

A company is running an application on Amazon EC2 instances. Traffic to the workload increases substantially during business hours and decreases afterward. The CPU utilization of an EC2 instance is a strong indicator of end-user demand on the application. The company has configured an Auto Scaling group to have a minimum group size of 2 EC2 instances and a maximum group size of 10 EC2 instances.
The company is concerned that the current scaling policy that is associated with the Auto Scaling group might not be correct. The company must avoid over-provisioning EC2 instances and incurring unnecessary costs.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Configure Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to use a scheduled scaling plan and launch an additional 8 EC2 instances during business hours.

B. Configure AWS Auto Scaling to use a scaling plan that enables predictive scaling. Configure predictive scaling with a scaling mode of forecast and scale, and to enforce the maximum capacity setting during scaling.

C. Configure a step scaling policy to add 4 EC2 instances at 50% CPU utilization and add
another 4 EC2 instances at 90% CPU utilization. Configure scale-in policies to perform the
reverse and remove EC2 instances based on the two values.

D. Configure AWS Auto Scaling to have a desired capacity of 5 EC2 instances, and disable any existing scaling policies. Monitor the CPU utilization metric for 1 week. Then create dynamic scaling policies that are based on the observed values.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
93
Q

A company has two VPCs that are located in the us-west-2 Region within the same AWS
account. The company needs to allow network traffic between these VPCs. Approximately 500 GB of data transfer will occur between the VPCs each month.
What is the MOST cost-effective solution to connect these VPCs’?’

A. Implement AWS Transit Gateway to connect the VPCs Update the route tables of each VPC to use the transit gateway for inter-VPC communication.

B. Implement an AWS Site-to-Stte VPN tunnel between the VPCs. Update the route tables of each VPC to use the VPN tunnel for inter-VPC communication.

C. Set up a VPC peering connection between the VPCs. Update the route tables of each VPC to use the VPC peering connection for inter-VPC communication.

D. Set up a 1 GB AWS Direct Connect connection between the VPCs. Update the route tables of each VPC to use the Direct Connect connection for inter-VPC communication.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
94
Q

A computer is reviewing a recent migration of a three-tier application to a VPC. The security team discover that the principle of lest privilege is not being applied to Amazon EC2 security group ingress and egress rules between the application tiers.
What should a solution architect do to connect issue?

A. Create security group rules using the instance ID as the source destination.

B. Create security group rules using the security ID as the source or destination.

C. Create security group rules using the VPC CDR blocks as the source or destination.

D. Create security group rules using the subnet CDR blocks as the source or destination.

A

C

Reference:
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group- rules.html

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
95
Q

A company is using AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) to encrypt AWS Lambda environment variables A solutions architect needs to ensure that the required permissions are in place to decrypt and use the environment variables.
Which steps must the solutions architect take to implement the correct permissions? (Select
TWO.)

A. Add AWS KMS permissions in the Lambda resource policy

B. Add AWS KMS permissions in the Lambda execution role

C. Add AWS KMS permissions in the Lambda function policy.

D. Allow the Lambda execution role in the AWS KMS key policy.

E. Allow the Lambda resource policy in the AWS KMS key policy

A

B, C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
96
Q

A company’s website provides users with downloadable historical performance reports. The website needs a solution that will scale to meet the company’s website demands globally. The solution should be cost-effective, limit the provisioning of infrastructure resources, and provide
the fastest possible response time.
Which combination should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Amazon CloudFront and Amazon S3

B. AWS Lambda and Amazon DynamoDB

C. Application Load Balancer with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling

D. Amazon Route 53 with internal Application Load Balancers

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
97
Q

A medical research lab produces data that is related to a new study. The lab wants to make the data available with minimum latency to clinics across the country for their on-premises file-based applications. The data files are stored in an Amazon S3 bucket that has read- only
permissions for each clinic.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway as a virtual machine (VM) on premises at each clinic.

B. Migrate the files to each clinic’s on-premises applications by using AWS DataSync for processing.

C. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway as a virtual machine (VM) on premises at each clinic.

D. Attach an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system to each clinic’s on-
premises servers.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
98
Q

A solutions architect must design a solution that uses Amazon CloudFront with an Amazon S3 origin to store a static website. The company’s security policy requires that all website traffic be inspected by AWS WAF.
How should the solutions architect comply with these requirements?

A. Configure an S3 bucket policy to accept requests coming from the AWS WAF Amazon Resource Name (ARN) only.

B. Configure Amazon CloudFront to forward all incoming requests to AWS WAF before requesting content from the S3 origin.

C. Configure a security group that allows Amazon CloudFront IP addresses to access Amazon S3 only. Associate AWS WAF to CloudFront.

D. Configure Amazon CloudFront and Amazon S3 to use an origin access identity (OAI) to restrict access to the S3 bucket Enable AWS WAF on the distribution.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
99
Q

A company has created a multi-tier application for its ecommerce website The website uses an Application Load Balancer that resides in the public subnets, a web tier in the public subnets, and a MySQL cluster hosted on Amazon EC2 instances in the private subnets. The MySQL
database needs to retrieve product catalog and pricing information that is hosted on the internet by a third-party provider A solutions architect must devise a strategy that maximizes security without increasing operational overhead.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy a NAT instance in the VPC Route all the internet-based traffic through the NAT
instance.

B. Deploy a NAT gateway in the public subnets. Modify the private subnet route table to direct all internet-bound traffic to the NAT gateway.

C. Configure an internet gateway and attach it to the VPC Modify the private subnet route table to direct internet-bound traffic to the internet gateway.

D. Configure a virtual private gateway and attach it to the VPC Modify the private subnet route table to direct internet-bound traffic to the virtual private gateway.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
100
Q

A solutions architect must provide a fully managed replacement for an on-premises solution that
allows employees and partners to exchange files The solution must be easily accessible to employees connecting from on-premises systems, remote employees, and external partners.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use AWS Transfer for SFTP to transfer files into and out of Amazon S3.

B. Use AWS Snowball Edge for local storage and large-scale data transfers.

C. Use Amazon FSx to store and transfer files to make them available remotely.

D. Use AWS Storage Gateway to create a volume gateway to store and transfer files to Amazon S3

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
101
Q

A company’s packaged application dynamically creates and returns single-use text files in response to user requests. The company is using Amazon CloudFront for distribution^ but wants to further reduce data transfer costs The company cannot modify the application’s source code.

What should a solutions architect do to reduce costs?

A. Use Lambda@Edge to compress the files as they are sent to users.

B. Enable Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration to reduce the response times.

C. Enable caching on the CloudFront distribution to store generated files at the edge.

D. Use Amazon S3 multipart uploads to move the files to Amazon S3 before returning them to users.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
102
Q

A company receives data from millions of users totalling about 1 TB each day. The company providers its users with usage report going back 12 months. All usage data must be stored for at least 5 years to comply with regularly and auditing requirement?
Which storage solution is MOST cost-effective?

A. Store the data in Amazon S3 Standard Set a lifecycle Set a lifecycle rule to transmission the data S3 Glacier Deep after 1 year. Set a lifecycle rule to data the data after 5 years.

B. Store the data in Amazon S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) Set a lifecycle rule to transition the data to S3 Glacier after 1 year set the lifecycle rule to delete the data after 5 years.

C. Store the data in Amazon Standard Set a lifecycle rule to transmission the data to S3
Standard-infrequence Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 1 year Set a lifecycle rule to delete the data after 5 years.

D. Store the data in Amazon S3 Standard Set a lifecycle rule to transition the data to S3 Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zones-IA) after 1 year. Set a lifecycle rule to delete the data after 5 years.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
103
Q

A company recently implemented hybrid cloud connectivity using AWS Direct Connect and is migrating data to Amazon S3. The company is looking for a fully managed solution that will automate and accelerate the replication of data between the on-premises storage systems and AWS storage services.

Which solution should a solutions architect recommend to keep the data private?

A. Deploy an AWS DataSync agent for the on-premises environment Configure a sync job to replicate the data and connect it with an AWS service endpoint.

B. Deploy an AWS DataSync agent for the on-premises environment. Schedule a batch job to replicate point-in-time snapshots to AWS.

C. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway for the on-premises environment.
Configure it to store data locally, and asynchronously back up point-in-time snapshots to AWS.

D. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway for the on-premises environment Configure it to store data locally, and asynchronously back up point-m-time snapshots to AWS.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
104
Q

A company runs a web application that is backed by Amazon RDS. A new database
administrator caused data loss by accidentally editing information in a database table To help recover from this type of incident, the company wants the ability to restore the database to its state from 5 minutes before any change within the last 30 days.
Which feature should the solutions architect include in the design to meet this requirement?

A. Read replicas

B. Manual snapshots

C. Automated backups

D. Multi-AZ deployments

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
105
Q

An ecommerce company hosts its analytics application in the AWS Cloud. The application generates about 300 MB of data each month. The data is stored in JSON format The company is evaluating a disaster recovery solution to back up the data. The data must be accessible in milliseconds if it is needed, and the data must be kept for 30 days.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Amazon Elasticsearch Service (Amazon ES)

B. Amazon S3 Glacier

C. Amazon S3 Standard

D. Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
106
Q

A company’s website runs on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer
(ALB). The website has a mix of dynamic and static content. Users around the globe are
reporting that the website is slow.
Which set of actions will improve website performance for users worldwide?

A. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution and configure the ALB as an origin. Then update the Amazon Route 53 record to point to the CloudFront distribution.

B. Create a latency-based Amazon Route 53 record for the ALB. Then launch new EC2 instances with larger instance sizes and register the instances with the ALB

C. Launch new EC2 instances hosting the same web application in different Regions closer to the users. Then register the instances with the same ALB using cross-Region VPC peering.

D. Host the website in an Amazon S3 bucket in the Regions closest to the users and delete the ALB and EC2 instances. Then update an Amazon Route 53 record to point to the S3 buckets.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
107
Q

A company has applications that are deployed in multiple AWS Regions. The applications use
an architecture that is based on Amazon EC2, Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS),
Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS). and Amazon DynamoDB.

The company lacks a mechanism for centralized data backup. A solutions architect must centralize data backup with the least possible operational effort.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Tag all resources by project Use AWS Systems Manager to set up snapshots by project and set DynamoDB incremental backups.

B. Tag all resources by project. Create backup plans in AWS Backup to back up the data by tag name according to each project’s needs.

C. Tag all resources by project Create an AWS Lambda function to run on schedule and take snapshots of each EC2 instance. EBS volume, and EFS file system by project Configure the function to invoke DynamoDB on-demand backup.

D. Use AWS CloudFormation to create a template for every new project so that all resources can be recreated at any time. Set the template to take daily snapshots of each EC2 instance r
EBS volume and EFS file system Set the template to use DynamoDB on- demand backup for
daily backups

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
108
Q

A medical records company is hosting an application on Amazon EC2 instances. The
application processes customer data files that are stored on Amazon S3. The EC2 instances are hosted in public subnets. The EC2 instances access Amazon S3 over the internet, but they
do not require any other network access.
A new requirement mandates that the network traffic for file transfers take a private route and
not be sent over the internet.
Which change to the network architecture should a solutions architect recommend to meet this requirement”?

A. Create a NAT gateway. Configure the route table for the public subnets to send traffic to Amazon S3 through the NAT gateway.

B. Configure the security group for the EC2 instances to restrict outbound traffic so that only traffic to the S3 prefix list is permitted.

C. Move the EC2 instances to private subnets. Create a VPC endpoint for Amazon S3, and link the endpoint to the route table for the private subnets.

D. Remove the internet gateway from the VPC. Set up an AWS Direct Connect connection, and route traffic to Amazon S3 over the Direct Connect connection

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
109
Q

What should a solutions architect do to ensure that all objects uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket are encrypted?

A. Update the bucket policy to deny if the PutObject does not have an s3 x-amz-acl header set.

B. Update the bucket policy to deny if the PutObject does not have an s3:x-amz-aci header set to private.

C. Update the bucket policy to deny if the PutObject does not have an aws SecureTransport
header set to true.

D. Update the bucket policy to deny if the PutObject does not have an x-amz-server-side-
encryption header set.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
110
Q

A company needs to implement a relational database with a multi-Region disaster recovery
Recovery Point Objective (RPO) of 1 second and an Recovery Time Objective (RTO) of 1 minute.
Which AWS solution can achieve this?

A. Amazon Aurora Global Database

B. Amazon DynamoDB global tables

C. Amazon RDS for MySQL with Multi-AZ enabled

D. Amazon RDS for MySQL with a cross-Region snapshot copy

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
111
Q

A company is designing an internet-facing web application. The application runs on Amazon EC2 for Linux-based instances that store sensitive user data in Amazon RDS MySQL Multi-AZ
DB instances The EC2 instances are in public subnets, and the RDS DB instances are in private subnets. The security team has mandated that the DB instances be secured against
web-based attacks.
What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Ensure the EC2 instances are part of an Auto Scaling group and are behind an Application Load Balancer Configure the EC2 instance iptables rules to drop suspicious web traffic. Create
a security group for the DB instances. Configure the RDS security group to only allow port 3306 inbound from the individual EC2 instances.

B. Ensure the EC2 instances are part of an Auto Scaling group and are behind an Application Load Balancer. Move DB instances to the same subnets that EC2 instances are located in.
Create a security group for the DB instances Configure the RDS security group to only allow port 3306 inbound from the individual EC2 instances.

C. Ensure the EC2 instances are part of an Auto Scaling group and are behind an Application Load Balancer. Use AWS WAF to monitor inbound web traffic for threats Create a security group for the web application servers and a security group for the DB instances. Configure the
RDS security group to only allow port 3306 inbound from the web application server security group.

D. Ensure the EC2 instances are part of an Auto Scaling group and are behind an Application Load Balancer. Use AWS WAF to monitor inbound web traffic for threats Configure the Auto
Scaling group to automatically create new DB instances under heavy traffic. Create a security group for the RDS DB instances. Configure the RDS security group to only allow port 3306 inbound.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
112
Q

A company runs a website on Amazon EC2 instances behind an ELB Application Load Balancer Amazon Route 53 Is used for the DNS The company wants to set up a backup website with a
message including a phone number and email address that users can reach if the primary website is down.
How should the company deploy this solution?

A. Use Amazon S3 website hosting for the backup website and a Route 53 failover routing policy.

B. Use Amazon S3 website hosting for the backup website and a Route 53 latency routing policy.

C. Deploy the application in another AWS Region and use ELB health checks for failover
routing.

D. Deploy the application in another AWS Region and use server-side redirection on the primary website.

A

A

Reference:
https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/create-a-backup-website-using-route-53- dns-failover-and-
s3-website-hosting/

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
113
Q

A company serves content to its subscribers across the world using an application running on AWS The application has several Amazon EC2 instances in a private subnet behind an
Application Load Balancer (ALB) Due to a recent change in copyright restrictions, the chief information officer (CiO) wants to block access for certain countries.

Which action will meet these requirements?

A. Modify the ALB security group to deny incoming traffic from blocked countries.

B. Modify the security group for EC2 instances to deny incoming traffic from blocked countries.

C. Use Amazon CloudFront to serve the application and deny access to blocked countries.

D. Use ALB listener rules to return access dented responses to incoming traffic from blocked countries.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
114
Q

A recently created startup built a three-tier web application. The front end nas static content The application layer is based on mtcroservtces User data is stored as JSON documents that need to be accessed with low latency. The company expects regular traffic to be tow during the first
year with peaks in traffic when it publicizes new features every month. The startup team needs to minimize operational overhead costs.

What should a solutions architect recommend to accomplish this?

A. Use Amazon S3 static website hosting to store and serve the front end Use AWS Elastic Beanstalk tor the application layer Use Amazon DynamoDB to store user data.

B. Use Amazon S3 static website hosting to store and serve the front end Use Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKSJ for the application layer Use Amazon DynamoDB lo store user data.

C. Use Amazon S3 static website hosting to store and serve the front end Use Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda function for the application layer Use Amazon DynamoDB to store user data.

D. Use Amazon S3 static website hosting to store and serve the front end Use Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda function for the application layer Use Amazon RDS with read replicas to store user data.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
115
Q

A company has an on-premises application that collects data and stores it to an on- premises NFS server The company recently set up a 10 Gbps AWS Direct Connect connection. The company is running out of storage capacity on premises. The company needs to migrate the
application data from on premises to the AWS Cloud while maintaining low-latency access to the data from the on-premises application.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy AWS Storage Gateway for the application data and use the file gateway to store the data in Amazon S3 Connect the on-premises application servers to the file gateway using NFS

B. Attach an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system to the NFS server and copy the application data to the EFS file system. Then connect the on-premises application to Amazon EFS

C. Configure AWS Storage Gateway as a volume gateway Make the application data available to the on-premises application from the NFS server and with Amazon Elastic Block Store
{Amazon EBS) snapshots.

D. Create an AWS DataSync agent with the NFS server as the source location and an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system as the destination for application data transfer Connect the on-premises application to the EFS file system.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
116
Q

A company recently announced the deployment of its retail website to a global audience. The website runs on multiple Amazon EC2 instances behind an Elastic Load Balancer. The instances run in an Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones.
The company wants to provide its customers with different versions of content based on the devices that the customers use to access the website.
Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements

(Select TWO.)

A. Configure Amazon CloudFront to cache multiple versions of the content.

B. Configure a host header in a Network Load Balancer to forward traffic to different instances.

C. Configure a Lambda@Edge function to send specific objects to users based on the User-Agent header.

D. Configure AWS Global Accelerator. Forward requests to a Network Load Balancer (NLB). Configure the NLB to set up host-based routing to different EC2 instances.

E. Configure AWS Global Accelerator. Forward requests to a Network Load Balancer (NLB). Configure the NLB to set up path-based routing to different EC2 instances.

A

B, D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
117
Q

A solutions architect needs to design a nighty available application consisting of web.
application and database tiers HTTPS content delivery should be as close to the edge as
possible with the least delivery time.
Which solution meets these requirements and is MOST secure?

A. Configure a public Application Load Balancer (ALB) with multiple redundant Amazon EC2 instances in public subnets Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver HTTPS content using the
public ALB as the origin.

B. Configure a public Application Load Balancer with multiple redundant Amazon EC2 instances in private subnets Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver HTTPS content using the EC2
instances as the origin.

C. Configure a public Application Load Balancer (ALB) with multiple redundant Amazon EC2 instances in private subnets Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver HTTPS content. using the public ALB as the origin.

D. Configure a public Application Load Balancer with multiple redundant Amazon EC2 instances in public subnets Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver HTTPS content using the EC2
instances as the origin.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
118
Q

A company wants to provide users with access lo AWS resources. The company has 1.500 users and manages their access to on-premises resources through Active Directory user groups
on the corporate network However, the company does not want users to have to maintain another identity to access the resources A solutions architect must manage user access to the
AWS resources while preserving access to the on-premises resources.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an IAM user for each user in the company Attach the appropriate policies to each user.

B. Use Amazon Cognito with an Active Directory user pool Create rotes with the appropriate policies attached.

C. Define cross-account roles with the appropriate policies attached Map the roles to the Active Directory groups.

D. Configure Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) 2 0-based federation Create roles with the appropriate policies attached Map the roles to the Active Directory groups.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
119
Q

A company has an automobile sales website that stores its listings in a database on Amazon RDS When an automobile is sold the listing needs to be removed from the website and the data must be sent to multiple target systems.

Which design should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Create an AWS Lambda function triggered when the database on Amazon RDS is updated to send the information to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS> queue for the targets to consume.

B. Create an AWS Lambda function triggered when the database on Amazon RDS is updated to send the information to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue for the targets to consume.

C. Subscribe to an RDS event notification and send an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue fanned out to multiple Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topics Use AWS Lambda functions to update the targets.

D. Subscribe to an RDS event notification and send an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic fanned out to multiple Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues Use AWS Lambda functions to update the targets.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
120
Q

A company wants to host a web application on AWS that will communicate to a database within a VPC. The application should be highly available.

What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Create two Amazon EC2 instances to host the web servers behind a load balancer and then deploy the database on a large instance.

B. Deploy a load balancer in multiple Availability Zones with an Auto Scaling group for the web servers, and then deploy Amazon RDS in multiple Availability Zones.

C. Deploy a load balancer in the public subnet with an Auto Scaling group for the web servers, and then deploy the database on an Amazon EC2 instance in the private subnet.

D. Deploy two web servers with an Auto Scaling group, configure a domain that points to the two web servers, and then deploy a database architecture in multiple Availability Zones.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
121
Q

A disaster relief company is designing a new solution to analyze real-time csv data. The data is collected by a network of thousands of research stations met are distributed across the world.
The data volume is consistent and constant, and the size of each data We is 512 KB. The
company needs to stream the data and analyze the data in real time.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements?
(Select TWO.)

A. Provision an appropriately sized Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) queue. Use the AWS SDK at the research stations to write the data into the SOS queue.

B. Provision an appropriately sized Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. Use the AWS SDK at the research stations to write the data into the delivery stream and then into an Amazon S3 bucket.

C. Provision an appropriately sized Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics application. Use the AWS CLI to configure Kinesis Data Analytics with SOL queries.

D. Provision an AWS Lambda function to process the data. Set up the BatchSize property on the Lambda event source.

E. Provision an AWS Lambda function to process the data. Set up an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) cron expression rule to invoke the Lambda function.

A

A, D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
122
Q

A company has a Microsoft NET application that runs on an on-premises Windows Server. The application stores data by using an Oracle Database Standard Edition server. The company is
planning a migration to AWS and wants to minimize development changes while moving the application. The AWS application environment should be highly available.
Which combination of actions should the company take to meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Refactor the application as serverless with AWS Lambda functions running NET Core.

B. Rehost the application in AWS Elastic Beanstalk with the .NET platform in a Multi-AZ
deployment.

C. Replatform the application to run on Amazon EC2 with the Amazon Linus Amazon Machine Image (AMI).

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate from the Oracle database to Amazon DynamoDB in a Multi-AZ deployment.

E. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate from the Oracle database to Oracle on Amazon RDS in a Multi-AZ deployment.

A

A, D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
123
Q

A solutions architect needs to ensure that API calls to Amazon DynamoDB from Amazon EC2 instances in a VPC do not traverse the internet What should the solutions architect do to
accomplish this?
(Select TWO.)

A. Create a route table entry for the endpoint.

B. Create a gateway endpoint for DynamoDB

C. Create a new DynamoDB table that uses the endpoint.

D. Create an ENI for the endpoint in each of the subnets of the VPC

E. Create a security group entry in the default security group to provide access.

A

A, B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
124
Q

A company runs an AWS Lambda function in private subnets in a VPC The subnets have a default route to the internet through an Amazon EC2 NAT instance The Lambda function processes input data and saves its output as an object to Amazon S3
intermittently the Lambda function times out while trying to upload the object because of saturated traffic on the NAT instance’s network The company wants to access Amazon S3 without traversing the internet.

Which solution will meet these requirements

A. Replace the fcC2 NAT instance with an AWS managed NAT gateway.

B. Increase the size of the EC2 NAT instance in the VPC to a network optimized instance type.

C. Provision a gateway endpoint for Amazon S3 in the VPC Update the route tables of the subnets accordingly.

D. Provision a transit gateway Place transit gateway attachments in the private subnets where the Lambda function is running.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
125
Q

A solutions architect is deploying a distributed database on multiple Amazon EC2 instances. The database stores all data on multiple instances so it can withstand the loss of an instance.
The database requires block storage with latency and throughput to support several million transactions per second per server.

Which storage solution should the solutions architect use?

A. Amazon EBS

B. Amazon EC2 instance store

C. Amazon EFS

D. Amazon S3

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
126
Q

A company is running a multi-tier web application on AWS. The application runs its database on Amazon Aurora MySQL. The application and database tiers are in the us- easily Region. A database administrator who monitors the Aurora DB cluster finds that an intermittent increase
in read traffic is creating high CPU utilization on the read replica. The result is increased read latency for the application. The memory and disk utilization of the DB instance are stable
throughout the event of increased latency.

What should a solutions architect do to improve the read scalability?

A. Reboot the DB cluster

B. Create a cross-Region read replica

C. Configure Aurora Auto Scaling for the read replica

D. Increase the provisioned read IOPS for the DB instance

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
127
Q

A solutions architect is designing a multi-Region disaster recovery solution (or an application that will provide public API access The application will use Amazon EC2 instances with a
userdata script to load application code and an Amazon RDS for MySQL database The Recovery Time Objective (RTO) is 3 hours and the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) is 24 hours.

Which architecture would meet these requirements at the LOWEST cost/?

A. Use an Application Load Balancer for Region failover Deploy new EC2 instances with the user data script Deploy separate RDS instances in each Region.

B. Use Amazon Route 53 for Region failover Deploy new EC2 instances with the userdata script Create a read replica of the RDS instance in a backup Region.

C. Use Amazon API Gateway for the public APIs and Region failover Deploy new EC2
instances with the userdata script Create a MySQL read replica of the RDS instance in a backup Region.

D. Use Amazon Route 53 for Region failover Deploy new EC2 instances with the userdata script for APIs, and create a snapshot of the RDS instance daily for a backup Replicate the snapshot
to a backup Region.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
128
Q

A company has applications hosted on Amazon EC2 instances with IPv6 addresses. The applications must initiate communications with other external applications using the internet
However the company’s security policy states that any external service cannot initiate a connection to the EC2 instances.

What should a solutions architect recommend to resolve this issue?

A. Create a NAT gateway and make it the destination of the subnet’s route table.

B. Create an internet gateway and make it the destination of the subnet’s route table.

C. Create a virtual private gateway and make it the destination of the subnet’s route table.

D. Create an egress-only internet gateway and make it the destination of the subnet’s route
table.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
129
Q

A company hosts a training site on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances. The company anticipates that its new course which consists of dozens of training videos on the site, will be extremely popular when it is released in 1 week.

What should a solutions architect do to minimize the anticipated server load?

A. Store the videos in Amazon ElastiCache for Redis Update the web servers to serve the
videos using the ElastiCache API

B. Store the videos m Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) Create a user data script for the web servers to mount the EPS volume.

C. Store the videos m an Amazon S3 bucket Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution with an origin access identity (OAl) of that S3 bucket Restrict Amazon S3 access to the OAl.

D. Store the videos in an Amazon S3 bucket Create an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway to access the S3 bucket Create a user data script for the web servers to mount the file gateway.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
130
Q

A company has an on-premises data center that is running out of storage capacity. The company wants to migrate its storage infrastructure to AWS while minimizing bandwidth costs.
The solution must allow for immediate retrieval of data at no additional cost.

How can these requirements be met?

A. Deploy Amazon S3 Glacier Vault and enable expedited Enable provisioned retrieved capacity for the workload.

B. Deploy AWS Storage Gateway using cached volumes. Use Storage GATEWAY store data in
Amazon retaining copies of frequently accessed data subnets locally.

C. Deploy AWS Storage gateway using stored volume to store data locally Use Storage gateway asynchronously back up point-in-time snapshots of the data Amazon S3.

D. Deploy AWS Direct Connects to connect with on-premises data center. Configure AWS Storage gateway to store data locally use storage gateway to asynchronously back up point-in-time snapshot of data Amazon S3.

A

B

Explanation:

https: //docs.aws.amazon.com/storagegateway/latest/userguide/WhatIsStorageGateway.html
https: //docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/downloading-an-archive-two- steps.htm

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
131
Q

A company has an image processing workload running on Amazon Elastic Container Service {Amazon ECS) in two private subnets Each private subnet uses a NAT instance for Internet access All images are stored in Amazon S3 buckets The company is concerned about the data
transfer costs between Amazon ECS and Amazon S3
What should a solutions architect do to reduce costs?

A. Configure a NAT gateway to replace the NAT instances.

B. Configure a gateway endpoint for traffic destined to Amazon S3

C. Configure an interface endpoint for traffic destined to Amazon S3

D. Configure Amazon CloudFront for the S3 bucket storing the images.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
132
Q

A developer is creating an AWS Lambda function to perform dynamic updates to a database when an item is added to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) queue A solutions
architect must recommend a solution that tracks any usage of database credentials in AWS CloudTrail. The solution also must provide auditing capabilities.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Store the encrypted credentials in a Lambda environment variable

B. Create an Amazon DynamoDB table to store the credentials Encrypt the table

C. Store the credentials as a secure string in AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store

D. Use an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key store to store the credentials

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
133
Q

A company uses on-premises servers to host Its application. The company is running out of
storage capacity. The applications use both block storage and NFS storage. The company needs a high-performing solution that supports local caching without re-architecting its existing
applications.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements’?
(Select TWO.)

A. Mount Amazon S3 as a file system to the on-premises servers.

B. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway Me gateway to replace NFS storage.

C. Deploy AWS Snowball Edge to provision NFS mounts to on-premises servers.

D. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway to replace the block storage.

E. Deploy Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) volumes and mount them to on- premises servers.

A

B, D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
134
Q

A company is launching a new application deployed on an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster and is using the Fargate launch type tor ECS tasks The company is monitoring CPU and memory usage because it is expecting high traffic to the application upon its launch However the company wants to reduce costs when utilization decreases.

What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to scale at certain periods based on previous traffic patterns.

B. Use an AWS Lambda function to scale Amazon ECS based on metric breaches that trigger an Amazon CloudWatch alarm.

C. Use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling with simple scaling policies to scale when ECS metric breaches trigger an Amazon CloudWatch alarm.

D. Use AWS Application Auto Scaling with target tracking policies to scale when ECS metric breaches trigger an Amazon CloudWatch alarm.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
135
Q

A company hosts an online shopping application that stores all orders in an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL Single-AZ DB instance Management wants to eliminate single points of failure and has asked a solutions architect to recommend an approach to minimize database downtime
without requiring any changes to the application code.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Convert the existing database instance to a Multi-AZ deployment by modifying the database instance and specifying the Multi-AZ option.

B. Create a new RDS Multi-AZ deployment Take a snapshot of the current RDS instance and restore the new Multi-AZ deployment with the snapshot.

C. Create a read-only replica of the PostgreSQL database m another Availability Zone Use
Amazon Route 53 weighted record sets to distribute requests across the databases.

D. Place the RDS for PostgreSQL database in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group with a minimum group size of two Use Amazon Route 53 weighted record sets to distribute requests across instances

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
136
Q

A company uses an Amazon S3 bucket to store static images for its website. The company
configured permissions to allow access to Amazon S3 objects by privileged users only. What
should a solutions architect do to protect against data loss?
(Select TWO.)

A. Enable versioning on the S3 bucket.

B. Enable access togging on the S3 bucket.

C. Enable server-side encryption on the S3 bucket.

D. Configure an S3 lifecycle rule to transition objects to Amazon S3 Glacier.

E. Use MFA Delete to require multi-factor authentication to delete an object.

A

A, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
137
Q

An application runs on Amazon EC2 instances in private subnets. The application needs to access an Amazon DynamoDB table. What is me MOST secure way to access the table while ensuring that the traffic does not leave the AWS network?

A. Use a VPC endpoint for DynamoDB

B. Use a NAT gateway in a public subnet.

C. Use a NAT instance in a private subnet.

D. Use the internet gateway attached to the VPC

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
138
Q

A company hosts an application on multiple Amazon EC2 instances The application processes messages from an Amazon SQS queue writes to an Amazon RDS table and deletes the message from the queue Occasional duplicate records are found in the RDS table. The SQS
queue does not contain any duplicate messages.
What should a solutions architect do to ensure messages are being processed once only?

A. Use the CreateQueue API call to create a new queue.

B. Use the Add Permission API call to add appropriate permissions.

C. Use the ReceiveMessage API call to set an appropriate wail time.

D. Use the ChangeMessageVisibility APi call to increase the visibility timeout.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
139
Q

A company recently launched Linux-based application instances on Amazon EC2 in a private subnet and launched a Linux-based bastion host on an Amazon EC2 instance in a public subnet of a VPC A solutions architect needs to connect from the on-premises network, through the company’s internet connection to the bastion host and to the application servers The solutions architect must make sure that the security groups of all the EC2 instances will allow that access.
Which combination of steps should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements?

(Select TWO)

A. Replace the current security group of the bastion host with one that only allows inbound access from the application instances.

B. Replace the current security group of the bastion host with one that only allows inbound access from the internal IP range for the company.

C. Replace the current security group of the bastion host with one that only allows inbound access from the external IP range for the company.

D. Replace the current security group of the application instances with one that allows inbound SSH access from only the private IP address of the bastion host.

E. Replace the current security group of the application instances with one that allows inbound SSH access from only the public IP address of the bastion host.

A

B, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
140
Q

A solutions architect wants all new users to have specific complexity requirements and mandatory rotation periods tor IAM user passwords What should the solutions architect do to accomplish this?

A. Set an overall password policy for the entire AWS account.

B. Set a password policy for each IAM user in the AWS account.

C. Use third-party vendor software to set password requirements.

D. Attach an Amazon CloudWatch rule to the Create_newuser event to set the password with
the appropriate requirements.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
141
Q

A company needs guaranteed Amazon EC2 capacity in three specific Availability Zones in a specific AWS Region for an upcoming event that will last 1 week.

What should the company do to guarantee the EC2 capacity?

A. Purchase Reserved instances that specify the Region needed.

B. Create an On Demand Capacity Reservation that specifies the Region needed.

C. Purchase Reserved instances that specify the Region and three Availability Zones needed.

D. Create an On-Demand Capacity Reservation that specifies the Region and three Availability
Zones needed.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
142
Q

A company is migrating a NoSQL database cluster to Amazon EC2. The database automatically
replicates data to maintain at least three copies of the data I/O throughput of the servers is the
highest priority.

Which instance type should a solutions architect recommend for the migration?

A. Storage optimized instances with instance store.

B. Burstable general purpose instances with an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)
volume.

C. Memory optimized instances with Amazon Elastic Block Store {Amazon EBS) optimization
enabled.

D. Compute optimized instances with Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) optimization enabled

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
143
Q

A company is building a web application that serves a content management system The content
management system runs on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) The EC2 instances run in an Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones Users are constantly adding and updating files blogs and other website assets in the content management system.

A solutions architect must implement a solution in which all the EC2 instances share up-to- date
website content with the least possible lag time.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Update the EC2 user data in the Auto Scaling group lifecycle policy to copy the website
assets from the EC2 instance that was launched most recently Configure the ALB to make
changes to the website assets only m the newest EC2 instance.

B. Copy the website assets to an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system
Configure each EC2 instance to mount the EPS file system locally Configure the website
hosting application to reference the website assets that are stored in the EFS file system.

C. Copy the website assets to an Amazon S3 bucket Ensure that each EC2 instance.
downloads the website assets from the S3 bucket to the attacneo Amazon Elastic Block Store
(Amazon EBS) volume Run the S3 sync command once each hour to keep files up to date.

D. Restore an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) snapshot with the website assets
Attach the EBS snapshot as a secondary EBS volume when a new EC2 instance is launched
Configure the website hosting application to reference the website assets that are stored in the
secondary EBS volume.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
144
Q

A company is planning to migrate a legacy application to AWS. The application currently uses NFS to communicate to an on-premises storage solution to store application data. The application cannot be modified to use any other communication protocols other than NFS for this purpose.

Which storage solution should a solutions architect recommend for use after the migration?

A. AWS DataSync

B. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

C. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS)

D. Amazon EMR File System (Amazon EMRFS)

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
145
Q

A company has an Amazon S3 bucket that contains mission-critical data. The company wants to ensure this data is protected from accidental deletion. The data should still be accessible, and a user should be able to delete the data internationally

Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to accomplish this? (Select TWO.)

A. Enable versioning on the S3 bucket.

B. Enable MFA Delete on the S3 bucket.

C. Create a bucket policy on the S3 bucket.

D. Enable default encryption on the S3 bucket.

E. Create a lifecycle policy for the objects in the S3 bucket

A

A, B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
146
Q

A company build an application that gives users the ability to check in to places they visit, rank
the places, and add reviews about their experiences. The application is successful and is experiencing a rapid increase in the number of users every month. The company uses a single Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance for its database. The company fears that the database might not be able to handle the load for the upcoming month because the DB instance has activated alarms that are related to resource exhaustion.
A solutions architect must design a solution that prevents service interruptions at the database
layer. The solutions architect also must minimize any changes to code.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create RDS read replicas. Redirect read-only traffic to the read replica endpoints.

B. Create an Amazon EMR cluster. Migrate the data to a Hadoop Distributed File System
(HDFS) with a replication factor of 3.

C. Create an Amazon ElastiCache cluster. Redirect all read-only traffic to the cluster. Set up the
cluster to be deployed in three Availability Zones.

D. Turn on the Multi-AZ feature for the DB instance. Redirect read-only traffic to the standby
replica endpoint.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
147
Q

A company wants to build an online marketplace application on AWS as a set of loosely coupled
microservices For this application, when a customer submits a new order two microservices should handle the event simultaneously The Email microservice will send a confirmation email and the OrderProcessing microservice will start the order delivery process If a customer cancels an order, the OrderCancellation and Email microservices should handle the event
simultaneously.

A solutions architect wants to use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) and Amazon
Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to design the messaging between the microservices.
How should the solutions architect design the solution?

A. Create a single SQS queue and publish order events to it The Email, OrderProcessing and
OrderCancellation microservices can then consume messages off the queue.

B. Create three SNS topics for each microservice Publish order events to the three topics Subscribe each of the Email OrderProcessmg, and OrderCancellation microservices to its own topic.

C. Create an SNS topic and publish order events to it Create three SQS queues for the Email
OrderProcessing and OrderCancellation microservices Subscribe all SQS queues to the SNS
topic with message filtering.

D. Create two SQS queues and publish order events to both queues simultaneously One queue
is for the Email and OrderProcessmg microservices The second queue is for the Email and
Order Cancellation microservices.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
148
Q

A company is hosting a three-tier ecommerce application in the AWS Cloud. The company
hosts the website on Amazon S3 and integrates the website with an API that handles sales
requests. The company hosts the API on three Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application
Load Balancer (ALB). The API consists of static and dynamic front-end content along with
backend workers that process sales requests asynchronously.
The company is expecting a significant and sudden increase in the number of sales requests
during events for the launch of new products.
What should a solutions architect recommend to ensure that all the requests are processed
successfully?

A. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the dynamic content. Increase the number of EC2
instances to handle the increase in traffic.

B. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the static content. Place the EC2 instances in an
Auto Scaling group to launch new instances based on network traffic.

C. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the dynamic content. Add an Amazon
ElastiCache instance in front of the ALB to reduce traffic for the API to handle.

D. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the static content. Add an Amazon Simple Queue
Service (Amazon SOS) queue to receive requests from the website for later processing by the
EC2 instances.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
149
Q

A solutions architect is optimizing a website for an upcoming musical event Videos of the
performances will be streamed in real time and then will be available on demand The event is
expected to attract a global online audience.
Which service will improve the performance of both the real-time and on-demand streaming?

A. Amazon CloudFront

B. AWS Global Accelerator

C. Amazon Route 53

D. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
150
Q

A company wants lo share data that is collected from sell-driving cars with the automobile community. The data will be made available (rom within an Amazon S3 bucket. The company wants to minimize its cost of making this data available to other AWS accounts.

What should a solutions architect do to accomplish this goal?

A. Create an S3 VPC endpoint for the bucket.

B. Configure the S3 bucket to be a Requester Pays bucket.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution in front of the S3 bucket.

D. Require that the fries be accessible only with the use of the BitTorrent protocol.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
151
Q

A company has a website hosted on AWS The website is behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) that is configured to handle HTTP and HTTPS separately. The company wants to forward all requests to the website so that the requests will use HTTPS.

What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Update the ALB’s network ACL to accept only HTTPS traffic.

B. Create a rule that replaces the HTTP in the URL with HTTPS.

C. Create a listener rule on the ALB to redirect HTTP traffic to HTTPS.

D. Replace the ALB with a Network Load Balancer configured to use Server Name Indication
(SNI).

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
152
Q

A company has a web application hosted over 10 Amazon EC2 instances with traffic directed by
Amazon Route 53 The company occasionally experiences a timeout error when attempting to
browse the application The networking team finds that some DNS queries return IP addresses of unhealthy instances resulting in the timeout error.
What should a solutions architect implement to overcome these timeout errors?

A. Create a Route 53 simple routing policy record for each EC2 instance Associate a health
check with each record.

B. Create a Route 53 failover routing policy record for each EC2 instance Associate a hearth
check with each record.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution with EC2 instances as its origin Associate a health
check with the EC2 instances.

D. Create an Application Load Balancer (ALB) with a health check in front of the EC2 instances
Route to the ALB from Route 53

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
153
Q

A company is running an online transaction processing (OLTP) workload on AWS This workload uses an unencrypted Amazon RDS DB instance in a Multi-AZ deployment Dairy database snapshots are taken from this instance.

What should a solutions architect do to ensure the database and snapshots are always
encrypted moving forward?

A. Encrypt a copy of the latest DB snapshot. Replace existing DB instance by restoring the
encrypted snapshot.

B. Create a new encrypted Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume and copy the
snapshots to it Enable encryption on the DB instance.

C. Copy the snapshots and enable encryption using AWS Key Management Service (AWS
KMS) Restore encrypted snapshot to an existing DB instance.

D. Copy the snapshots to an Amazon S3 bucket that is encrypted using server-side encryption
with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) managed keys (SSE-KMS

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
154
Q

An ecommerce company is running a multi-tier application on AWS. The front-end and backend
tiers run on Amazon EC2, and the database runs on Amazon RDS for MYSQL. The backend tier communities with the RDS instance. There are frequent calls to return identical database from the database that are causing performance slowdowns.

Which action should be taken to improve the performance of the backend?

A. Implement Amazon SNS to store the database calls.

B. Implement Amazon ElasticCache to cache the large database.

C. Implement an RDS for MySQL read replica to cache database calls.

D. Implement Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to stream the calls to the database.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
155
Q

A solutions architect is creating a new VPC design There are two public subnets for the load balancer, two private subnets for web servers and two private subnets for MySQL The web servers use only HTTPS The solutions architect has already created a security group tor the
load balancer allowing port 443 from 0 0 0 0/0 Company policy requires that each resource has
the teas! access required to still be able to perform its tasks.

Which additional configuration strategy should the solutions architect use to meet these
requirements?

A. Create a security group for the web servers and allow port 443 from 0 00 0/0 Create a
security group for the MySQL servers and allow port 3306 from the web servers security group.

B. Create a network ACL for the web servers and allow port 443 from 0 0 0 0*0 Create a
network ACL (or the MySQL servers and allow port 3306 from the web servers security group.

C. Create a security group for the web servers and allow port 443 from the load balancer Create
a security group for the MySQL servers and allow port 3306 from the web servers security
group.

D. Create a network ACL ‘or the web servers and allow port 443 from the load balancer Create
a network ACL for the MySQL servers and allow port 3306 from the web servers security group

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
156
Q

A solutions architect must migrate a Windows Internet Information Services (IIS) web application to AWS The application currently relies on a file share hosted in the user’s on-premises network-attached storage (NAS) The solutions architect has proposed migrating the
MS web servers to Amazon EC2 instances in multiple Availability Zones that are connected to
the storage solution, and configuring an Elastic Load Balancer attached to the instances.

Which replacement to the on-premises file share is MOST resilient and durable?

A. Migrate the file share to Amazon RDS

B. Migrate the file share to AWS Storage Gateway.

C. Migrate the file share to Amazon FSx for Windows File Server.

D. Migrate the file share to Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
157
Q

A company sells datasets to customers who do research in artificial intelligence and machine learning (Al/ML) The datasets are large, formatted files that are stored in an Amazon S3 bucket in the us-east-1 Region The company hosts a web application that the customers use to
purchase access to a given dataset The web application is deployed on multiple Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer After a purchase is made customers receive an S3 signed URL that allows access to the files.

The customers are distributed across North America and Europe The company wants to reduce
the cost that is associated with data transfers and wants to maintain or improve performance.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Configure S3 Transfer Acceleration on the existing S3 bucket Direct customer requests to the
S3 Transfer Acceleration endpoint Continue to use S3 signed URLs for access control.

B. Deploy an Amazon CloudFront distribution with the existing S3 bucket as the origin Direct
customer requests to the CloudFront URL Switch to CloudFront signed URLs for access control.

C. Set up a second S3 bucket in the eu-central-1 Region with S3 Cross-Region Replication
between the buckets Direct customer requests to the closest Region Continue to use S3 signed
URLs for access control.

D. Modify the web application to enable streaming of the datasets to end users. Configure the
web application to read the data from the existing S3 bucket Implement access control directly
in the application.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
158
Q

A company has deployed a business-critical application in the AWS Good The application uses Amazon EC2 instances that run in the us-east-1 Region The application uses Amazon S3 for
storage of all critical data.

To meet compliance requirements the company must create a disaster recovery (DR) plan that
provides the capability of a full failover to another AWS Region

What should a solutions architect recommend for this DR plan?

A. Deploy the application to multiple Availability Zones in us-east-1 Create a resource group in
AWS Resource Groups Turn on automatic failover for the application to use a predefined
recovery Region.

B. Perform a virtual machine (VM) export by using AWS Import/Export on the existing EC2
instances Copy the exported instances to the destination Region in the event of a disaster
provision new EC2 instances from the exported EC2 instances.

C. Create snapshots of all Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes that are
attached to the EC2 instances in us-east-t Copy the snapshots to the destination Region In the
event of a disaster provision new EC2 instances from the EBS snapshots.

D. Use S3 Cross-Region Replication for the data that is stored in Amazon S3 Create an AWS
CloudFormation template for the application with an S3 bucket parameter In the event of a
disaster deploy the template to the destination Region and specify the local S3 bucket as the
parameter.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
159
Q

A company is using AWS to design a web application that will process insurance quotes Users will request quotes from the application Quotes must be separated by quote type, must be responded to within 24 hours, and must not get lost The solution must maximize operational efficiency and must minimize maintenance. Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create multiple Amazon Kinesis data streams based on the quote type Configure the web
application to send messages to the proper data stream Configure each backend group of
application servers to use the Kinesis Client Library (KCL) to pool messages from its own data
stream.

B. Create an AWS Lambda function and an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS)
topic for each quote type Subscribe the Lambda function to its associated SNS topic Configure
the application to publish requests tot quotes to the appropriate SNS topic.

C. Create a single Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic Subscribe Amazon
Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues to the SNS topic Configure SNS message
filtering to publish messages to the proper SQS queue based on the quote type Configure each
backend application server to use its own SQS queue.

D. Create multiple Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery streams based on the quote type to
deliver data streams to an Amazon Elasucsearch Service (Amazon ES) cluster Configure the
application to send messages to the proper delivery stream Configure each backend group of
application servers to search for the messages from Amazon ES and process them accordingly

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
160
Q

A company has a large Microsoft SharePoint deployment running on-premises that requires Microsoft Windows shared file storage The company wants to migrate this workload to the AWS Cloud and is considering various storage options. The storage solution must be highly available and integrated with Active Directory for access control.

Which solution will satisfy these requirements?

A. Configure Amazon EFS storage and set the Active Directory domain for authentication.

B. Create an SMB Me share on an AWS Storage Gateway tile gateway in two Availability Zones.

C. Create an Amazon S3 bucket and configure Microsoft Windows Server to mount it as a
volume.

D. Create an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system on AWS and set the Active
Directory domain for authentication

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
161
Q

A company has a website running on Amazon EC2 Instances across two Availability Zones The
company is expecting spikes in traffic on specific holidays and wants to provide a consistent
user experience.

How can a solutions architect meet this requirement?

A. Use step scaling

B. Use simple scaling

C. Use lifecycle hooks

D. Use scheduled scaling

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
162
Q

A company has multiple AWS accounts for various departments. One of the departments wants
to share an Amazon S3 bucket with all other departments. Which solution will require the
LEAST amount of effort?

A. Enable cross-account S3 replication for the bucket.

B. Create a pre-signed URL for the bucket and share it with other departments.

C. Set the S3 bucket policy to allow cross-account access to other departments.

D. Create IAM users for each of the departments and configure a read-only IAM policy.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
163
Q

A company has hired an external vendor to perform work in the company’s AWS account The vendor uses an automated tool that is hosted in an AWS account that the vendor owns The vendor does not have IAM access to the company’s AWS account.

How should a solutions architect grant this access to the vendor?

A. Create an lAM rote in the company’s account to delegate access to the vendor’s IAM role
Attach the appropriate IAM policies to the role for the permissions that the vendor requires.

B. Create an lAM user in the company’s account with a password that meets the password
complexity requirements Attach the appropriate lAM policies to the user (or the permissions that
the vendor requires.

C. Create an IAM group in the company’s account Add the tool’s lAM user from the vendor
account lo the group Attach the appropriate lAM policies to the group for the permissions that
the vendor requires.

D. Create a new identity provider by choosing “AWS account” as the provider type in the IAM
console Supply the vendor’s AWS account ID and user name Attach the appropriate IAM policies to the new provider for the permissions that the vendor requires.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
164
Q

A solution architect has created a new AWS account and must secure AWS account root user
access Which combination of actions mil accomplish this?
(Select TWO )

A. Ensure the root user uses a strong password.

B. Enable multi-factor authentication to the root user.

C. Store root user access keys m an encrypted Amazon S3 bucket.

D. Add the root user to a group containing administrative permissions.

E. Apply the required permissions to the root user with an inline policy document

A

A, B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
165
Q

A company is hosting 60 TB of production-level data in an Amazon S3 bucket A solutions architect needs to bring that data on premises for quarterly audit requirements This export of data must be encrypted while in transit The company has low network bandwidth in place between AWS and its on-premises data center.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy AWS Migration Hub with 90-day replication windows for data transfer.

B. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway on AWS Enable a 90-day replication
window to transfer the data.

C. Deploy Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS). with Iifecycle policies enabled, on AWS
Use it to transfer the data.

D. Deploy an AWS Snowball device in the on-premises data center after completing an export
Job request In the AWS Snowball console.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
166
Q

A company has a service that reads and writes large amounts of data from an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region The service is deployed on Amazon EC2 instances within the private subnet of a VPC. The service communicates with Amazon S3 over a NAT gateway in
the public subnet However, the company wants a solution that will reduce the data output costs.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Provision a dedicated EC2 NAT instance in the public subnet. Configure the route table for
the private subnet to use the elastic network interface of this instance as the destination for all
S3 traffic.

B. Provision a dedicated EC2 NAT instance in the private subnet. Configure the route table for
the public subnet to use the elastic network interface of this instance as the destination for all S3
traffic.

C. Provision a VPC gateway endpoint. Configure the route table for the private subnet to use
the gateway endpoint as the route for all S3 traffic.

D. Provision a second NAT gateway. Configure the route table foe the private subnet to use this NAT gateway as the destination for all S3 traffic.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
167
Q

A company has established a new AWS account. The account is newly provisioned and no changes have been made to the default settings The company is concerned about the security of the AWS account root user.
What should be done to secure the root user?

A. Create IAM users for daily administrative tasks Disable the root user.

B. Create IAM users for daily administrative tasks Enable multi-factor authentication on the root
user.

C. Generate an access key for the root user Use the access key for daily administration tasks
instead of the AWS Management Console.

D. Provide the root user credentials to the most senior solutions architect Have the solutions
architect use the root user for daily administration tasks.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
168
Q

A company is building a media sharing application and decides to use Amazon S3 for storage When a media file is uploaded, the company starts a multi-step process to create thumbnails identity objects in the images transcode videos into standard formats and resolutions and extract and store the metadata to an Amazon DynamoDB table The metadata is used for
searching and navigation.

The amount of traffic is variable The solution must be able to scale to handle spikes in load
without unnecessary expenses.

What should a solutions architect recommend to support this workload?

A. Build the processing into the website or mobile app used to upload the content to Amazon S3
Save the required data to the DynamoDB table when the objects are uploaded.

B. Trigger AWS Step Functions when an object is stored in the S3 bucket Have the Step
Functions perform the steps needed to process the object and then write the metadata to the
DynamoDB table.

C. Trigger an AWS Lambda function when an object is stored in the S3 bucket Have the
Lambda function start AWS Batch to perform the steps to process the object Place the object
data m the DynamoDB table when complete.

D. Trigger an AWS Lambda function to store an initial entry in the DynamoDB table when an
object is uploaded to Amazon S3 Use a program running on an Amazon EC2 instance in an
Auto Scaling group to poll the index for unprocessed items, and use the program to perform the
processing.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
169
Q

Organizers for a global event want to put daily reports online as static HTML pages. The pages
are expected to generate millions of views from users around the work. The files are stored in
an Amazon S3 Bucket .

A solutions architect has been asked to design an efficient and effective solution.

Which action should the solutions architect take to accomplish this?

A. Generate presigned URLs for the files.

B. Use cross-Region replication to all Regions.

C. Use the geoproximity feature of Amazon Route 53

D. Use Amazon CloudFront with the S3 bucket as its origin.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
170
Q

A company runs an application using Amazon ECS. The application creates resized versions of an original Image and then makes Amazon S3 API calls to store the resized images in Amazon
S3

How can a solutions architect ensure that the application has permission to access Amazon S3?

A. Update the S3 role in AWS IAM to allow read/write access from Amazon ECS and then
relaunch the container.

B. Create an IAM role with S3 permissions and then specify that role as the taskRoleArn in the
task definition.

C. Create a security group that allows access from Amazon ECS to Amazon S3 and update the
launch configuration used by the ECS cluster.

D. Create an IAM user with S3 permissions, and then relaunch the Amazon EC2 instances for
the ECS cluster while logged in as this account

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
171
Q

A media streaming company collects real-time data and stores it in a disk-optimized database
system. The company is not getting the expected throughput and wants an m- memory
database storage solution that performs faster and provides high availability using data
replication.

Which database should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Amazon RDS for MySQL

B. Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL

C. Amazon ElastiCache for Redis.

D. Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
172
Q

A company stores use’ data in AWS The data is used continuously with peak usage during business hours Access patterns vary with some data not being used for months at a time A solutions architect must choose a cost-effective solution that maintains the highest level of
durability while maintaining high availability.

Which storage solution meets these requirements?

A. Amazon S3 Standard

B. Amazon S3 Intelligent-Tiering

C. Amazon S3 Glacier Deep Archive

D. Amazon S3 One Zone-infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA)

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
173
Q

A weather forecasting company needs to process hundreds of gigabytes of data with sub- mill
(second latency. The company has a high performance computing (HPC) environment in its data center and wants to expand its forecasting capabilities.

A solutions architect must identify a highly available cloud storage solution that can handle large
amounts of sustained throughput Files that are stored in the solution should be accessible to thousands of compute instances that will simultaneously access and process the entire dataset.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon FSx for Lustre scratch file systems.

B. Use Amazon FSx for Lustre persistent file systems.

C. Use Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) with Bursting Throughput mode.

D. Use Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) with Provisioned Throughput mode.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
174
Q

A company receives structured and semi-structured data from various sources once every day
A solutions architect needs to design a solution that leverages big data processing frameworks
The data should be accessible using SQL queries and business intelligence tools.
What should the solutions architect recommend to build the MOST high-performing solution**

A. Use AWS Glue to process data and Amazon S3 to store data.

B. Use Amazon EMR to process data and Amazon Redshift lo store data.

C. Use Amazon EC2 to process data and Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) to store
data.

D. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics to process data and Amazon Elastic File System
(Amazon EFS) to store data.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
175
Q

A company wants to build an immutable infrastructure for its software applications The company
wants to test the software applications before sending traffic to them The company seeks an
efficient solution that limits the effects of application bugs.

Which combination of steps should a solutions architect recommend? {Select TWO)

A. Use AWS Cloud Formation to update the production infrastructure and roll back the stack if
the update fails.

B. Apply Amazon Route 53 weighted routing to test the staging environment and gradually increase the traffic as the tests pass.

C. Apply Amazon Route 53 failover routing to test the staging environment and fail over to the
production environment if the tests pass.

D. Use AWS Cloud Formation with a parameter set to the staging value in a separate
environment other than the production environment.

E. Use AWS Cloud Formation to deploy the staging environment with a snapshot deletion policy
and reuse the resources in the production environment if the tests pass.

A

A, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
176
Q

A company hosts its website on AWS To address the highly variable demand the company has
implemented Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling Management is concerned that the company Is over-prows toning its infrastructure, especially at the front end of the three-tier application.

A solutions architect needs to ensure costs are optimized without impacting performance.
What should the solutions architect do to accomplish this?

A. Use Auto Scaling with Reserved Instances.

B. Use Auto Scaling with a scheduled scaling policy.

C. Use Auto Scaling with the suspend-resume feature.

D. Use Auto Scaling with a target tracking scaling policy.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
177
Q

A company has a Windows-based application that must be migrated to AWS. The application requires the use of a shared Windows Me system attached to multiple Amazon EC2 Windows instances that are deployed across multiple Availability Zones.

What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Configure AWS Storage Gateway in volume gateway mode Mount the volume to each
Windows instance.

B. Configure Amazon FSx for Windows File Server Mount the Amazon FSx file system to each
Windows instance.

C. Configure a file system by using Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) Mount the EPS
file system to each Windows instance.

D. Configure an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume with the required size
Attach each EC2 instance to the volume Mount the file system within the volume to each
Windows instance.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
178
Q

A solutions architect is designing the architecture for a software demonstration environment The environment will run on Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) The system will experience significant increases in traffic during working hours but Is not required to operate on weekends.

Which combination of actions should the solutions architect take to ensure that the system can scale to meet demand?
(Select TWO)

A. Use AWS Auto Scaling to adjust the ALB capacity based on request rate.

B. Use AWS Auto Scaling to scale the capacity of the VPC internet gateway.

C. Launch the EC2 instances in multiple AWS Regions to distribute the load across Regions.

D. Use a target tracking scaling policy to scale the Auto Scaling group based on instance CPU
utilization.

E. Use scheduled scaling to change the Auto Scaling group minimum, maximum, and desired
capacity to zero for weekends Revert to the default values at the start of the week.

A

D, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
179
Q

A company has an application that uses an Amazon OynamoDB table low storage. A solutions architect discovers that many requests to the table are not returning the latest data.
The company’s users have not reported any other issues with database performance Latency is in an acceptable range.

Which design change should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Add read replicas to the table.

B Use a global secondary index (GSI).

B. Request strongly consistent reads for the table.

C. Request eventually consistent reads for the table.

A

C?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
180
Q

A company has a web application with sporadic usage patterns There is heavy usage at the beginning of each month moderate usage at the start of each week and unpredictable usage during the week The application consists of a web server and a MySQL database server
running inside the data center The company would like to move the application to the AWS Cloud and needs to select a cost-effective database platform that will not require database modifications.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Amazon DynamoDB

B. Amazon RDS for MySQL

C. MySQL-compatible Amazon Aurora Serverless.

D. MySQL deployed on Amazon EC2 in an Auto Scaling group

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
181
Q

A company is planning to store sensitive documents in an Amazon S3 bucket. The documents must be encrypted al rest. The company wants to manage the underlying keys that are used lor encryption However, the company does not want to manage the encryption and decryption
process.

Which solutions will meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Use server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C).

B. Use client-side encryption with AWS managed keys.

C. Use server-side encryption with S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3).

D. Use server-side encryption with AWS KMS managed encryption keys (SSE-KMS) with a key
policy document that is 40 KB in size.

E. Use server-side encryption with AWS KMS managed encryption keys (SSE-KMS) that the
company uploads to AWS KMS

A

C, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
182
Q

A company is developing a real-time multiplayer game that uses UDP for communications between the client and servers In an Auto Scaling group Spikes in demand are anticipated during the day, so the game server platform must adapt accordingly Developers want to store gamer scores and other non-relational data in a database solution that will scale without intervention.

Which solution should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Use Amazon Route 53 for traffic distribution and Amazon Aurora Serverless for data storage.

B. Use a Network Load Balancer for traffic distribution and Amazon DynamoDB on- demand for
data storage.

C. Use a Network Load Balancer for traffic distribution and Amazon Aurora Global Database for
data storage.

D. Use an Application Load Balancer for traffic distribution and Amazon DynamoDB global
tables for data storage.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
183
Q

A company is building a new furniture inventory application The company has deployed the application on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances across multiple Availability Zones The EC2 instances run behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) in their VPC

A solutions architect has observed that incoming traffic seems to favor one EC2 instance
resulting in latency for some requests.

What should the solutions architect do to resolve this issue?

A. Disable session affinity (sticky sessions) on the ALB

B. Replace the ALB with a Network Load Balancer.

C. increase the number of EC2 instances in each Availability Zone.

D. Adjust the frequency of the health checks on the ALB’s target group.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
184
Q

An airline that is based in the United States provides services for routes in North America and Europe. The airline is developing a new read-intensive application that customers can use to find flights on either continent.
The application requires strong read consistency and needs scalable database capacity to accommodate changes in user demand. The airline needs the database service to synchronize with the least possible latency between the two continents and to provide a simple failover mechanism to a second AWS Region.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy Microsoft SQL Server on Amazon EC2 instances in a Region in North America. Use
SOL Server binary log replication on an EC2 instance in a Region in Europe.

B. Create an Amazon DynamoDB global table Add a Region from North America and a Region
from Europe to the table. Query data with strongly consistent reads.

C. Use an Amazon Aurora MySQL global database. Deploy the read-write node in a Region in
North America, and deploy read-only endpoints in Regions in North America and Europe. Query
data with global read consistency.

D. Create a subscriber application that uses Amazon Kinesis Data Steams for an Amazon
Redshift cluster in a Region in North America. Create a second subscriber application for the
Amazon Redshift cluster in a Region in Europe. Process all database modifications through
Kinesis Data Streams.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
185
Q

A company wants to perform an online migration of active datasets from an on-premises NFS
server to an Amazon S3 bucket that is named DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET Data integrity
verification is required during the transfer and at the end of the transfer. The data also must he encrypted.

A solutions architect is using an AWS solution to migrate the data.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. AWS Storage Gateway file gateway

B. S3 Transfer Acceleration

C. AWS DataSync

D. AWS Snowhall Edge Storage Optimized

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
186
Q

A solutions architect is designing a high performance computing (HPC) workload on Amazon EC2 The EC2 instances need to communicate to each other frequently and require network performance with low latency and high throughput.

Which EC2 configuration meets these requirements?

A. Launch the EC2 instances in a cluster placement group in one Availability Zone.

B. Launch the EC2 instances in a spread placement group in one Availability Zone.

C. Launch the EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group m two Regions and peer the VPCs.

D. Launch the EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group spanning multiple Availability Zones.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
187
Q

A company hosts its static website content from an Amazon S3 bucket in the us-east-1 Region
Content is made available through an Amazon CloudFront origin pointing to that bucket Cross-
Region replication is set up to create a second copy of the bucket in the ap- southeast-1 Region Management wants a solution that provides greater availability for the website.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to increase availability’?

(Select TWO.)

A. Add both buckets to the CloudFront origin.

B. Configure failover routing in Amazon Route 53

C. Create a record in Amazon Route 53 pointing to the replica bucket.

D. Create an additional CloudFront origin pointing to the ap-southeast-1 bucket.

E. Set up a CloudFront origin group with the us-east-1 bucket as the primary and the ap-
southeast-1 bucket as the secondary.

A

B, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
188
Q

A company has an Amazon S3 bucket that contains confidential information in its production
AWS account The company has turned on AWS CloudTrail for the account. The account sends
a copy of its logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. The company has configured the S3 bucket to
log read and write data events.
A company auditor discovers that some objects in the S3 bucket have been deleted A solutions
architect must provide the auditor with information about who deleted the objects.

What should the solutions architect do to provide this information?

A. Create a CloudWatch Logs fitter to extract the S3 write API calls against the S3 bucket.

B. Query the CloudTrail togs with Amazon Athena to identify the S3 write API calls against the S3 bucket.

C. Use AWS Trusted Advisor to perform security checks for S3 writ© API calls that deleted the content.

D. Use AWS Config to track configuration changes on the S3 bucket Use these details to track
the S3 write API calls that deleted the content.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
189
Q

A company is running a three-tier web application to process credit card payments The front-end user interface consists of static webpages The application tier can have long- runmng processes The database tier uses MySQL
The application is currently running on a single general purpose large Amazon EC2 instance A
solutions architect needs to decouple the services to make the web application highly available.

Which solution would provide the HIGHEST availability.

A. Move static assets to Amazon CloudFront Leave the application in EC2 in an Auto Scaling
group Move the database to Amazon RDS to deploy Multi-AZ

B. Move static assets and the application into a medium EC2 instance Leave the database on
me large instance Place both instances in an Auto Scaling group.

C. Move static assets to Amazon S3 Move the application to AWS Lambda with the concurrency
limit set Move the database to Amazon DynamoDB with on-demand enabled.

D. Move static assets to Amazon S3 Move the application to Amazon Elastic Container Service
(Amazon ECS) containers with Auto Scaling enabled Move the database to Amazon RDS to deploy Multi-AZ

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
190
Q

A company has thousands of edge devices that collectively generate 1 TB of status averts.
each day Each alert s approximately 2 KB in size.

A solutions architect needs to implement a
solution to ingest and store the alerts for future analysis.
The company wants a highly available solution However the company needs to minimize costs and does not want to manage additional infrastructure Additionally, the company wants to keep 14 days of data available for immediate analysis and archive any data older than 14 days.

What is the MOST operationally efficient solution that meets these requirements^

A. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream to ingest the alerts Configure the
Kinesis Data Firehose stream to deliver the alerts to an Amazon S3 bucket Set up an S3
Lifecycle configuration to transition data to Amazon S3 Glacier after 14 days B Launch Amazon
EC2 instances across two Availability Zones and place them behind an Elastic Load Balancer to
ingest the alerts Create a script on the EC2 instances that will store tne alerts m an Amazon S3
bucket Set up an S3 Lifecycle configuration to transition data to Amazon S3 Glacier after 14
days.

B. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream to ingest the alerts Configure the
Kinesis Data Firehose stream to deliver the alerts to an Amazon Elasticsearch Service (Amazon
ES) duster Set up the Amazon ES cluster to take manual snapshots every day and delete data
from the duster that is older than 14 days D . Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service
(Amazon SQS i standard queue to ingest the alerts and set the message retention period to 14
days Configure consumers to poll the SQS queue check the age of the message and analyze
the message data as needed If the message is 14 days old the consumer should copy the
message to an Amazon S3 bucket and delete the message from the SQS queue.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
191
Q

An ecommerce company has noticed performance degradation of its Amazon RDS based web application The performance degradation is attributed to an increase in the number of read-only SQL queries triggered by business analysts A solutions architect needs to solve the problem with minimal changes to the existing web application.

What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Export the data to Amazon DynamoDB and have the business analysts run their queries.

B. Load the data into Amazon ElastiCache and have the business analysts run their queries.

C. Create a read replica of the primary database and have the business analysts run their
queries.

D. Copy the data into an Amazon Redshift cluster and have the business analysts run their
queries.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
192
Q

A company has an application that ingests incoming messages Dozens of other applications and microservices then quickly consume these messages The number of messages vanes drastically and sometimes increases suddenly to 100 000 each second. The company wants to decouple the solution and increase scalability.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Persist the messages to Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics Configure the consumer applications
to read and process the messages.

B. Deploy the ingestion application on Amazon EC2 instances m an Auto Scaling group to scale
the number of EC2 instances based on CPU metrics.

C. Write the messages to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams with a single shard Use an AWS
Lambda function to preprocess messages and store them in Amazon DynamoDB Configure the
consumer applications to read from DynamoDB to process the messages.

D. Publish the messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic with
multiple Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) subscriptions Configure the consumer
applications to process the messages from the queues.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
193
Q

A company provides machine learning solutions .The company’s users need to download large data sets from the company’s Amazon S3 bucket. These downloads often take a long lime, especially when the users are running many simulations on a subset of those datasets. Users download the datasets to Amazon EC2 instances in the same AWS Region as the S3 bucket.

Multiple users typically use the same datasets at the same time.

Which solution will reduce the lime that is required to access the datasets?

A. Configure the S3 bucket lo use the S3 Standard storage class with S3 Transfer Acceleration
activated.
B. Configure the S3 bucket to use the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class with S3 Transfer
Acceleration activated.

C. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) network Tile system.
Migrate the datasets by using AWS DataSync.

D. Move the datasets onto a General Purpose SSD (gp3) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon
EBS) volume. Attach the volume to all the EC2 instances.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
194
Q

A company has three AWS accounts Management Development and Production. These accounts use AWS services only in the us-east-1 Region All accounts have a VPC with VPC Flow Logs configured to publish data to an Amazon S3 bucket in each separate account For
compliance reasons the company needs an ongoing method to aggregate all the VPC flow logs
across all accounts into one destination S3 bucket in the Management account.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST operational
overhead?

A. Add S3 Same-Region Replication rules in each S3 bucket that stores VPC flow logs to replicate objects to the destination S3 bucket Configure the destination S3 bucket to allow objects to be received from the S3 buckets in other accounts.

B. Set up an IAM user in the Management account Grant permissions to the IAM user to access the S3 buckets that contain the VPC flow logs Run the aws s3 sync command in the AWS CLl to copy the objects to the destination S3 bucket.

C. Use an S3 inventory report to specify which objects in the S3 buckets to copy Perform an S3 batch operation to copy the objects into the destination S3 bucket in the Management account with a single request.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function in the Management account Grant S3 GET permissions on the source S3 buckets Grant S3 PUT permissions on the destination S3 bucket Configure the function to invoke when objects are loaded in the source S3 buckets.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
195
Q

A solutions architect is designing the cloud architecture for a company that needs to host hundreds of machine learning models for its users Dunng startup, the models need to load up to 10 GB of data from Amazon S3 into memory, out they do not need disk access Most of the
models are used sporadically but the users expect all of them to be highly available and accessible with low latency.

Which solution meets the requirements and is MOST cost-effective1?

A. Deploy models as AWS Lambda functions behind an Amazon API Gateway for each model.

B. Deploy models as Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) services behind an
Application Load Balancer for each model.

C. Deploy models as AWS Lambda functions behind a single Amazon API Gateway with path-
based routing where one path corresponds to each model.

D. Deploy models as Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) services behind a single
Application Load Balancer with path-based routing where one path corresponds to each model

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
196
Q

A company runs a web-based portal that provides users with global breaking news local alerts, and weather updates The portal delivers each user a personalized view by using a mixture of static and dynamic content Content is served over HTTPS through an API server running on an Amazon EC2 instance behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) The company wants the
portal to provide this content to its users across the world as quickly as possible.

How should a solutions architect design the application to ensure the LEAST amount of latency
for all users?

A. Deploy the application stack in a single AWS Region Use Amazon CloudFront to serve all
static and dynamic content by specifying the ALB as an origin.

B. Deploy the application stack in two AWS Regions Use an Amazon Route 53 latency routing
policy to serve all content from the ALB in the closest Region.

C. Deploy the application stack in a single AWS Region Use Amazon CloudFront to serve the
static content Serve the dynamic content directly from the ALB

D. Deploy the application stack in two AWS Regions Use an Amazon Route 53 geolocation
routing policy to serve all content from the ALB in the closest Region.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
197
Q

A company is developing a mobile game that streams score updates to a backend processor and then posts results on a leaderboard A solutions architect needs to design a solution that can handle large traffic spikes process the mobile game updates in order of receipt and store the processed updates in a highly available database The company also wants to minimize the
management overhead required to maintain the solution.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Push score updates to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Process the updates in Kinesis Data Streams with AWS Lambda Store the processed updates in Amazon DynamoDB

B. Push score updates to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Process the updates with a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances set up for Auto Scaling Store the processed updates in Amazon Redshifi.

C. Push score updates to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic Subscnbe an AWS Lambda function to the SNS topic to process the updates Store the processed updates in a SQL database running on Amazon EC2

D. Push score updates to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue Use a fleet
of Amazon EC2 instances with Auto Scaling to process the updates in the SQS queue Store the
processed updates in an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance.

A

A

You can use
Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to collect and process large streams of data records in real time.
You can use Kinesis Data Streams for rapid and continuous data intake and aggregation. The
type of data used can include IT infrastructure log data, application logs, social media, market
data feeds, and web clickstream data. Because the response time for the data intake and
processing is in real time, the processing is typically lightweight

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
198
Q

Application developers have noticed that a production application is very slow when business reporting users run large production reports against the Amazon RDS instance backing the application The CPU and memory utilization metrics for the RDS instance do not exceed 60% while the reporting queries are running The business reporting users must be able to generate
reports without affecting the application’s performance.

Which action will accomplish this?

A. Increase the size of the RDS instance

B. Create a read replica and connect the application to it

C. Enable multiple Availability Zones on the RDS instance

D. Create a read replica and connect the business reports to it

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
199
Q

A company wants to migrate its MySQL database from on premises to AWS. The company recently experienced a database outage that significantly impacted the business To ensure this does not happen again the company wants a reliable database solution on AWS that minimizes data loss and stores every transaction on at least two nodes.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon RDS DB instance with synchronous replication to three nodes in three Availability Zones.

B. Create an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance with Multi-AZ functionality enabled to
synchronously replicate the data.

C. Create an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance and then create a read replica in a separate
AWS Region that synchronously replicates the data.

D. Create an Amazon EC2 instance with a MySQL engine installed that triggers an AWS
Lambda function to synchronously replicate the data to an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
200
Q

A startup company is using me AWS Cloud to develop a traffic control monitoring system for a large city The system must be highly available and must provide near-real-time results for residents and city officials even during peak events. Gigabytes of data will come in daily from loT devices that run at intersections and freeway
ramps across the city The system must process the data sequentially to provide the correct timeline However results need to show only what has happened in the last 24 hours.

Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Deploy Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to accept incoming data from the loT devices and
write the data to Amazon S3 Build a web dashboard to display the data from the last 24 hours.

B. Deploy an Amazon API Gateway API endpoint and an AWS Lambda function to process
incoming data from the loT devices and store the data in Amazon DynamoDB Build a web
dashboard to display the data from the last 24 hours.

C. Deploy an Amazon API Gateway API endpoint and an Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) tope to process incoming data from the loT devices Write the data.
to Amazon Redshift Build a web dashboard to display the data from the last 24 hours.

D. Deploy an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) FIFO queue and an AWS Lambda
function to process incoming data from the loT devices and store the data in an Amazon RDS
DB instance Build a web dashboard to display the data from the last 24 hours.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
201
Q

A company that operates a web application on premises is preparing to launch a newer version
of the application on AWS The company needs to route requests to either the AWS-hosted or
the on-premises-hosted application based on the URL query string The on- premises application
Is not available from the Internet, and a VPN connection Is established between Amazon VPC
and the company’s data center. The company wants to use an Application Load Balancer (ALB)
for this launch.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use two ALBs: one for on premises and one for the AWS resource Add hosts to each target
group of each ALB Route with Amazon Route 53 based on the URL query string.

B. Use Mo ALBs; one for on premises and one for the AWS resource Add hosts to the target
group of each ALB Create a software router on an EC2 instance based on the URL query string.

C. Use one ALB with two target groups one for the AWS resource and one for on premises Add
hosts to each target group of the ALB Configure listener rules based on the URL query string.

D. Use one ALB with two AWS Auto Scaling groups one for the AWS resource and one for on
premises Add hosts to each Auto Scaling group Route with Amazon Route 53 based on the
URL query string.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
202
Q

A company has a three-tier environment on AWS that ingests sensor data from its users’
devices The traffic flows through a Network Load Balancer (NIB) then to Amazon EC2 instances
for the web tier and finally to EC2 instances for the application tier that makes database calls.
What should a solutions architect do to improve the security of data in transit to the web tier?

A. Configure a TLS listener and add the server certificate on the NLB

B. Configure AWS Shield Advanced and enable AWS WAF on the NLB

C. Change the load balancer to an Application Load Balancer and attach AWS WAF to it.

D. Encrypt the Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume on the EC2 instances using
AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
203
Q

A company previously migrated its data warehouse solution to AWS The company also has an
AWS Direct Conned connection Corporate office users query the data warehouse using a
visualization tool The average size of a query returned by the data warehouse is 50 MB and
each webpage sent by the visualization tool is approximately 500 KB Result sets returned by
the data warehouse are not cached.
Which solution provides the LOWEST data transfer egress cost for the company?

A. Host the visualization tool on premises and query the data warehouse directly over the
internet.

B. Host the visualization tool m the same AWS Region as the data warehouse Access it over
the internet.

C. Host the visualization tool on premises and query me data warehouse directly over a Direct
Conned connection at a location in the same AWS Region.

D. Host the visualization tool in the same AWS Region as the data warehouse and access it
over a Direct Conned connection at a location in the same Region.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
204
Q

A company has recently updated its internal security standards The company must now ensure
all Amazon S3 buckets and Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes are encrypted
with keys created and periodically rotated by internal security specialists The company is
looking for a native, software-based AWS service to accomplish this goal.
What should a solutions architect recommend as a solution?

A. Use AWS Secrets Manager with customer master keys (CMKs) to store master key material
and apply a routine to create a new CMK periodically and replace it m AWS Secrets Manager.

B. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) with customer master keys (CMKs) to store master key material and apply a routine to re-create a new key periodically and replace it in
AWS KMS.

C. Use an AWS CloudHSM cluster with customer master keys (CMKs) to store master key
material and apply a routine to re-create a new key periodically and replace it in the CloudHSM
cluster nodes.

D. Use AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store with customer master keys (CMKs) to store
master key material and apply a routine to re-create a new key periodically and replace it in the
Parameter Store

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
205
Q

A company is performing an AWS Well-Architected Framework review of an existing workload
deployed on AWS The review Identified a public-facing website running on the same Amazon
EC2 instance as a Microsoft Active Directory domain controller that was installed recently to
support other AWS services A solutions architect needs to recommend a new design that would
improve the security of the architecture and minimize the administrative demand on IT staff.
What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Use AWS Directory Service to create a managed Active Directory Uninstall Active Directory
on the current EC2 instance.

B. Create another EC2 instance in the same subnet and reinstall Active Directory on it Uninstall
Active Directory on the current EC2 instance.

C. Use AWS Directory Service to create an Active Directory connector Proxy Active Directory
requests to the Active Directory domain controller running on the current EC2 instance.

D. Enable AWS Single Sign-On (AWS SSO) with Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML)
2 0 federation with the current Active Directory controller Modify the EC2 instance’s security
group to deny public access to Active Directory

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
206
Q

A company runs en application on a large fleet of Amazon EC2 instances. The application reads
and write entries into an Amazon DynamoDB table The size of the OynamoDB table
continuously grows but the application needs only data from the last 30 days The company
needs a solution that minimizes cost and development effort.
Which solution meets these requirements’?

A. Use an AWS CloudFormation template to deploy the complete solution Redeploy the Cloud
Formation stack every 30 days, and delete the original stack.

B. Use an EC2 instance that runs a monitoring application from AWS Marketplace Configure the
monitoring application to use Amazon DynamoOB Streams to store the timestamp when a new
item is created in the table Use a script that runs on the EC2 instance to delete items that have
a timestamp that is older than 30 days.

C. Configure Amazon DynamoDB Streams to invoke an AWS Lambda function when a new
item is created in the table Configure the Lambda function to delete items m the table that are
older than 30 days.

D. Extend the application to add an attribute that has a value of the current timestamp plus 30
days to each new item that is created in the table Configure DynamoDB to use the attribute as
the TTL attribute.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
207
Q

A recent analysis of a company’s IT expenses highlights the need to reduce backup costs The
company s chief information officer wants to simplify the on-premises backup infrastructure and
reduce costs by eliminating the use ol physical backup tapes The company must preserve the
existing investment in the on-premises backup applications and workflows.
What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Set up AWS Storage Gateway to conned with the backup applications using the NFS
interface.

B. Set up an Amazon EFS file system that connects wtth the backup applications using the NFS
interface.

C. Set up an Amazon EFS file system that connects with the backup applications using the
iSCSl interface.

D. Set up AWS Storage Gateway to connect with the backup applications using the iSCSi-
virtual tape library (VTL) interface.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
208
Q

A developer has a script lo generate daily reports that users previously ran manually The script
consistently completes in under 10 minutes The developer needs to automate this process in a
cost-effective manner.
Which combination of services should the developer use? (Select TWO.)

A. AWS Lambda

B. AWS CloudTrail

C. Cron on an Amazon EC2 instance

D. Amazon EC2 On-Demand Instance with user data

E. Amazon EventBridge {Amazon CloudWatch Events)

A

A, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
209
Q

A company has a production web application in which users upload documents through a web
interlace or a mobile app. According to a new regulatory requirement, new documents cannot
be modified or deleted after they are stored.
What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Store the uploaded documents in an Amazon S3 bucket with S3 Versioning and S3 Object
Lock enabled.

B. Store the uploaded documents in an Amazon S3 bucket. Configure an S3 Lifecycle policy to
archive the documents periodically.

C. Store the uploaded documents in an Amazon S3 bucket with S3 Versioning enabled
Configure an ACL to restrict all access to read-only.

D. Store the uploaded documents on an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) volume Access the data by mounting the volume in read-only mode.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
210
Q

A company is designing a shared storage solution for a gaming application that is hosted in the
AWS Cloud The company needs the ability to use SMB clients to access data solution must be
fully managed.

Which AWS solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an AWS DataSync task that shares the data as a mountable file system Mount the file
system to the application server.

B. Create an Amazon EC2 Windows instance Install and configure a Windows file share role on
the instance Connect the application server to the file share.

C. Create an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system Attach the file system to the
origin server Connect the application server to the file system.

D. Create an Amazon S3 bucket Assign an IAM role to the application to grant access to the S3
bucket Mount the S3 bucket to the application server

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
211
Q

A company has data stored in an on-premises data center that is used by several on- premises
applications The company wants to maintain its existing application environment and be able to
use AWS services for data analytics and future visualizations.

Which storage service should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Amazon Redshift.

B. AWS Storage Gateway for files.

C. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

D. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS)

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
212
Q

A company needs the ability to analyze the log files of its proprietary application. The logs are
stored in JSON format in an Amazon S3 bucket Queries will be simple and will run on- demand

A solutions architect needs to perform the analysis with minimal changes to the existing
architecture.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of
operational overhead?

A. Use Amazon Redshift to load all the content into one place and run the SQL queries as
needed.

B. Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to store the logs Run SQL queries as needed from the
Amazon CloudWatch console.

C. Use Amazon Athena directly with Amazon S3 to run the queries as needed.

D. Use AWS Glue to catalog the logs Use a transient Apache Spark cluster on Amazon EMR to un the SQL queries as needed.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
213
Q

A company recently launched its website to servo content to its global user base. The company
wants to store and accelerate the delivery of static content to its users by leveraging Amazon
CloudFront with an Amazon EC2 instance attached as its origin.
How should a solutions architect optimize high availability tor the application?

A. Use lambda@Edge for CloudFront.

B. Use Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration for CloudFront.

C. Configure another EC2 instance m a different Availability Zone as part of the origin group.

D. Configure another EC2 instance as part of the origin server cluster in the same Availability
Zone.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
214
Q

A company is migrating Us applications to AWS Currently applications that run on premises
generate hundreds of terabytes of data that is stored on a shared file system The company Is
running an analytics application in the cloud that runs hourly to generate Insights from this data.
The company needs a solution to handle the ongoing data transfer between the on- premises
shared file system and Amazon S3 The solution also must be able to handle occasional
interruptions m internet connectivity.

Which solution should the company use for the data transfer to meet these requirements?

A. AWS DataSync

B. AWS Migration Hub

C. AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized

D. AWS Transfer for SFTP

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
215
Q

A solutions architect is designing the storage architecture tor a new web application used for
storing and viewing engineering drawings All application components will be deployed on the
AWS infrastructure.

The application design must support caching to minimize the amount of time that users wait for
the engineering drawings to load The application must be able to store petabytes of data.

Which combination of storage and caching should the solutions architect use?

A. Amazon S3 with Amazon CloudFront

B. Amazon S3 Glacier with Amazon ElastiCache

C. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon BBS) volumes with Amazon CloudFront

D. AWS Storage Gateway with Amazon ElastiCache

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
216
Q

A company plans to store sensitive user data on Amazon S3 internal security compliance
requirement mandate encryption of data before secured it to Amazon S3.

What should a solutions architect recommend to safely these requirements?

A. Server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys.

B. Client-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys.

C. Service-side encryption with keys stored in AWS Management Service (AWS KMS)

D. Server-side encryption with a master stored in AWS Management Service (AWS KMS)

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
217
Q

A company is developing a mobile game that streams score updates to a backend processor
and then posts results on a leaderboard A solutions architect needs to design a solution that
can handle large traffic spikes process the mobile game updates in order of receipt and store
the processed updates in a highly available database

The company also wants to minimize the
management overhead required to maintain the solution.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Push score updates to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Process the updates in Kinesis Data
Streams with AWS Lambda Store the processed updates in Amazon DynamoDB

B. Push score updates to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Process the updates with a fleet of
Amazon EC2 instances set up for Auto Scaling Store the processed updates in Amazon
Redshifi.

C. Push score updates to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic
Subscribe an AWS Lambda function to the SNS topic to process the updates Store the
processed updates in a SQL database running on Amazon EC2

D. Push score updates to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue Use a fleet
of Amazon EC2 instances with Auto Scaling to process the updates in the SQS queue Store the
processed updates in an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
218
Q

A company has designed an application where users provide small sets of textual data by
calling a public API The application runs on AWS and includes a public Amazon API Gateway
API that forwards requests to an AWS Lambda function for processing The Lambda function
then writes the data to an Amazon Aurora Serverless database for consumption.

The company is concerned that it could lose some user data it a Lambda function fails to
process the request property or reaches a concurrency limit.

What should a solutions architect recommend to resolve this concern?

A. Split the existing Lambda function into two Lambda functions Configure one function to 86https://Xcerts.com
receive API Gateway requests and put relevant items into Amazon Simple Queue Service
(Amazon SQS) Configure the other function to read items from Amazon SQS and save the data
into Aurora.

B. Configure the Lambda function to receive API Gateway requests and write relevant items to
Amazon ElastiCache Configure ElastiCache to save the data into Aurora.

C. Increase the memory for the Lambda function Configure Aurora to use the Multi-AZ feature.

D. Split the existing Lambda function into two Lambda functions Configure one function to
receive API Gateway requests and put relevant items into Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) Configure the other function to read items from Amazon SNS and save the data
into Aurora

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
219
Q

A company is deploying an application that processes large quantities of data in batches as
needed. The company plans to use Amazon EC2 instances for the workload. The network
architecture must support a highly scalable solution and prevent groups of nodes from sharing
the same underlying hardware.
Which combination of network solutions will meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Create Capacity Reservations for the EC2 instances to run in a placement group.

B. Run the EC2 instances in a spread placement group.

C. Run the EC2 instances in a cluster placement group.

D. Place the EC2 instances in an EC2 Auto Scaling group.

E. Run the EC2 instances in a partition placement group.

A

B, C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
220
Q

A company receives inconsistent service from its data center provider because the company is
headquartered in an area affected by natural disasters The company is not ready to fully
migrate to the AWS Cloud but it wants a failure environment on AWS in case the on-premises
data center fails.
The company runs web servers that connect to external vendors The data available on AWS
and on premises must be uniform.

Which solution should a solutions architect recommend that has the LEAST amount of
downtime?

A. Configure an Amazon Route 53 failover record Run application servers on Amazon EC2
instances behind an Application Load Balancer in an Auto Scaling group Set up AWS Storage
Gateway with stored volumes to back up data to Amazon S3.

B. Configure an Amazon Route 53 failover record Execute an AWS CloudFormation template
from a script to create Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer Set up
AWS Storage Gateway with stored volumes to back up data to Amazon S3

C. Configure an Amazon Route 53 failover record Set up an AWS Direct Connect connection
between a VPC and the data center Run application servers on Amazon EC2 in an Auto Scaling
group Run an AWS Lambda function to execute an AWS CloudFormation template to create an
Application Load Balancer

D. Configure an Amazon Route 53 failover record Run an AWS Lambda function to execute an
AWS CloudFormation template to launch two Amazon EC2 instances Set up AWS Storage
Gateway with stored volumes to back up data to Amazon S3 Set up an AWS Direct Connect
connection between a VPC and the data center.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
221
Q

A security learn needs to enforce the rotation of all IAM users’ access keys every 90 days If an
access key Is found to be older, the key must be made inactive and removed A solutions
architect must create a solution that will check for and remediate any keys older than 90 days.

Which solution meets these requirements with the LEAST operational effort?

A. Create an AWS Config rule to check for the key age Configure the AWS Config rule to run an
AWS Batch job to remove the key.

B. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to check for the key age
Configure the rule to run an AWS Batch job to remove the key.

C. Create an AWS Config rule to check for the key age Define an Amazon EventBridge
(Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to schedule an AWS Lambda function to remove the key.

D. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to check for the key age
Define an EventBridge (CloudWatch Events) rule to run an AWS Batch job to remove the key

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
222
Q

A monolithic application was recently migrated to AWS and is now running on a single Amazon
EC2 instance Due to application limitations it is not possible to use automatic scaling to scale
out the application. The chief technology officer (CTO) wants an automated solution to restore
the EC2 instance in the unlikely event the underlying hardware fails.
What would allow foe automatic recovery of the EC2 instance as quickly as possible?

A. Configure an Amazon CloudWatch alarm that triggers the recovery of the EC2 instance if it
becomes impaired.

B. Configure an Amazon CloudWatch alarm to trigger an SNS message that alerts the CTO
when the EC2 instance is impaired.

C. Configure AWS CloudTrail to monitor the health of the EC2 instance, and if it becomes
impaired trigger instance recovery.

D. Configure an Amazon EventBridge event to trigger an AWS Lambda function once an hour
that checks the health of the EC2 instance and triggers instance recovery if the EC2 instance is
unhealthy.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
223
Q

A media company is evaluating the possibility of moving rts systems to the AWS Cloud The
company needs at least 10 TB of storage with the maximum possible I/O performance for video
processing. 300 TB of very durable storage for storing media content, and 900 TB of storage to
meet requirements for archival media that is not in use anymore.

Which set of services should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Amazon EBS for maximum performance, Amazon S3 for durable data storage, and Amazon
S3 Glacier for archival storage.

B. Amazon EBS for maximum performance, Amazon EFS for durable data storage and Amazon
S3 Glacier for archival storage.

C. Amazon EC2 instance store for maximum performance. Amazon EFS for durable data
storage and Amazon S3 for archival storage.

D. Amazon EC2 Instance store for maximum performance. Amazon S3 for durable data
storage, and Amazon S3 Glacier for archival storage.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
224
Q

A company hosts more than 300 global websites and applications. The company requires a
platform to analyze more than 30 TB of clickstream data each day.
What should a solutions architect do to transmit and process the clickstream data?

A. Design an AWS Data Pipeline to archive the data to an Amazon S3 bucket and run an
Amazon EMR duster with the data to generate analytics.

B. Create an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2 instances to process the data and send it to
an Amazon S3 data lake for Amazon Redshift to use tor analysis.

C. Cache the data to Amazon CloudFron: Store the data in an Amazon S3 bucket When an
object is added to the S3 bucket, run an AWS Lambda function to process the data tor analysis.

D. Collect the data from Amazon Kinesis Data Streams. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to
transmit the data to an Amazon S3 data lake Load the data in Amazon Redshift for analysis.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
225
Q

A company needs to retain its AWS CloudTrail logs (or 3 years. The company is enforcing
CloudTrail across a set of AWS accounts by using AWS Organizations from the parent account.
The CloudTrail target S3 bucket is configured with S3 Versioning enabled An S3 Lifecycle policy
is in place to delete current objects after 3 years.
After the fourth year of use of the S3 bucket, the S3 bucket metrics show that the number of
objects has continued to rise. However, the number of new CloudTrail logs that are delivered to
the S3 bucket has remained consistent.

Which solution will delete objects that are older than 3 years in the MOST cost-effective
manner?

A. Configure the organization’s centralized CloudTrail trail to expire objects after 3 years.

B. Configure the S3 Lifecycle policy to delete previous versions as well as current versions.

C. Create an AWS Lambda function to enumerate and delete objects from Amazon S3 that are
older than 3 years.

D. Configure the parent account as the owner of all objects that are delivered to the S3 bucket.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
226
Q

A solutions architect plans to convert a company’s monolithic web application into a multi- tier
application The company wants to avoid managing its own Infrastructure The minimum
requirements for the web application are high availability, scalability, and regional low latency
during peak hours The solution should also store and retrieve data with millisecond latency
using the application’s API.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use AWS Fargate to host the web application with backend Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB
instances.

B. Use Amazon API Gateway with an edge-optimized API endpoint. AWS Lambda for compute,
and Amazon DynamoDB as the data store.

C. Use an Amazon Route 53 routing policy with geolocation that points to an Amazon S3 bucket
with static website hosting and Amazon DynamoDB as the data store.

D. Use an Amazon CloudFront distribution that points to an Elastic Load Balancer with an
Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group, along with Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instances.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
227
Q

A company runs a three-tier web application in a VPC across multiple Availability Zones
Amazon EC2 instances run in an Auto Scaling group tor the application tier.
The company needs to make an automated scaling plan that will analyze each resource’s daily
and weekly historical workload trends The configuration must scale resources appropriately
according to both the forecast and live changes in utilization.
Which scaling strategy should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Implement dynamic scaling with step scaling based on average CPU utilization from the EC2
instances.

B. Enable predictive scaling to forecast and scale Configure dynamic scaling with target
tracking.

C. Create an automated scheduled scaling action based on the traffic patterns of the web
application.

D. Set up a simple scaling policy Increase the cool down period based on the EC2 instance start
up time.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
228
Q

A company wants to enforce strict security guidelines on accessing AWS Cloud resources as
the company migrates production workloads from its data centers. Company management
wants all users to receive permissions according to their job roles and functions.

Which solution meets these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create an AWS Single Sign-On deployment. Connect to the on-premises Active Directory to
centrally manage users and permissions across the company.

B. Create an IAM role for each job function. Require each employee to call the stsiAssumeRole
action in the AWS Management Console to perform their job role.

C. Create individual IAM user accounts for each employee Create an IAM policy for each job
function, and attach the policy to all IAM users based on their job role.

D. Create individual IAM user accounts for each employee. Create IAM policies for each job
function. Create IAM groups, and attach associated policies to each group. Assign the IAM
users to a group based on their Job role.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
229
Q

A company maintains about 300 TB in Amazon S3 Standard storage month after month The S3
objects are each typically around 50 GB in size and are frequently replaced with multipart
uploads by their global application The number and size of S3 objects remain constant but the
company’s S3 storage costs are increasing each month.

How should a solutions architect reduce costs in this situation?

A. Switch from multipart uploads to Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration.

B. Enable an S3 Lifecycle policy that deletes incomplete multipart uploads.

C. Configure S3 inventory to prevent objects from being archived too quickly.

D. Configure Amazon CloudFront to reduce the number of objects stored in Amazon S3

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
230
Q

A company’s application is running on Amazon EC2 instances within an Auto Scaling group
behind an Elastic Load Balancer Based on the application’s history the company anticipates a
spike in traffic during a holiday each year A solutions architect must design a strategy to ensure
that the Auto Scaling group proactively increases capacity to minimize any performance impact
on application users.

Which solution will meet these requirements’?

A. Create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm to scale up the EC2 instances when CPU utilization
exceeds 90%

B. Create a recurring scheduled action to scale up the Auto Scaling group before the expected
period of peak demand.

C. Increase the minimum and maximum number of EC2 instances in the Auto Scaling group
during the peak demand period.

D. Configure an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notification to send alerts
when there are autoscaling EC2_INSTANCE_LAUNCH events

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
231
Q

A company is deploying an application that processes streaming data in near-teal time. The
company plans to use Amazon EC2 instances for the workload The network architecture must
be configurable to provide the lowest possible latency between nodes.

Which networking solution meets these requirements?

A. Place the EC2 instances in multiple VPCs and configure VPC peering

B. Attach an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA) to each EC2 instance.

C. Run the EC2 instances m a spread placement group.

D. Use Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) optimized instance types.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
232
Q

A company’s website is used to sell products to the public The site runs on Amazon EC2
instances in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) There is also an
Amazon CloudFront distribution and AWS WAF Is being used to protect against SQL injection
attacks The ALB is the origin for the CloudFront distribution A recent review of security logs
revealed an external malicious IP that needs to be blocked from accessing the website.

What should a solutions architect do to protect the application?

A. Modify the network ACL on the CloudFront distribution to add a deny rule for the malicious IP
address.

B. Modify the configuration of AWS WAF to add an IP match condition to block the malicious IP
address.

C. Modify the network ACL for the EC2 instances in the target groups behind the ALB to deny
the malicious IP address.

D. Modify the security groups for the EC2 instances in the target groups behind the ALB to deny
the malicious IP address

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
233
Q

An application uses an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance The RDS database is becoming low
on disk space A solutions architect wants to increase the disk space without downtime Which
solution meets these requirements with the LEAST amount of effort?

A. Enable storage autoscaling in RDS

B. Increase the RDS database instance size.

C. Change the RDS database instance storage type to Provisioned lOPS

D. Back up the RDS database increase the storage capacity restore the database and stop the
previous instance.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
234
Q

A solutions architect is creating an application that will handle batch processing of large
amounts of data The input data will be held in Amazon S3 and the output data will be stored in a
different S3 bucket For processing, the application will transfer the data over the network
between multiple Amazon EC2 instances.

What should the solutions architect do to reduce the overall data transfer costs?

A. Place ail the EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group.

B. Place all the EC2 instances in the same AWS Region.

C. Place ail the EC2 instances in the same Availability Zone.

D. Place all the EC2 Instances in private subnets in multiple Availability Zones.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
235
Q

A law firm needs to share information with the public. The information includes hundreds of files
that must be publicly readable. Modifications or deletions of the files by anyone before a
designated future date are prohibited.

Which solution will meet these requirements in the MOST secure way?

A. Upload all tiles to an Amazon S3 bucket that is configured for static website hosting. Grant
read-only IAM permissions to any AWS principals that access the S3 bucket until the
designated date.

B. Create a new Amazon S3 bucket with S3 Versioning enabled. Use S3 Object Lock with a
retention period in accordance with the designated dale. Configure the S3 bucket for static
website hosting Set an S3 bucket policy to allow read-only access to the objects.

C. Create a new Amazon S3 bucket with S3 Versioning enabled Configure an event trigger to
run an AWS Lambda function in case of object modification or deletion Configure the Lambda
function to replace the objects with the original versions from a private S3 bucket.

D. Upload all files to an Amazon S3 bucket that is configured for static website hosing. Select
the folder that contains the files. Use S3 Object Lock with a retention period m accordance with
the designated date Grant read-only IAM permissions to any AWS principals that access the S3
bucket

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
236
Q

A company uses a combination of Amazon EC2 instances and AWS Fargate tasks to process
daily transactions. The company faces unpredictable and sudden increases in transaction
volume. The company needs a solution that will process the transactions immediately.

Which solution meets these requirement MOST cost-effectively?

A. Purchase a Compute Savings Plan.

B. Purchase an EC2 Instance Savings Plan.

C. Purchase Reserved Instances tor existing EC2 workloads.

D. Use Spot Instances for existing EC2 workloads.

E. Use Far gale Spot capacity for the tasks

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
237
Q

A company has a mutt-tier application deployed on several Amazon EC2 instances m an Auto
Scaling group. An Amazon RDS for Oracle instance is the application’s data layer that uses
Oracle-specific.
PL/’SQL functions. Traffic to the application has been steadily Increasing. This is causing the
EC2 instances to become overloaded and the RDS instance to run out of storage. The Auto
Scaling group does not have any scaling metrics and defines the minimum healthy instance count only. The company predicts that traffic will continue to increase at a steady but
unpredictable rate before levelling off.

What should a solutions architect do to ensure the system can automatically scale for the
increased traffic? (Select TWO.)

A. Configure storage Auto Scaling on the RDS for Oracle Instance.

B. Migrate the database to Amazon Aurora to use Auto Scaling storage.

C. Configure an alarm on the RDS for Oracle Instance for low free storage space.

D. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use the average CPU as the scaling metric.

E. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use the average free memory as the seeing metric.

A

A, C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
238
Q

A solution architect is designing he architect of a new application being deployed to the AWS
Cloud. The application will run on Amazon EC2 On-Demand instances and will automatically
scale across multiple Availability Zones. The EC2 instances will scale up and down frequently
the day. An Application load balancer (ALB) will handle the load distribution. The architecture
needs to support distributed session data management. The company is willing to make
charges to code if needed.

What should the solutions architect do to ensure that the architecture supports distributed
session data management?

A. Use Amazon ElastiCache to manage and store session data.

B. Use session affinity (sticky sessions) of the ALB to manage session data.

C. Use Session Manager from AWS Systems Manager to manage the session.

D. Use the GetSessionToken API operation in AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS) to
manage the session

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
239
Q

A company wants to use an AWS Region as a disaster recovery location for its on- premises
infrastructure. The company has 10 TB of existing data and the on-premises data center has a
1Gbps internet connection A solution architect must find a solution so the company can have its
existing data on AWS in 72 hours without transmitting it using an unencrypted channel.

Which solution should the solutions architect select.

A. Send the initial 10 TB of data to AWS using FTP.

B. Send the initial 10 TB of data lo AWS using AWS Snowball.

C. Establish a VPN connection between Amazon VPC and the company’s data center.

D. Establish an AWS Direct Connect connection between Amazon VPC and the company’s data
canter.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
240
Q

A company used an AWS Direct Connect connection to copy 1 PB of data from a colocation
facility to an Amazon S3 bucket in the us-east-1 Region. The company now wants to copy the
data to another S3 bucket in the us-weet-2 Region.

Which solution will meet this requirement?

A. Use an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device to copy the data from the colocation
facility to ua-weet-2

B. Use the S3 console to copy the data horn the source S3 bucket to the target S3 bucket.

C. Use S3 Transfer Acceleration and the S3 copy-object command to copy the data from the
source S3 bucket to the target S3 bucket.

D. Add an S3 Cross-Region Replication configuration to copy the data from the source S3
bucket to the target S3 bucket.

A

D

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
241
Q

A company is hosting a web application from an Amazon S3 bucket. The application uses
Amazon Cognito as an identity provider lo authenticate users and return a JSON Web Token
(JWT) that provides access to protected resources that am restored in another S3 bucket.
Upon deployment of the application, users report errors and are unable to access the protected
content. A solutions architect must resolve this issue by providing proper permissions so that
users can access the protected content.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Update the Amazon Cognito identity pool to assume the proper IAM role for access to the
protected consent.

B. Update the S3 ACL to allow the application to access the protected content.

C. Redeploy the application to Amazon 33 to prevent eventually consistent reads m the S3
bucket from affecting the ability of users to access the protected content.

D. Update the Amazon Cognito pool to use custom attribute mappings within tie Identity pool
and grant users the proper permissions to access the protected content.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
242
Q

A company provides an API to its users trial automates inquires for tax computations based on
item prices. The company experiences a larger number of inquiries during the holiday season
only that cause slower response times. A solutions architect needs to design a solution that is
scalable and elastic.

What should the solution architect do lo accompli this?

A. Provide an API hosted on an Amazon EC2 Instance. The EC2 instance performs the required
computations when the API request is made.

B. Design a REST API using Amazon API Gateway mat accepts the item names API Gateway
passes item names to AWS Lambda for tax computations.

C. Create an Application Load Balancer mat has two Amazon EC2 instances behind it. The EC2
instances will compute the tax on the received Hem names.

D. Design a REST API using Amazon API Gateway that connects with an API hosted on an
Amazon EC2 instance. API Gateway accepts and passes the item names to the EC2 instance
for tax computations.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
243
Q

A company has a web application for travel ticketing. The application is based on a database
that runs in a single data center in North America. The company wants to expand the
application to serve a global user base The company needs to deploy the application to multiple
AWS Regions Average latency must be less than 1 second on updates to the reservation
database.
The company wants to have separate deployments of its web platform across multiple Regions.
However, the company must maintain a single primary reservation database that is globally
consistent.

Which solution should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Convert the application to use Amazon DynamoDB Use a global table for the center
reservation table Use the correct Regional endpoint in each Regional deployment.

B. Migrate the database to an Amazon Aurora MySQL database Deploy Aurora Read Replicas
in each Region Use the correct Regional endpoint in each Regional deployment for access to
the database.

C. Migrate the database to an Amazon RDS for MySQL database Deploy MySQL read replicas
in each Region Use the correct Regional endpoint in each Regional deployment for access to
the database.

D. Migrate the application to an Amazon Aurora Serverless database Deploy instances of the
database to each Region. Use the correct Regional endpoint in each Regional deployment to
access the database Use AWS Lambda functions to process event streams in each Region to
synchronize the databases.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
244
Q

An entertainment company is using Amazon DynamoDB to store media metadata. The
application Is read intensive and experience delays The company does not have staff to handle additional operational overhead and needs to Improve the performance efficiency of DynamoDB
without reconfiguring the application.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet this requirement?

A. Use Amazon ElastiCache for Redis.

B. Use Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX).

C. Replicate data by using DynamoDB global tables.

D. Use Amazon ElasoCache for Merncached with Auto Discovery enabled

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
245
Q

A company has an AWS Lambda function that needs read access to an Amazon S3 bucket that
is located in the same AWS account. Which solution will meet these requirement in the MOST
secure manner?

A. Apply an S3 bucket pokey that grants road access to the S3 bucket.

B. Apply an IAM role to the Lambda function Apply an IAM policy to the role to grant read
access to the S3 bucket.

C. Embed an access key and a secret key In the Lambda function’s coda to grant the required
IAM permissions for read access to the S3 bucket.

D. Apply an IAM role to the Lambda function. Apply an IAM policy to the role to grant read
access to all S3 buckets In the account

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
246
Q

A customer is running an application on Amazon EC2 instances hosted in a private subnet of a
VPC. The EC2 instances are configured in an Auto Scaling group behind an Elastic Load
Balancer (ELB). The EC2 instances use a NAT gateway outbound internet access However, the
EC2 instances are not able to connect to the public internet to download software updates.

A. The ELB is not configured with a proper health check.

B. The route tables in the VPC are configured incorrectly.

C. The EC2 instances are not associated with an Elastic IP address.

D. The security group attached to the NAT gateway is configured incorrectly.

E. The outbound rules on the security group attachment to the EC2 instances are configured
incorrectly.

A

B, E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
247
Q

A company runs a fleet of web servers using an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance
After a routine compliance check, the company sets a standard that requires a recovery pant
objective (RPO) of less than 1 second for all its production databases.

Which solution meets these requirement?

A. Enable a Multi-AZ deployment for the DB Instance.

B. Enable auto scaling for the OB instance m one Availability Zone.

C. Configure the 06 instance in one Availability Zone and create multiple read replicas in a
separate Availability Zone.

D. Configure the 06 instance m one Availability Zone, and configure AWS Database Migration
Service (AWS DMS) change data capture (CDC) lacks.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
248
Q

A company collects 10 GB of telemetry data dairy from various machines. The company stores
the data in an Amazon S3 bucket in a source data account.

The company has hired several consuming agencies to use this data for analysis. Each agency
needs read access to the data for its analysis. The company must share the data from tie
source data account by choosing a solution that maximizes security and operational efficiency.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure S3 global tables to replicate data tor each agency.

B. Make the S3 bucket public for a limited time Inform only the agencies.

C. Configure cross-account access for the S3 bucket to the accounts that the agencies own.

D. Set up an IAM user for each analyst In the source data account Grant each user access to
the S3 bucket.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
249
Q

A company requires that all version of object in its Amazon S3 bucket be retained. Current
object versions will be frequently accessed during the first 30 days, after which they will be
rarely accessed and must be retrievable within 5 minutes. Previous object versions need to be
kept forever, will be rarely accessed, and can be retrieved within 1 week. All store solutions
must be highly available and highly durable.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements in the MOST costs-
effective manner?

A. Create an S3 lifecycle policy tor the bucket that moves current object versions horn S3
Standard storage lo S3 Glacier after 30 days and moves previous object versions to S3 Glacier
after 1 day.

B. Create an S3 lifecycle policy for the bucket that moves current object versions from S3
Standard storage to S3 Glacier after 30 days and moves previous object versions to S3 Glacier
Deep Archive after 1 day.

C. Create an S3 lifecycle policy for the bucket that moves current object versions from S3
Standard storage to S3 standard-infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 30 days and moves
previous object versions to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 day.

D. Create an S3 lifecycle policy for the bucket that moves current object versions from S3
Standard storage to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) after 30 days and
moves previous object versions to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 day.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
250
Q

A company wants to automate the security assessment of its Amazon EC2 instances The company needs to validate and demonstrate that it is meeting security and compliance
standards throughout the development process.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon Macie to automatically discover, classify and protect the EC2 instances.

B. Use Amazon GuardDuty on the EC2 instances to publish Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) notifications.

C. Use Amazon Inspector with Amazon CloudWatch to publish Amazon Simple Notification
Service (Amazon SNS) notifications.

D. Use Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to detect and react to changes in
the status of AWS Trusted Advisor checks.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
251
Q

A company is using a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances to ingest data from on-premises data
sources. The data is in JSON format and Ingestion rates can be as high as 1 MB/s. When an
EC2 instance is rebooted, the data in-flight is lost. The company’s data science team wants to
query Ingested data In near-real time.

Which solution provides near-real -time data querying that is scalable with minimal data loss?

A. Publish data to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Use Kinesis data Analytics to query the data.

B. Publish data to Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose with Amazon Redshift as the destination Use
Amazon Redshift to query the data.

C. Store ingested data m an EC2 Instance store Publish data to Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose
with Amazon S3 as the destination. Use Amazon Athena to query the data.

D. Store ingested data m an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume Publish data to
Amazon ElastiCache tor Red Subscribe to the Redis channel to query the data.

A

B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
252
Q

A company runs an internet-facing web application on AWS. The company uses Amazon Route
53 for DNS management and has a public hosted zone lo route traffic from the internet to the
application. The company wants to tog DNS response codes to help system administrators
perform any root cause analysis in the future.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Route 53 to configure query togging.

B. Use AWS CloudTrail lo record ail Route 53 queries.

C. Use Amazon CloudWatch to record and process Route 53 metrics.

D. Use AWS Trusted Advisor to perform on-demand root cause analysis.

A

A

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
253
Q

A company is rebelling its data canter and wants to securely transfer 50 TB of data lo AWS
*ilhm 2 weeks. The existing data center has a Site-to-Site VPN connection to AWS that is 90 % utilized.

Which AWS service should a solutions architect use to meet these requirements?

A. AWS DataSync with a VPC endpoint.

B. AWS Direct Conned.

C. AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized.

D. AWS Storage Gateway.

A

C

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
254
Q

A company has an application that scans millions of connected devices for security threats and
pushes the scan logs to an Amazon S3 bucket. A total of 70 GB of data is generated each
week, and the company needs to store 3 years of data for historical reporting. The company
must process aggregate, and enrich the data from Amazon S3 by performing complex analytical
queries and joins in the least amount of time The aggregated dataset is visualized on an
Amazon QuickSight dashboard.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Create and run an ETL job in AWS Glue to process the data from Amazon S3 and load it into
Amazon Redshift Perform the aggregation queries on Amazon Redshift.

B. Use AWS Lambda functions based on S3 PutObject event triggers to copy the incremental
changes to Amazon DynamoDB Perform the aggregation queries on DynamoDB.

C. Use AWS Lambda functions based on S3 PutObject event triggers to copy the incremental
changes to Amazon Aurora MySQL Perform the aggregation queries on Aurora MySQL.

D. Use AWS Glue to catalog the data in Amazon S3. Perform the aggregation queries on the
cataloged tables by using Amazon Athena Query the data directly from Amazon S3

A

A

255
Q

A solutions architect Is designing a new API using Amazon API Gateway that will receive
requests from users. The volume of requests is highly variable: several hours can pass without
receiving a single request. The data processing will take place asynchronously, but should be
completed within a few seconds after a request la made.

Which compute service should the solutions architect have the API invoke to deliver the
requirements at the lowest cost?

A. An AWS Glue job

B. An AWS Lambda function

C. A containerized service hosted in Amazon Elastic Kubemetes Service {Amazon EKS)

D. A containerized service hosted in Amazon ECS with Amazon EC2

A

C

256
Q

A company has a corporate network on premises and has three VPCs in the AWS Cloud. The
company has one VPC each for development, test, and, production. The company wants its system administrators to security gain remote command-line access from the corporate network
to Amazon EC2 instances in the VPCs.

Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Set up a VPN connection between the corporate network and each of the three VPCs by
using AWS VPN Use Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) or SSH over the VPN connection to
access the EC2 instances remotely.

B. Configure the EC2 instances to use an instance profile that trusts AWS Systems Manager
Use Systems Manager Session Manager to gain console access to the EC2 instances.

C. Create a new VPC Purchase and install a virtual router from AWS Marketplace Establish a
VPN connection from the corporate network to this router. Establish another VPN connection
from the ‘outer to the other three VPCs Use Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) or SSH over the
VPN connection to access the EC2 instances remotely.

D. Create a new VPC Establish a VPN connection to the new VPC. Configure peering
connections between the new VPC and the existing VPCs In the new VPC create an EC2
bastion host to serve as a jump box lo EC2 instances in the other VPCs Use Remote Desktop
Protocol (RDP) or SSH over the VPN connection to the bastion host

A

A

257
Q

At part of budget planning. management wants a report of AWS billed dams listed by user. The
data will be used to create department budgets. A solution architect needs to determine the
most efficient way to obtain this report Information.

Which solution meets these requirement?

A. Run a query with Amazon Athena to generate the report.

B. Create a report in Cost Explorer and download the report.

C. Access the bill details from me tuning dashboard and download Via bill.

D. Modify a cost budget in AWS Budgets to alert with Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon
SES).

A

B

258
Q

A company wants to move a multi-tiered application from on premises to the AWS Cloud to
improve the application’s performance. The application consists of application tiers that
communicate with each other by way of.

Which solution moots these and is the MOST operationally efficient?

A. Use Amazon API Gateway and direct transactions to the AWS Lambda functions as the
application layer Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) as the communication
layer between application services.

B. Use Amazon CloudWatch metrics to analyze the application performance history to
determine the servers’ peak utilization during the performance failures Increase the size or the
application servers Amazon EC2 instance to meet the peak requirements.

C. Use Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to handle the messaging between
application servers running on Amazon EC2 m an Auto Scaling group Use Amazon CloudWatch
to monitor the SNS queue length and scale up and down as required

D. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) to handle the messaging between
application servers running on Amazon EC2 In an Auto Seeing group Use Amazon CloudWatch
to monitor the SOS queue length and scale up when communication failures are detected.

A

D

259
Q

A business application is hosted on Amazon EC2 and uses Amazon S3 for encrypted object
storage. The chief information security officer has directed that no application traffic between the
two services should traverse the public internet.

Which capability should the solutions architect use to meet the compliance requirements?

A. AW3 Key Management Service (AWS KMS)

B. VPC endpoint

C. Private subnet

D. Virtual private gateway

A

B

260
Q

A solutions architect is designing a solution to access a catalog of images and provide users
with the ability to submit requests to customize images Image customization parameters wilt be
in every request that is sent to an Amazon API Gateway API. The solution will generate tie
customized images on demand. Users will receive a link that they can use to view or download
their customized images. The solution must be highly available for viewing and customizing
images.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements MOST cost effectively?

A. Use Amazon EC2 instances to manipulate the original images into the requested
customizations Store the original and manipulated images in Amazon S3. Configure an Elastic
Load Balancer in front. of the EC2 Instances.

B. Use AWS Lambda to manipulate the original images into the requested customization. Store
the original and manipulated images in Amazon S3. Configure an Amazon CloudFront
distribution with the S3 bucket as the origin.

C. Use AWS Lambda to manipulate the original images into the requested customizations Store
the original images in Amazon S3 Store the manipulated images in Amazon DynamoDB.
Provision an Application Load Balancer and Amazon EC2 instances to serve the content.

D. Use Amazon EC2 instances to manipulate the original Images Into the requested
customizations. Store the original images in Amazon S3. Store the manipulated Images m
Amazon DynamoDB Configure an Amazon CloudFront distribution with the S3 bucket as the
origin.

A

B

261
Q

A company designed a stateless two-tier application that uses Amazon EC2 in a single
Availability Zone and an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance. New company management wants
to ensure the application is highly available.

What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Configure the application to use Multi-AZ EC2 Auto Scaling and create an Application Load
Balancer.

B. Configure the application to take snapshots of the EC2 instances and send them to a
different AWS Regan.

C. Configure the application to use Amazon Route 53 latency-based routing to feed requests to
the application.

D. Configure Amazon Route S3 rules to handle incoming requests and create a Multi-AZ
Application Load Balancer

A

A

262
Q

A company plant to host a survey website on AWS The company anticipates an unpredictable
amount of traffic This traffic results m asynchronous updates to the database. The company
wants to ensure mat writes to the database hosted on AWS do not gel dropped.

How should the company write its application to hand to these database requests?

A. Configure the application to publish to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS)
topic Subscribe the database to the SNS topic.

B. Configure the application to subscribe to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon
SNS) topic. Publish the database updates to the SNS topic.

C. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) FIFO queues to queue the database
connection until the database has resources to wrist the data.

D. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) FIFO queues tor capturing the writes
and draining the queue as each write is made to the database

A

D

263
Q

A company is running a multi-tier recommence web application in the AWS Cloud. The
application runs on Amazon EC2 instances with an Amazon RDS for MySQL Multi-AZ OB
instance. Amazon ROS is configured with the latest generation DB instance with 2.000 GB of
storage In a General Purpose SSD (gp3) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBSl volume.
The database performance affects the application during periods high demand.
A database administrator analyzes the logs in Amazon CloudWatch Logs and discovers that the
application performance always degrades when the number of read and write IOPS is higher
than 20.000.

What should a solutions architect do to improve the application performance?

A. Replace the volume with a magnetic volume.

B. Increase the number of IOPS on the gp3 volume.

C. Replace the volume with a Provisioned IOPS SSD (Io2) volume.

D. Replace the 2.000 GB gp3 volume with two 1.000 GB gp3 volumes

A

C

264
Q

A company develops web applications. As part of its development process, the company
constantly launches and deletes Application Load Balancers (ALBs) in multiple AWS Regions.
The company wants to create an allow list on its firewall device. The allow list will contain the IP
addresses of an the load balancers. A solutions architect needs a one-line, highly available
solution that will accomplish that goal and will help reduce the number of IP addresses that the
firewall needs to allow.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of operational overhead?

A. Create an AWS Lambda function to keep track of the IP addressee tor al the ALBs in
different Regions. Keep refreshing this list.

B. Set up a Network Load Balancer (NLB) with Elastic IP addresses Register the private IP
addresses of all the ALBs as targets for the NLB

C. Launch AWS Global Accelerator Create endpoints for each of the Regions that are m use.
Register all the ALBs in the Regions to the corresponding endpoints.

D. Set up an Amazon EC2 Instance Assign an Elastic IP address to the EC2 instance.
Configure the EC2 instance as a proxy to forward traffic to all the ALBs.

A

C

265
Q

A meteorological startup company has a custom web application to sell weather data to its
users online. The company uses Amazon DynamoDB to store is data and wants to bu4d a new
service that sends an alert to the managers of four Internal teams every time a new weather
event is recorded. The company does not want true new service to affect the performance of the
current application.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirement with the LEAST amount of
operational overhead?

A. Use DynamoDB transactions to write new event data to the table Configure the transactions
to notify internal teams.

B. Have the current application publish a message to four Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) topics. Have each team subscribe to one topic.

C. Enable Amazon DynamoDB Streams on the table. Use triggers to write to a mingle Amazon
Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to which the teams can subscribe.

D. Add a custom attribute to each record to flag new items. Write a cron job that scans the table
every minute for items that are new and notifies an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon
SOS) queue to which the teams can subscribe.

A

C

266
Q

A marketing company is storing CSV files in an Amazon S3 bucket for statistical analysis An
application on an Amazon EC2 instance needs permission to efficiently process the CSV data
stored in the S3 bucket.

A. Attach a resource-based policy lo the S3 bucket.

B. Create an IAM user for the application with specific permissions to the S3 bucket.

C. Associate an IAM role with least privilege permissions lo the EC2 instance profile

D Store AWS a credential directly on the EC2 instance for applications on the instance to use for API calls.

A

C

267
Q

A company has a web server running on an Amazon EC2 instance in public subnet with an
Elastic IP address. The default security group is assigned to the EC2 instances. The default
network ACL has been modified to block all traffic. A solution architect needs to make the web
server accessible from everywhere on port 443.

Which combination of steps will accomplish this task? (Select TWO)

A. Create a security group with a rule to allow TCP port 443 from source 0 0 0.04)

B. Create a security group with a rule to allow TCP port 443 to destination 0 0.0.0/0.

C. Update the network ACL to allow TCP port 443 from source 0.0.0.0/0.

D. Update the network ACL to allow inboundoutbound TCP port 443 from source 0.0.0.0/0 and
to destination 0.0.0.0/0.

E. Update the network ACL to allow inbound TCP port 443 from source 0.0.0.010 and outbound
TCP port 32766-65535 to destination 0.0.0.0/0

A

A, E

268
Q

A company runs its Infrastructure on AWS and has a registered base of 700.000 users for res
document management application The company intends to create a product that converts large
pdf files to jpg Imago files. The .pdf files average 5 MB in size. The company needs to store the
original files and the converted files. A solutions architect must design a scalable solution to
accommodate demand that will grow rapidly over lime.

Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Save the pdf files to Amazon S3 Configure an S3 PUT event to invoke an AWS Lambda
function to convert the files to jpg format and store them back in Amazon S3

B. Save the pdf files to Amazon DynamoDB. Use the DynamoDB Streams feature to invoke an
AWS Lambda function to convert the files to jpg format and store them hack in DynamoDB

C. Upload the pdf files to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk application that includes Amazon EC2
instances. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) storage and an Auto Scaling group. Use
a program In the EC2 instances to convert the files to jpg format Save the .pdf files and the .jpg
files In the EBS store.

D. Upload the .pdf files to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk application that includes Amazon EC2
instances, Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EPS) storage, and an Auto Scaling group. Use
a program in the EC2 instances to convert the file to jpg format Save the pdf files and the jpg
files in the EBS store.

A

D

269
Q

A development team is collaborating with another company to create an integrate product. The
other company needs to access an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) queue that
is contained in the development team’s account. The other company wants to poll the queue
without giving up its own account permissions to do so

How should a solutions architect provide access to the 303 queue?

A. Create an Instance profile that provides the other company access to the SOS queue.

B. Create an IAM policy that provides the other company access to the SOS queue.

C. Create an SOS access policy that provides the other company access to the SOS queue.

D. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) aeons policy that provides the
other company access to the SOS queue.

A

C

270
Q

A company has a popular gaming platform running on AWS. The application is sensitive to
latency because latency can impact the user experience and Introduce unfair advantages to
some prayers. The application la deployed In a very AWS Region. It runs on Amazon FC2
Instances Vial are part of Auto Scaling groups configured behind Application Load Balancers
(ALBs) A solutions architect needs to implement a mechanism to monitor the hearth of the
application and redirect traffic to healthy endpoints.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Configure an accelerator In AWS Global Accelerator Add a listens for the port that the
application listens on. and attach it to a Regional endpoint m each Region Add the ALB as the
endpoint.

B. Create an Amazon CloudFron4t distribution and specify the ALB as the origin server
Configure the cache behaviour to use origin cache headers Use AWS Lambda functions to
optimize the traffic.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution and specify Amazon S3 as the origin server.
Configure tie cache behaviour to use origin cache headers Use AWS Lambda functions to
optimize the traffic.

D. Configure an Amazon DynamoDB database to serve as the data store tor the application
Create a DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) cluster to act as the m-memory cache for DynamoDB
hosting the application data

A

A

271
Q

A company uses an application to present metrics from sporting events to the public. The
application must scale quickly during live events and must store these metrics for log-term
reporting purposes. The company’s architecture includes the following:
* Amazon EC2 instances that run in an Auto Scaling group in private subnets.
* A network Load Balancer That runs in public subnets.
* A MongoDB database cluster that runs across multiple EC2 instances.

A solutions architect must implement a solution that minimizes operational overhead The
solution alto must be able to Kale automatically.

What should the solutions architect set up to
meet these requirements?

A. An Amazon DynamoDB database.

B. An Amazon ROS for MySQL D6 instance.

C. EC2 instances that run MySQL

D. Amazon Redshift.

A

A

272
Q

A company hosts a popular website in the AWS Cloud, A solutions architect needs to provide
reports about user click behaviour in near-real time as users navigate the website.

Which solution will meet this requirement.

A. Store the clickstream data in Amazon DynamoDB. Deploy an application that runs on AWS
Elastic Beanstalk to process and analyze the data.

B. Push the clickstream data from each session to an Amazon Kinesis data stream Analyze the
dab by using Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics.

C. Store the clickstream data in an Amazon S3 bucket. Order the data by timestamp Process
the data with an AWS Lambda function that is subscribed to object creation events on the S3
bucket.

D. Forward the clickstream data to Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) Store the
data In an Amazon ROS for MySQL DB instance. Deploy Amazon FC2 Instances to process
and analyze the data.

A

B

273
Q

A company runs an application In a branch office within a small data closet with no vitalized
compute resources. The application data is stored on an NFS volume Compliance standards
require a daily offsite backup of the NFS volume.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Install an AWS Storage Gateway fie gateway on premises to replicate the data to Amazon S3

B. Install an AWS Storage Gateway fie gateway hardware appliance on premises to replicate
the data to Amazon S3.

C. Install an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway with stored volumes on premises to
replicate the data to Amazon S3

D. Install an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway with cached volumes on premises to
replicate the data to Amazon S3

A

B

274
Q

A company recently migrated a message processing system to AWS. The system receives
messages into an ActiveMQ queue running on an Amazon EC2 instance. Messages are
processed by a consumer application running on Amazon EC2. The consumer application
processes the messages and writes results to a MySQL database funning on Amazon EC2. The
company wants this application to be highly available with tow operational complexity.

Which architecture otters the HGHEST availability?

A. Add a second ActiveMQ server to another Availably Zone Add an additional consumer EC2
instance in another Availability Zone. Replicate the MySQL database to another Availability
Zone.

B. Use Amazon MO with active/standby brokers configured across two Availability Zones Add
an additional consumer EC2 instance in another Availability Zone. Replicate the MySQL
database to another Availability Zone.

C. Use Amazon MO with active/standby blotters configured across two Availability Zones. Add
an additional consumer EC2 instance in another Availability Zone. Use Amazon ROS tor
MySQL with Multi-AZ enabled.

D. Use Amazon MQ with active/standby brokers configured across two Availability Zones Add
an Auto Scaling group for the consumer EC2 instances across two Availability Zones.
Use Amazon RDS (or MySQL with Multi-AZ enabled

A

D

275
Q

A company is hosting its website by using Amazon EC2 instances behind an Elastic Load
balancer across multiple Availability Zones. The instances run in an EC2 Scaling group. The
website uses Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume to store product manuals for
users to download. The company updates the product content often, so new instances launched
by the Auto Scaling group often have data. It can take to 30 minutes for the new instances to
receive all the updates. The updates also require the EBS volumes to be resized during
business hours.

The company wants to ensure that the product manuals are always up to data on all instances
and that the architecture adjusts quickly to increased user demand. A solutions architect needs
to meet these requirements without causing the company lo update Its application code or
adjust its website.

What should the solutions architect do to accomplish this goal?

A. Store the product manuals in an EBS volume Mount that volume to the EC2 instances.

B. Store the product manuals in an Amazon S3 bucket Redirect the downloads to this bucket.

C. Store the product manuals in an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) volume.
Mount that volume to the EC2 instances.

D. Store the product manuals in an Amazon S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard- IA)
bucket. Redirect the downloads to this bucket.

A

C

276
Q

A company needs to save the results from a medical trial to an Amazon S3 repository. The
repository must allow a few scientists to add new dies and must restrict all other users to read-
only access No users can have the ability to modify or delete any files in the repository. The
company must heap every lie in the repository for a minimum of 1 year after its creation date.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use S3 Object Lock In governance mode with a legal hold of 1 year.

B. Use S3 Object Lock in compliance mode with a retention period of 365 days.

C. Use an IAM role to restrict all users from deleting or changing objects in the S3 bucket Use an S3 bucket policy to only allow the IAM role.

D. Configure the S3 bucket to invoke an AWS Lambda function every tune an object is added
Configure the function to track the hash of the saved object to that modified objects can be
marked accordingly

A

B

277
Q

A company runs an application on an Amazon EC2 instances backed by Amazon Elastic Block
Store (Amazon EBS). The instances needs to be available for 12 hours daily. The company
wants to save costs by making the instance outside the window required for the application.

However, the contents of the memory must be preserved whenever the instance is unavailable.

What should a solutions architect do lo meet this requirement?

A. Stop the instance outside the application’s availability window Start up the instance again
when required.

B. Hibernate the instance outside the application’s availability window Start up the instance
again when required.

C. Use Auto Scaling to scale down the instance outside the application’s availability window
Scale up the instance when required.

D. Terminate the instance outside the application’s availability window Launch the instance by
using a preconfigured Amazon Machine Image (AMI) when required.

A

A

278
Q

A company is running an application on AWS to process weather sensor data that is stored in
an Amazon S3 bucket. Three batch jobs run hourly to process the data in the S3 bucket for
different purposes. The company wants to reduce the overall processing time by running. The
three applications in parallel using an event-based approach.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Enable S3 Event Notifications for new objects to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon
SOS) FIFO queue Subscribe al applications to the queue for processing.

B. Enable S3 Event Notifications for new objects to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon
SOS) standard queue Create an additional SOS queue for all applications, and subscribe all
applications to the meal queue for processing.

C. Enable S3 Event Notifications for new objects to separate Amazon Simple Queue Service
(Amazon SOS) FIFO queues Create an additional SOS queue (or each application and
subscribe each queue to the initial topic for processing.

D. Enable S3 Event Notifications tor new objects to an Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) topic. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) queue for each
application, and subscribe each queue to the topic for processing.

A

D

279
Q

Some of the company’s customers are retrieving records frequently, leading to an increase in
costs for the company. The company wants to limit retrieved requests in the future. The company also wants to ensure that if one customer reaches its retrieval limit other customers
will not affected.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Set up server-side throttling limits for API Gateway.

B. Limit DynamoDB read throughput on the table lo an amount that results m the maximum cost
that the company is willing to incur.

C. Set up a usage plan for API Gateway Implement throttling limits tor each customer. and
distribute API keys to each customer.

D. Set up AWS Budgets. Monitor the usage of API Gateway and DynamoDB Configure an
alarm to provide an alert when the cost exceeds a certain threshold each month.

A

D

280
Q

A company has an on-premises MySQL database used by the global tales team with infrequent
access patterns. The sales team requires the database to have minimal downtime. A database
administrate wants to migrate this database to AWS without selecting a particular instance type
in anticipation of more users In the future.

Which service should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Amazon Aurora MySQL

B. Amazon Aurora Serverless tor MySQL

C. Amazon Redshift Spectrum

D. Amazon RDS for MySQL

A

B

281
Q

A company is running a mission-critical application on Amazon EC2 instances henna an
Application Load Balancer The instances run in an Auto Scaling group in a single AWS Region
The application is using a database in Ama2on Aurora as the data tier. A recent audit revealed
that the current deployment of Aurora is not highly available.

What should a solutions architect do to improve the availability of the database?

A. Configure an Aurora Replica

B. Configure storage replication.

C. Configure storage auto scaling.

D. Configure cross-Region replication

A

B

282
Q

A company uses Amazon S3 to store its confidential audit documents. The S3 bucket uses
bucket policies to restrict access to audit team IAM user credentials according to the principle of
least privilege Company managers are wonted about accidental deletion of documents in the S3
bucket and want a more secure solution.

What should a solutions architect do to secure the audit documents?

A. Enable the versioning and MFA Delete features on the S3 bucket.

B. Enable multi-factor authentication (UFA) on the IAM user credentials for each audit team IAM
user account.

C. Add an S3 Lifecycle policy to the audit team’s IAM user accounts to deny the s3
DekaeObject action during audit dates.

D. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt the S3 bucket and restrict audit
learn IAM user accounts from accessing the KMS key

A

A

283
Q

A company stores can wordings on a monthly basis Users access lie recorded files randomly
within 1year of recording, but users rarely access the files after 1year. The company wants to
optimize its solution by allowing only files that ant newer than 1year old to be queried and
retrieved as quickly as possible. A delay in retrieving older fees is acceptable.

Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Store individual files in Amazon S3 Glacier Store search metadata in object tags that are
created in S3 Glacier Query the S3 Glacier tags to retrieve the files from S3 Glacier.

B. Store individual files in Amazon S3. Use S3 Lifecycle polices to move the ties to S3 Glacier
after.
1year. Query and retrieve the files that are in Amazon S3 by using Amazon Athena. Query and
retrieve the files that are in S3 Glacier by using S3 Glacier Select.

C. Store Individual files In Amazon S3 Store search metadata for each archive In Amazon S3
Use S3 Lifecycle policies to move the ties to S3 Glacier after 1 year Query and retrieve tie flies
by searching for metadata from Amazon S3.

D. Store individual files in Amazon S3 Use S3 Lifecycle policies to move the files to S3 Glacier
after 1year. Store search metadata in Amazon RDS Query the Sea from Amazon RDS Retrieve
the files from Amazon S3 or S3 Glacier.

A

D

284
Q

A company runs an application in the AWS Cloud and uses Amazon DynamoDB as the
database. The company deploys Amazon EC2 instances to a private network to process data
horn the database. The company uses two NAT instances to provide connectivity lo DynamoDB
The company wants to retire the NAT instances. A solutions architect must implement a solution
that provides connectivity to DynamoDB and that does not require ongoing management.

What Is the MOST cost-effective solution that meets these requirements?

A. Create a gateway VPC endpoint to provide connectivity to DynamoDB.

B. Configure a managed NAT gateway to provide connectivity to DynamoDB.

C. Establish an AWS Direct Connect connection behaviour to private network and DynamoDB.

D. Deploy an AWS PrivateLink endpoint service between the private network and DynamoDB.

A

A

285
Q

A news company that has reporters ail over the world is hosting its broadcast system on AWS
The reporters send live broadcasts to the broadcast system The reporters use software on their
phones to send live streams through the Real Time Messaging Protocol (RTMP).

A solutions architect must design a solution that gives the reporters the ability to send the
highest quality streams. The solution must provide accelerated TCP connections back to the
broadcast system.

What should the solutions a use to meet these requirements?

A. Amazon CloudFront

B. AWS Global Accelerator

C. AWS Client VPN

D. Amazon EC2 Instances and AWS Elastic IP addresses

A

B

286
Q

A company wants to host a scalable web application on AWS The application will be accessed
by users from different geographic regions of the world. Application users will be able to
download and upload unique data up to gigabytes in size. The development team wants a cost-
effective solution to minimize upload and download latency and maximize performance.

What should a solutions architect do to accomplish this?

A. Use Amazon S3 with Transfer Acceleration to host the application.

B. Use Amazon S3 with CacheControl headers to host the application.

C. Use Amazon EC2 with Auto Scaling and Amazon CloudFront to host the application.

D. Use Amazon EC2 with Auto Scaling and Amazon ElastiCache to host the application.

A

C

287
Q

A company is running several business applications in three separate VPCs within the us- east-
1 Region. The applications must be able to communicate between VPCs. The applications also
must be able to consistently send hundreds of gigabytes of data each day to a latency-sensitive
application that runs in a single on-premises data center.
A solutions architect needs to design a network connectivity solution that maximizes cost-
effectiveness.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Configure three AWS Site-to-Site VPN connections from the data center to AWS. Establish
connectivity by configuring one VPN connection for each VPC.

B. Launch a third-party virtual network appliance in each VPC. Establish an IPsec VPN tunnel
between the data center and each virtual appliance.

C. Set up three AWS Direct Connect connections from the data center to a Direct Connect
gateway In us-easl-1. Establish connectivity by configuring each VPC to use one of the Direct Connect connections.

D. Set up one AWS Direct Connect connection from the data center lo AWS Create a transit
gateway, and attach each VPC to the transit gateway. Establish connectivity between the Direct
Connect connection and the transit gateway

A

C

288
Q

A company has several Amazon EC2 instances set up m a private subnet for security reasons.
These instances host applications that read and write large amounts of data to end from
Amazon S3 regularly. Currently subnet routing directs all the traffic destined for the internet
through a NAT gateway. The company wants to optimize the overall coat without impacting the
ability of the application to communication Amazon S3 or the outside internet.

What should a solutions architect do to optimize costs?

A. Create an additional NAT gateway. Update the route table to route to the NAT gateway
Update the network ACL lo allow S3 traffic.

B. Create an internet gateway Update the route table to route traffic to the internet gateway
Update the network ACL to allow S3 traffic.

C. Create a VPC endpoint for Amazon S3 Attach an endpoint policy to the endpoint Update the
route table lo direct traffic to the VPC endpoint.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function outside of the VPC to handle S3 requests Attach an IAM
policy to the EC2 instances, allowing them to invoke the Lambda function.

A

C

289
Q

An application hosted on AWS is experiencing performance problems, and the application
vendor wants to perform an analysis of the log file to troubleshoot further. The log file is stored
on Amazon S3 and is 10GB in size. The application owner will make the log file available to the
vendor for a limited time.

Whit it the MOST secure way to do this?

A. Enable public read on the S3 object and provide the link to the vendor.

B. Upload the lie to Amazon WorkDocs and share the public link with the vendor.

C. Generate a presigned URL and have the vendor download the log Me before it expiree.

D. Create an LAM user for the vendor to provide access to the S3 bucket and tie application.
Enforce multifactor authentication.

A

C

290
Q

A solutions architect is implementing a document review application using an Amazon S3
bucket for storage. The solution must prevent accidental deletion of the documents and ensure
that all versions of the documents are available Users must be able to download,
modify, and upload documents.

Which combination of actions should be taken to meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Enable a read-only bucket ACL

B. Enable versioning on the bucket.

C. Attach an IAM policy to the bucket.

D. Enable MFA Delete on the bucket.

E. Encrypt the bucket using AWS KMS.

A

B, D

291
Q

A company has NFS servers in an on-premises data center that need to periodically back up
small amounts of data to Amazon S3.

Which solution marts these requirement and is MOST cost-effective?

A. Set up AWS Glue lo copy the data from the on-premises servers to Amazon S3.

B. Set up an AWS DataSync agent on Vie on-premises servers, and sync the data lo Amazon
S3

C. Set up an SFTP sync using AWS Transfer for SFTP lo sync data from on premises lo
Amazon S3

D. Set up an AWS Direct Connect connection between the on-premises data center and a VPC,
and copy the data to Amazon S3

A

B

292
Q

A company runs an online marketplace web application on AWS. The application serves
hundreds of thousands of users during peak hours. The company needs a scalable, near- real-
time solution to share the details of millions of financial transactions with several other internal
applications Transactions also need to be processed to remove sensitive data before being
stored in a document database for low-latency retrieval.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Store the transactions data into Amazon DynamoDB Set up a rule in DynamoDB to remove
sensitive data from every transaction upon write Use DynamoDB Streams to share the
transactions data with other applications.

B. Stream the transactions data into Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to store data in Amazon
DynamoDB and Amazon S3 Use AWS Lambda integration with Kinesis Data Firehose to
remove sensitive data. Other applications can consume the data stored in Amazon S3

C. Stream the transactions data into Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Use AWS Lambda
integration to remove sensitive data from every transaction and then store the transactions data
in Amazon DynamoDB Other applications can consume the transactions data off the Kinesis
data stream.

D. Store the batched transactions data in Amazon S3 as files. Use AWS Lambda to process
every file and remove sensitive data before updating the files in Amazon S3 The Lambda
function then stores the data in Amazon DynamoDB Other applications can consume
transaction files stored in Amazon S3.

A

B

293
Q

A database is on an Amazon RDS MySQL 5.6 Multi-AZ 06 instance that experiences highly
dynamic reads. Application developers notice a significant slowdown when testing read
performance from a secondary AWS Region. The developers want a solution that provider less
than 1 second of read replication latency.

What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Install MySQL on Amazon EC2 in the secondary Region.

B. Migrate the database to Amazon Aurora with cross-Region replicas.

C. Create another RDS for MySQL read replica m the secondary Region.

D. Implement Amazon ElastiCache to improve database query performance.

A

B

294
Q

A company is using a VPC that is provisioned with a 10.10.1.0/24 CIDR block Because of
continued growth IP address space in this block might be depleted soon. A solutions architect
must add more IP address capacity to the VPC

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create a new VPC Associate a larger CIDR block.

B. Add a secondary CIDR block of 10 10 2 0/24 to the VPC

C. Resize the existing VPC CIDR block from 10 10 1.0/24 to 10 10.1.0

D. Establish VPC peering with a new VPC that has a CIDR block of 10.10 1.0/16

A

B

295
Q

A solutions architect It designing a VPC with public and private subnets. The VPC and subnets
use IPv4 CIDR blocks. There is one public subnet and one private subnet in each of three
Availability Zones (AZs) for high availability An internet gateways used to provide internet
access for the public subnets. The private subnets require access to the internet to allow
Amazon BC2 Instances to download software updates.

What should the solutions architect do to enable internet access for the private subnets?

A. Create three NAT gateways, one for each public subnet in each AZ Create a private route
table for each AZ that forwards non-VPC traffic to tie NAT gateway m its AZ.

B. Create three NAT instances, one for each private subnet in each AZ Create a private route
table for each AZ that forwards non-VPC traffic to the NAT instance in its AZ.

C. Create a second internet gateway on one of the private subnets. Update the route table for
the private subnets that forward non-VPC trade to the private Internet gateway.

D. Create an egress-only internet gateway on one of the pubic subnets. Update the route table
for the private subnets that forward non-VPC traffic to the egress-only internet gateway.

A

A

296
Q

A company’s web application is running on Amazon EC2 instances behind an application Load
Balancer. The company changed its policy., which now requires the application to be accessed from one specific country only.

Which configuration will meet this requirement?

A. Configure the security group for the EC2 Instances.

B. Configure the security group on the Application Load Balancer.

C. Configure AWS WAF on the Application Load Balancer in a VPC

D. Configure the network ACL for the subnet that contains the EC2 instances.

A

C

297
Q

A company wants to migrate its accounting system from an on-premises data center to the AWS
Cloud m a single AWS Region. Data security and an immutable audit log are the top priorities.
The company must monitor all AWS activities for compliance auditing. The company that
enabled AWS CloudTrail but wants to make sure it meets meat requirements.

Which actions should a solutions architect take lo protect and secure CloudTrail? (Select TWO.)

A. Enable CloudTrail log file validation.

B. Enable the CloudTrail Proceeding Library.

C. Enable logging of Insights events in CloudTrail.

D. Enable custom logging from the on-premises resources.

E. Create an AWS Config rule to monitor whether CloudTrail is configured to use server- side
encryption with AWS KMS managed encryption keys (SSE-KMS)

A

A, E

298
Q

A company is managing health records on-peruses. The company must keep these records
Indefinitely, disable any modifications to the records once they are stored, and granularly audit
access at all levels. The chief technology officer (CTO) is concerned because there are already
millions of record not being used by any application, and the current infrastructure is running out
of space. The CTO has requested solutions architect design a solution to move easting data
and support future records.

Which services can the solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS DataSync to move existing data to AWS Use Amazon S3 to store existing and new
data Enable Amazon S3 object lock and enable AWS CloudTrail with data events.

B. Use AWS Storage Gateway to move existing data to AWS Use Amazon S3 to store existing
and new data Enable Amazon S3 object lock and enable AWS CloudTrail with management
events.

C. Use AWS DataSync to move exiting data to AWS Use Amazon S3 to store existing and new
data. Enable Amazon S3 object lock and enable AWS CloudTrail with management events.

D. Use AWS Storage Gateway to move existing data to AWS Use Amazon Elastic Block Stores
(Amazon EBS) to store existing and new data. Enable Amazon S3 object lock and enable
Amazon S3 server access logging

A

A

299
Q

A company uses Amazon Redshift for to data warehouse. The company wants to ensure high
durability for its data in case of any component failure.

What should a solution architect
recommend?

A. Enable concurrency scaling

B. Enable cross-Region snapshots

C. Increase the data retention period

D. Deploy Amazon Redshift in Multi-AZ

A

D

300
Q

A company has an application that generates a large number of files, each approximately 5 MB
in size. The files are stored in Amazon S3. Company policy requires the files to be stored for 4
years before they can be deleted Immediate accessibility is always required as the files contain
critical business data that is not easy to reproduce. The files are frequently accessed in the first
30 days of the object creation but are rarely accessed after the first 30 days.

Which storage solution is MOST cost-effective?

A. Create an S3 bucket lifecycle policy to move Mm from S3 Standard to S3 Glacier 30 days
from object creation Delete the Tiles 4 years after object creation.

B. Create an S3 bucket lifecycle policy to move tiles from S3 Standard to S3 One Zone-
infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA] 30 days from object creation. Delete the fees 4 years after
object creation.

C. Create an S3 bucket lifecycle policy to move files from S3 Standard-infrequent Access (S3
Standard -lA) 30 from object creation. Delete the ties 4 years after object creation.

D. Create an S3 bucket Lifecycle policy to move files from S3 Standard to S3 Standard-
Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) 30 days from object creation Move the files to S3 Glacier 4
years after object carton.

A

C

301
Q

A company is using a VPC peering strategy to connect its VPCs in a single Region to allow for
cross-communication. A recent increase in account creations and VPCs has made it difficult to
maintain the VPC peering strategy, and the company expects to grow to hundreds of VPCs.
There are also new requests to create site-to-site VPNs some of the VPCs. A solution architect
has been tasked with creating a centrally managed networking setup for multiple account, VPCs
and VPNs.

Which networking solution these requirements?

A. Configure shared VPCs and VPNs and share to each other.

B. Configure a hub-and-spoke VPC and route all traffic through VPC peering.

C. Configure an AWS Direct Connect connection between al VPCs and VPNs.

D. Configure a transit gateway with Transit Gateway and connect all VPCs and VPNs.

A

D

302
Q

A company has primary and secondary data canters that are 500 miles (804.7 km) apart and
Interconnected with high-speed fiber.optic cable. The company needs a highly available and
secure network connection between its data centers and a VPC on AWS for a mission-critical
workload

A solutions architect must choose a connection solution that provides maximum resiliency.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Two AWS Direct Connect connections from the primary data center terminating at two Direct
Connect locations on two separate devices.

B. A single AWS Direct Connect connection from each of the primary and secondary data
centers terminating at one Direct Connect location on the same device.

C. Two AWS Direct Connect connections from each of the primary and secondary data centers
terminating at two Direct Connect locations on two separate devices.

D. A single AWS Direct Connect connection from each of the primary and secondary data
centers terminating at one Direct Conned location on two separate devices

A

C

303
Q

An application running on an Amazon EC2 instance in VPC-A needs to access dies in another EC2 instance in VPC-B Both VPCs are in separate AWS accounts The network administrator
needs to design a solution to enable secure access to EC2 instance in VPC- B from VPC-A The connectivity should not have a single point of failure or bandwidth concerns.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Set up a VPC peering connection between VPC-A and VPC-B

B. Set up VPC gateway endpoints for the EC2 instance running in VPC-B

C. Attach a virtual private gateway to VPC-B and enable routing from VPC-A

D. Create a private virtual interface (VIF) for the EC2 instance running in VPC-B and add
appropriate routes from VPC-B

A

A

304
Q

A company needs to build a reporting solution on AWS. The solution must support SQL queries that data analysts run on the data. The data analysts will run lower than 10 total queries each
day. The company generates 3 GB of new data daily in an on-premises relational database.
This data needs to be transferred to AWS to perform reporting tasks.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements at the LOWEST
cost?

A. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to replicate the data from the on-
premises database into Amazon S3. Use Amazon Athena to query the data.

B. Use an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream to deliver the data into an Amazon
Elasticsearch Service (Amazon ES) cluster Run the queries in Amazon ES.

C. Export a daily copy of the data from the on-premises database. Use an AWS Storage
Gateway file gateway to store and copy the export into Amazon S3. Use an Amazon EMR
cluster to query the data.

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to replicate the data from the on-
premises database and load it into an Amazon Redshift cluster. Use the Amazon Redshift
cluster to query the data.

A

A

305
Q

A data science team requires storage for nightly log processing. The size and number of logs is
unknown and will persist for 24 hours only. What is the
MOST cost-effective solution?

A. Amazon S3 Glacier

B. Amazon S3 Standard

C. Amazon S3 Intelligent-Tiering

D. Amazon S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA)

A

B

306
Q

A company wants to use high performance computing (HPC) infrastructure on AWS for financial
risk modelling. The company’s HPC workloads run on Linux. Each HPC workflow runs on
hundreds of Amazon EC2 Spot Instances, is short-lived, and generates thousands of output
files that are ultimately stored in persistent storage for analytics and long-term future use.
The company seeks a cloud storage solution that permits the copying of on-premises data to
long-term persistent storage to make data available for processing by all EC2 instances. The
solution should also be a high performance file system that is integrated with persistent storage
to read and write datasets and output files.

Which combination of AWS services meets these requirements?

A. Amazon FSx for Lustre integrated with Amazon S3

B. Amazon FSx for Windows File Server integrated with Amazon S3

C. Amazon S3 Glacier integrated with Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

D. Amazon S3 bucket with a VPC endpoint integrated with an Amazon Elastic Block Store
(Amazon EBS) General Purpose SSD(gp2) volume.

A

A

307
Q

A company wants to monitor its AWS costs for financial review. The cloud operations team is designing an architecture in the AWS Organizations management account to query AWS Cost
and Usage Reports for all member accounts. The team must run this query once a month and provide a detailed analysis of the bill.

Which solution is the MOST scalable and cost-effective way to meet these requirements?

A. Enable Cost and Usage Reports in the management account. Deliver reports to Amazon
Kinesis. Use Amazon EMR for analysis.

B. Enable Cost and Usage Reports in the management account. Deliver the reports to Amazon
S3. Use Amazon Athena for analysis.

C. Enable Cost and Usage Reports for member accounts. Deliver the reports to Amazon S3.
Use Amazon Redshift for analysis.

D. Enable Cost and Usage Reports for member accounts. Deliver the reports to Amazon
Kinesis. Use Amazon QuickSight for analysis.

A

B

308
Q

A company wants to migrate its 1 PB on-premises image repository to AWS. The images will be
used by a serverless web application Images stored in the repository are rarely accessed, but
they must be immediately available Additionally, the images must be encrypted at rest and
protected from accidental deletion.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Implement client-side encryption and store the images in an Amazon S3 Glacier vault Set a
vault lock to prevent accidental deletion.

B. Store the images in an Amazon S3 bucket in the S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3
Standard-IA) storage class Enable versioning default encryption and MFA Delete on the S3
bucket.

C. Store the images in an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file share Configure the
Amazon FSx file share to use an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master
key (CMK) to encrypt the images in the file share Use NTFS permission sets on the images to
prevent accidental deletion.

D. Store the images in an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file share in the
Infrequent Access storage class Configure the EFS file share to use an AWS Key Management
Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) to encrypt the images in the file share. Use
NFS permission sets on the images to prevent accidental deletion.

A

B

309
Q

A company is planning to store data on Amazon RDS DB instances. The company must encrypt
the data at rest.

What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Create an encryption key and store the key in AWS Secrets Manager Use the key to encrypt
the DB instances.

B. Generate a certificate in AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Enable SSL/TLS on the DB
instances by using the certificate.

C. Create a customer master key (CMK) in AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) Enable
encryption for the DB instances.

D. Generate a certificate in AWS Identity and Access Management {IAM) Enable SSUTLS on
the DB instances by using the certificate.

A

C

310
Q

A company uses an Amazon S3 bucket as its data lake storage platform. The S3 bucket
contains a massive amount of data that is accessed randomly by multiple teams and hundreds
of applications The company wants to reduce me S3 storage costs and provide immediate
availability for frequently accessed objects.

What is the MOST operationally efficient solution that meets these requirements?

A. Create an S3 Lifecycle rule to transition objects to the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

B. Store objects in Amazon S3 Glacier Use S3 Select to provide applications with access to the data.

C. Use data from S3 storage class analysis to create S3 Lifecycle rules to automatically
transition objects to the S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) storage class.
D. Transition objects to the S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) storage class
Create an AWS Lambda function to transition objects to the S3 Standard storage class when
they are accessed by an application.
A

C

311
Q

A company with multiple accounts and teams wants to set up a new multi-account AWS
environment.
Which AWS service supports this requirement?

A. AWS CloudFormation

B. AWS Control Tower

C. AWS Config

D. Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC)

A

B

312
Q

A company has a serverless website with millions of objects in an Amazon S3 bucket The
company uses tie S3 bucket as the origin tor an Amazon CloudFront distribution The company
did not set encryption on the S3 bucket before the objects were loaded A solutions architect
needs to enable encryption for all existing objects and for all objects that are added to the S3
bucket in the future.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of effort?

A. Create a new S3 bucket Turn on the default encryption settings for the new S3 bucket
Download all existing objects to temporary local storage Upload the objects to the new S3
bucket.

B. Turn on the default encryption settings for the S3 bucket Use the S3 Inventory feature to
create a csv file that lists the unencrypted objects Run an S3 Batch Operations job that uses the
copy command to encrypt those objects.

C. Create a new encryption key by using AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) Change
the settings on the S3 bucket to use server-side encryption with AWS KMS managed encryption
keys (SSE-KMS) Turn on versioning for the S3 bucket.

D. Navigate to Amazon S3 in the AWS Management Console Browse the S3 bucket’s objects
Sort by the encryption field Select each unencrypted object Use the Modify button to apply
default encryption settings to every unencrypted object in the S3 bucket.

A

C

313
Q

A company uses Application Load Balancers (ALBs) in different AWS Regions The ALBs
receive inconsistent traffic that can spike and drop throughout the year The company’s
networking team needs to allow the IP addresses of the ALBs in the on-premises firewall to
enable connectivity.

Which solution is the MOST scalable with minimal configuration changes?

A. Write an AWS Lambda script to get the IP addresses of the ALBs in different Regions.
Update the on-premises firewall’s rule to allow the IP addresses of the ALBs.

B. Migrate all ALBs in different Regions to the Network Load Balancers (NLBs) Update the on-
premises firewall’s rule to allow the Elastic IP addresses of all the NLBs.

C. Launch AWS Global Accelerator Register the ALBs in different Regions to the accelerator
Update the on-premises firewall’s rule to allow static IP addresses associated with the
accelerator.

D. Launch a Network Load Balancer (NLB) in one Region Register the private IP addresses of
the ALBs in different Regions with the NLB. Update the on-premises firewall’s rule to allow the
Elastic IP address attached to the NLB.

A

C

314
Q

A company stores 200 GB of data each month in Amazon S3. The company needs to perform
analytics on this data at the end of each month to determine the number of items sold m each
sates region for the previous month.

Which analytics strategy is MOST cost-effective for the company to use?

A. Create an Amazon Elasticsearch Service (Amazon ES) cluster Query the data in Amazon ES
Visualize the data by using Kibana.

B. Create a table m the AWS Glue Data Catalog Query the data in Amazon S3 by using
Amazon Athena Visualize the data m Amazon QuickSight.

C. Create an Amazon EMR cluster Query the data by using Amazon EMR and store the results
in Amazon S3 Visualize the data in Amazon QuickSign.

D. Create an Amazon Redshift cluster Query the data in Amazon Redshift and upload the
results to Amazon S3 Visualize the data in Amazon QuickSight

A

B

315
Q

A company used an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance during application testing Before
terminating the DB instance at the end of the test cycle a solutions architect created two
backups The solutions architect created the first backup by using the mysqldump utility to create
a database dump The solutions architect created the second backup by enabling the final DB
snapshot option on RDS termination.
The company is now planning for a new test cycle and wants to create a new DB instance from
the most recent backup. The company has chosen a MySQL-compatible edition of Amazon
Aurora to host the DB instance.

Which solutions will create the new DB instance? (Select TWO )

A. Import the RDS snapshot directly into Aurora.

B. Upload the RDS snapshot to Amazon S3 then import the RDS snapshot into Aurora.

C. Upload the database dump to Amazon S3 Then import the database dump into Aurora.

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to import the RDS snapshot into Aurora.

E. Upload the database dump to Amazon S3 Then use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS
DMS) to import the database dump into Aurora

A

A, C

316
Q

A large international university has deployed all of its compute services in the AWS Cloud.
These services include Amazon EC2. Amazon RDS. and Amazon DynamoDB. The university
currently relies on many custom scripts to back up its infrastructure. However, the university
wants to centralize management and automate data backups as much as possible by using
AWS native options.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use third-party backup software with an AWS Storage Gateway tape gateway virtual tape
library.

B. Use AWS Backup to configure and monitor all backups for the services in use.

C. Use AWS Config to set lifecycle management to take snapshots of all data sources on a
schedule.

D. Use AWS Systems Manager State Manager to manage the configuration and monitoring of
backup tasks.

A

B

317
Q

A company recently migrated a legacy application from an on-premises data center to AWS The
application is running on an Amazon EC2 instance The EC2 instance is deployed in a private
subnet in a VPC without inbound internet access The application support team requires SSH
access to the operating system to perform periodic maintenance.

Which solution provides secure access with the LEAST operational effort?

A. Configure AWS Client VPN to access the VPC Update the EC2 instance security group
inbound rules to allow access from Client VPN

B. Configure AWS Site-to-Site VPN to access the VPC Update the EC2 instance security group
inbound rules to allow access from Site-to-Site VPN

C. Attach the AmazonSSMManagedlnstanceCore IAM policy to the EC2 instance role Use AWS
Systems Manager Session Manager to enable SSH connection.

D. Deploy a bastion host in a public subnet Allow SSH access to the bastion host from the
internet Update the EC2 instance security group inbound rules to allow access from the bastion
host.

A

D

318
Q

A company is developing a video conversion application hosted on AWS The application will be
available in two tiers: a free tier and a paid tier. Users in the paid tier will have their videos
converted first and then the free tier users will have their videos converted.

Which solution meets these requirements and is MOST cost-effective?

A. One FIFO queue for the paid tier and one standard queue for the free tier.

B. A single FIFO Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue for all file types.

C. A single standard Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue for all file types.

D. Two standard Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues with one for the paid
tier and one for the free tier

A

A

319
Q

A company’s production application runs online transaction processing (OLTP) transactions on
an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance The company is launching a new reporting tool that will
access the same data The reporting tool must be highly available and not impact the
performance of the production application.

How can this be achieved’?

A. Create hourly snapshots of the production RDS DB instance.

B. Create a Multi-AZ RDS Read Replica of the production RDS DB instance.

C. Create multiple RDS Read Replicas of the production RDS DB instance Place the Read
Replicas in an Auto Scaling group.

D. Create a Single-AZ RDS Read Replica of the production RDS DB instance Create a second
Single-AZ RDS Read Replica from the replica

A

B

320
Q

A company serves a multilingual website from a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances behind an
Application Load Balancer (ALB) This architecture is currently running in the us-west-1
Region but is exhibiting high request latency for users located in other parts of the world.
The website needs to serve requests quickly and efficiently regardless of a user’s location
However the company does not want to recreate the existing architecture across multiple
Regions.

How should a solutions architect accomplish this?

A. Replace the existing architecture with a website served from an Amazon S3 bucket Configure
an Amazon CloudFront distribution with the S3 bucket as the origin.

B. Configure an Amazon CloudFront distribution with the ALB as the origin Set the cache
behavior settings to only cache based on the Accept-Language request header.

C. Set up Amazon API Gateway with the ALB as an integration Configure API Gateway to use
an HTTP integration type Set up an API Gateway stage to enable the API cache.

D. Launch an EC2 instance in each additional Region and configure NGINX to act as a cache
server for that Region Put all the instances plus the ALB behind an Amazon Route 53 record set
with a geolocation routing policy.

A

D

321
Q

A company’s web application uses an Amazon RDS PostgreSQL DB instance to store its
application data During the financial closing period at the start of every month, Accountants run large queries that impact the database’s performance due to high usage The company wants to
minimize the impact that the reporting activity has on the web application.

What should a solutions architect do to reduce the impact on the database with the LEAST
amount of effort?

A. Create a read replica and direct reporting traffic to the replica.

B. Create a Multi-AZ database and direct reporting traffic to the standby.

C. Create a cross-Region read replica and direct reporting traffic to the replica.

D. Create an Amazon Redshift database and direct reporting traffic to the Amazon Redshift
database.

A

A

322
Q

A company runs a stateless web application in production on a group of Amazon EC2 On-
Demand Instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The application experiences heavy
usage during an 8-hour period each business day. Application usage is moderate and steady
overnight Application usage is low during weekends.
The company wants to minimize its EC2 costs without affecting the availability of the
application.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Spot Instances for the entire workload.

B. Use Reserved instances for the baseline level of usage Use Spot Instances for any additional
capacity that the application needs.

C. Use On-Demand Instances for the baseline level of usage. Use Spot Instances for any
additional capacity that the application needs.

D. Use Dedicated Instances for the baseline level of usage. Use On-Demand Instances for any
additional capacity that the application needs.

A

B

323
Q

A company copies 200 TB of data from a recent ocean survey onto AWS Snowball Edge
Storage Optimized devices The company has a high performance computing (HPC) cluster that
is hosted on AWS to look for oil and gas deposits A solutions architect must provide the cluster
with consistent sub-millisecond latency and high-throughput access to the data on the Snowball
Edge Storage Optimized devices The company is sending the devices back to AWS

Which solution will meet these requirements’?

A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket Import the data into the S3 bucket. Configure an AWS Storage
Gateway file gateway to use the S3 bucket Access the file gateway from the HPC cluster
instances.

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket Import the data into the S3 bucket Configure an Amazon FSx
for Lustre file system and integrate it with the S3 bucket Access the FSx for Lustre file system
from the HPC cluster instances.

C. Create an Amazon S3 bucket and an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system Import the data into the S3 bucket Copy the data from the S3 bucket to the EFS file system
Access the EFS file system from the HPC cluster instances.

D. Create an Amazon FSx for Lustre file system Import the data directly into the FSx for Lustre
file system Access the FSx for Lustre file system from the HPC cluster instances.

A

A

324
Q

A company is migrating a Linux-based web server group to AWS. The web servers must access
files in a shared file store for some content. The company must not make any changes to the
application.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon S3 Standard bucket with access to the web servers.

B. Configure an Amazon CloudFront distribution with an Amazon S3 bucket as the origin.

C. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. Mount the EFS file system
on all web servers.

D. Configure a General Purpose SSD (gp3) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume.
Mount the EBS volume to all web servers.

A

C

325
Q

A company is hosting a static website on Amazon S3 and is using Amazon Route 53 for DNS.
The website is experiencing increased demand from around the world. The company must
decrease latency for users who access the website.

Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Replicate the S3 bucket that contains the website to all AWS Regions. Add Route 53
geolocation routing entries.

B. Provision accelerators in AWS Global Accelerator. Associate the supplied IP addresses with
the S3 bucket. Edit the Route 53 entries to point to the IP addresses of the accelerators.

C. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution in front of the S3 bucket. Edit the Route 53 entries to
point to the CloudFront distribution.

D. Enable S3 Transfer Acceleration on the bucket. Edit the Route 53 entries to point to the new
endpoint

A

C

326
Q

A company has an application workflow that uses an AWS Lambda function to download and
decrypt files from Amazon S3 These files are encrypted using AWS Key Management Service
Customer Master Keys (AWS KMS CMKs). A solutions architect needs to design a solution that
will ensure the required permissions are set correctly.

Which combination of actions accomplish this? (Select TWO.)

A. Attach the kms decrypt permission to the Lambda function’s resource policy.

B. Grant the decrypt permission for the Lambda IAM role in the KMS key’s policy.

C. Grant the decrypt permission for the Lambda resource policy in the KMS key s policy.

D. Create a new IAM policy with the kms decrypt permission and attach the policy to the
Lambda function.

E. Create a new IAM role with the kms:decrypt permission and attach the execution role to the
Lambda function.

A

A, E

327
Q

A company asks a solutions architect to design a new network architecture for its on- premises
applications. The company has five application VPCs Each application VPC supports a different
application. All the application VPCs need to reach a shared services VPC for enterprise
services. The application VPCs need to communicate with each other.
The number of VPCs will increase as the company grows The company needs a solution that
minimizes operational overhead during setup and maintenance.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use VPC endpoint services from the application VPCs to reach services on the shared
services VPC.

B. Use VPC peering connections between the application VPCs and the shared services VPC.
Add a peering connection and routes between the application VPCs as needed.

C. Use AWS Transit Gateway to connect the shared services VPC to each of the application
VPCs. Configure routing to allow the application VPCs to access the shared services network.

D. Use a virtual private gateway and VPNs in each application VPC to reach the company
network. Transfer the network traffic between the application VPCs by using dynamic routing to
the on-premises network.

A

C

328
Q

A company is designing a message-driven order processing application on AWS The
application consists of many services and needs to communicate the results of its processing to
multiple consuming services Each of the consuming services may take up to 5 days to receive
the messages.

Which process will meet these requirements?

A. The application sends the results of its processing to an Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) topic Each consuming service subscribes to this SNS took: and consumes the
results.

B. The application sends the results of its processing to an Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) topic Each consuming service consumes the messages directly from its
corresponding SNS topic.

C. The application sends the results of its processing to an Amazon Simple Queue Service
(Amazon SQS) queue Each consuming service runs as an AWS Lambda function that
consumes this single SQS queue.

D. The application sends the results of its processing to an Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) topic An Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue is created for
each service and each queue is configured to be a subscriber of the SNS topic.

A

C

329
Q

A company runs a public three-Tier web application in a VPC The application runs on Amazon
EC2 instances across multiple Availability Zones. The EC2 instances that run in private subnets
need to communicate with a license server over the internet The company needs a managed
solution that minimizes operational maintenance.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Provision a NAT instance in a public subnet Modify each private subnets route table with a
default route that points to the NAT instance.

B. Provision a NAT instance in a private subnet Modify each private subnet’s route table with a
default route that points to the NAT instance.

C. Provision a NAT gateway in a public subnet Modify each private subnet’s route table with a
default route that points to the NAT gateway.

D. Provision a NAT gateway in a private subnet Modify each private subnet’s route table with a
default route that points to the NAT gateway .

A

C

330
Q

A company is upgrading its critical web-based application. The application is hosted on Amazon
EC2 instances that are part of an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer
(ALB). The company wants to test the new configurations with a specific amount of traffic before
the company begins to route all traffic to the upgraded application.

How should a solutions architect design the architecture to meet these requirements?

A. Create a new launch template. Associate the new launch template with the Auto Scaling
group. Attach the Auto Scaling group to the ALB. Distribute traffic by using redirect rules.

B. Create a new launch template. Create an additional Auto Scaling group. Associate the new
launch template with the additional Auto Scaling group. Attach the additional Auto Scaling group
to the ALB. Distribute traffic by using weighted target groups.

C. Create a new launch template. Create an additional Auto Scaling group. Associate the new
launch template with the additional Auto Scaling group. Create an additional ALB. Attach the
additional Auto Scaling group to the additional ALB. Use an Amazon Route 53 failover routing
policy to route traffic.

D. Create a new launch template. Create an additional Auto Scaling group. Associate the new
launch template with the additional Auto Scaling group. Create an additional ALB. Attach the
additional Auto Scaling group to the additional ALB. Use an Amazon Route 53 weighted routing
policy to route traffic.

A

A

331
Q

A company has a remote factory that has unreliable connectivity. The factory needs to gather
and process machine data and sensor data so that it can sense products on its conveyor belts
and initiate a robotic movement to direct the products to the right location
Predictable low-latency compute processing is essential for the on-premises control systems.

Which solution should the factory use to process the data?

A. Amazon CloudFront lambda©Edge functions

B. An Amazon EC2 instance that has enhanced networking enabled

C. An Amazon EC2 instance that uses an AWS Global Accelerator endpoint

D. An Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume on an AWS Snowball Edge cluster

A

A

332
Q

A company has media and application files that need to be shared internally. Users currently are
authenticated using Active Directory and access files from a Microsoft Windows platform The
chief executive officer wants to keep the same user permissions, but wants the company to
improve the process as the company is reaching its storage capacity limit.

What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Set up a corporate Amazon S3 bucket and move all media and application files.

B. Configure Amazon FSx for Windows File Server and move all the media and application files.

C. Configure Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) and move all media and application
files.

D. Set up Amazon EC2 on Windows, attach multiple Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)
volumes, and move all media and application files

A

B

333
Q

A company has two AWS accounts: Production and Development. The company needs to push
code changes in the Development account to the Production account. In the alpha phase, only
two developers on the development team need access to the Production account. In the beta
phase, more developers will need access to perform testing.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create two policy documents by using the AWS Management Console in each account.
Assign the policy to developers who need access.

B. Create an IAM role in the Development account. Grant the IAM role access to the Production
account. Allow developers to assume the role.

C. Create an IAM role in the Production account. Define a trust policy that specifies the
Development account. Allow developers to assume the role.

D. Create an IAM group in the Production account. Add the group as a principal in a trust policy
that specifies the Production account. Add developers to the group.

A

C

334
Q

A company hosts multiple production applications. One of the applications consists of resources
from Amazon EC2. AWS Lambda. Amazon RDS. Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon
SNS), and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) across multiple AWS Regions. All
company resources are tagged with a tag name of “application” and a value that corresponds to
each application. A solutions architect must provide the quickest solution for identifying all of the
tagged components.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use AWS CloudTrail to generate a list of resources with the application tag.

B. Use the AWS CLI to query each service across all Regions to report the tagged components.

C. Run a query in Amazon CloudWatch Logs Insights to report on the components with the
application tag.

D. Run a query with the AWS Resource Groups Tag Editor to report on the resources globally with the application tag

A

D

335
Q

A development team stores its Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance user name and password
credentials in a configuration file The configuration file is stored as plaintext on the root device
volume of the team’s Amazon EC2 instance When the team’s application needs to reach the
database it reads the file and loads the credentials into the code The team has modified the
permissions of the configuration file so that only the application can read its content A solutions
architect must design a more secure solution.

What should the solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Store the configuration file in Amazon S3 Grant the application access to read the
configuration file.

B. Create an IAM role with permission to access the database Attach this IAM role to the EC2
instance.

C. Enable SSL connections on the database instance Alter the database user to require SSL
when logging in.

D. Move the configuration file to an EC2 instance store, and create an Amazon Machine Image
(AMI) of the instance. Launch new instances from this AMI

A

B

336
Q

A solutions architect needs to host a high performance computing (HPC) workload in the AWS
Cloud. The workload will run on hundreds of Amazon EC2 instances and will require parallel
access to a shared file system to enable distributed processing of large datasets. Datasets will
be accessed across multiple instances simultaneously. The workload requires access latency
within 1 ms. After processing has completed, engineers will need access to the dataset for
manual postprocessing.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) as a shared file system. Access the dataset
from Amazon EFS.

B. Mount an Amazon S3 bucket to serve as the shared file system. Perform postprocessing
directly from the S3 bucket.

C. Use Amazon FSx for Lustre as a shared file system. Link the file system to an Amazon S3
bucket for postprocessing.

D. Configure AWS Resource Access Manager to share an Amazon S3 bucket so that it can be
mounted to all instances for processing and postprocessing.

A

C

337
Q

A mobile gaming company runs application servers on Amazon EC2 instances. The servers
receive updates from players every 15 minutes. The mobile game creates a JSON object of the
progress made in the game since the last update and sends the JSON object to an Application
Load Balancer As the mobile game is played game updates are being lost. The company wants
to create a durable way to get the updates in order.

What should a solutions architect recommend to decouple the system?

A. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to capture the data and store the JSON object in Amazon
S3

B. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to capture the data and store the JSON object in
Amazon S3

C. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queues to capture the data and
EC2 instances to process the messages in the queue.

D. Use Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to capture the data and EC2
instances to process the messages sent to the Application Load Balancer.

A

C

338
Q

A company is building a shopping application on AWS. The application offers a catalog that
changes once each month and needs to scale with traffic volume. The company wants the
lowest possible latency from the application. Data from each user’s shopping cart needs to be
highly available. User session data must be available even if the user is disconnected and
reconnects.

What should a solutions architect do to ensure that the shopping cart data is preserved at all
times?

A. Configure an Application Load Balancer to enable the sticky sessions feature (session
affinity) for access to the catalog in Amazon Aurora.

B. Configure Amazon ElastiCache for Redis to cache catalog data from Amazon DynamoDB
and shopping cart data from the user’s session.

C. Configure Amazon Elasticsearch Service (Amazon ES) to cache catalog data from Amazon
DynamoDB and shopping can data from the user’s session.

D. Configure an Amazon EC2 instance with Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) storage
for the catalog and shopping cart. Configure automated snapshots.

A

B

339
Q

A company processes images into thumbnails and returns an email confirmation to the end user
upon completion. The company’s existing solution is facing performance bottlenecks and
scalability issues. The company wants to migrate this process to AWS and implement a solution
that requires the least possible configuration.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use Amazon S3 to store images and send notifications to AWS Lambda Configure an AWS
Lambda function to process the images into thumbnails, store the thumbnails in Amazon S3,
and send an email confirmation through Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES)

B. Use Amazon S3 to store images and send notifications to Amazon Simple Queue Service
(Amazon SQS) Configure an Amazon EC2 instance to poll the SQS queue to process the
images into thumbnails, store the thumbnails in Amazon S3, and send an email confirmation
through Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES)

C. Use Amazon S3 to store images and send notifications to Amazon Simple Notification
Service (Amazon SNS) Configure Amazon SNS to invoke an AWS Lambda function to process
the images into thumbnails, store the thumbnails in Amazon S3, and send an email confirmation through Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES).

D. Use Amazon S3 to store images and send notifications to Amazon Simple Queue Service
(Amazon SQS) Configure an AWS Lambda function to retrieve the messages from the SQS
queue process the images into thumbnails, store the thumbnails in Amazon S3, and send an
email confirmation through Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES)

A

C

340
Q

A company is running a multi-tier ecommerce web application in the AWS Cloud. The web
application is running on Amazon EC2 instances. The database tier is on a provisioned Amazon
Aurora MySQL DB cluster with a writer and a reader in a Multi-AZ environment. The new
requirement for the database tier is to serve the application to achieve continuous write
availability through an instance failover.

What should a solutions architect do to meet this new requirement?

A. Add a new AWS Region to the DB cluster for multiple writes.

B. Add a new reader in the same Availability Zone as the writer.

C. Migrate the database tier to an Aurora multi-master cluster.

D. Migrate the database tier to an Aurora DB cluster with parallel query enabled

A

C

341
Q

A company is building a document storage application on AWS. The application runs on
Amazon EC2 instances in multiple Availability Zones. The company requires the document
store to be highly available The documents need to be returned immediately when requested.
The lead engineer has configured the application to use Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon
EBS) to store the documents, but is willing to consider other options to meet the availability
requirement.

What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Snapshot the EBS volumes regularly and build new volumes using those snapshots in
additional Availability Zones.

B. Use Amazon EBS for the EC2 instance root volumes. Configure the application to build the
document store on Amazon S3.

C. Use Amazon EBS for the EC2 instance root volumes. Configure the application to build the
document store on Amazon S3 Glacier.

D. Use at least three Provisioned IOPS EBS volumes for EC2 instances Mount the volumes to
the EC2 instances in a RAID 5 configuration.

A

B

342
Q

An ecommerce company uses an Amazon Aurora DB cluster to store customer transactions.
The company also maintains a separate Amazon DynamoDB table that contains item sales
information The company wants the DB cluster to invoke a recently deployed AWS Lambda
function to update the DynamoDB table every time a row is inserted into the database

Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements?
(Select TWO.)

A. Modify the Lambda function to allow outbound communication to the DB cluster.

B. Modify the DB cluster to allow outbound communication to the Lambda function.

C. Modify the DB cluster to allow outbound communication to the DynamoDB table.

D. Ensure that the DB cluster has an IAM role that allows the DB cluster to invoke Lambda
functions.

E. Ensure that the Lambda function has an IAM role that allows Lambda to invoke functions on
the DB cluster.

A

C, E

343
Q

A company wants to minimize cost by moving infrequently accessed audit archives to low- cost
storage.

Which AWS service should the company use for this storage?

A. AWS Backup.

B. Amazon S3 Glacier.

C. AWS Snowball.

D. AWS Storage Gateway.

A

B

344
Q

A company wants its public web application to run on Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling
group behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The application must use a publicly trusted
SSL certificate.

Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Provision a public SSL/TLS certificate through AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Configure
the new certificate on the HTTPS listener for the ALB.

B. Use AWS Certificate Manager Private Certificate Authonty to issue an SSL/TLS certificate.
Configure the new certificate on the HTTPS listener for the ALB.

C. Create a self-signed certificate on one of the EC2 instances in the Auto Scaling group. Export
the certificate, and configure it on the HTTPS listener for the ALB.

D. Deploy an EC2-hosted certificate authority (CA). Import a trusted root certificate. Issue a new
SSL/TLS certificate. Configure the new certificate on the HTTPS listener for the ALB.

A

A

345
Q

A company wants to relocate its on-premises MySQL database to AWS The database accepts
regular imports from a client-facing application when causes a high volume of write operations.
The company is concerned that the amount of traffic might be causing performance issues
within the application.

How should a solutions architect design the architecture on AWS?

A. Provision an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance with Provisioned IOPS SSD storage
Monitor write operation metrics by using Amazon CloudWatch Adjust the provisioned IOPS if
necessary.

B. Provision an Amazon RDS tor MySQL 06 instance with General Purpose SSD storage.
Place an Amazon ElastiCache duster in front of the DB instance Configure the application to
query ElastiCache instead.

C. Provision an Amazon DocumentDB (with MongoDB compatibility) instance with a memory
optimized instance type. Monitor Amazon CloudWatch tor performance-related issues Change
the instance class it necessary.

D. Provision an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) He system in General Purpose
performance mode Monitor Amazon CloudWatch tor IOPS bottlenecks Change to Provisioned
Throughput performance mode if necessary.

A

A

346
Q

A company’s security policy requires that all AWS API activity in its AWS accounts be recorded
for periodic auditing. The company needs to ensure that AWS CloudTrail is enabled on all of its
current and future AWS accounts using AWS Organizations.

Which solution is MOST secure?

A. At the organization’s root, define and attach a service control policy (SCP) that permits
enabling CloudTrail only.

B. Create IAM groups in the organization’s management account as needed Define and attach
an IAM policy to the groups that prevents users from disabling CloudTrail.

C. Organize accounts into organizational units (OUs) At the organization’s root define and
attach a service control policy (SCP) that prevents users from disabling CloudTrail.

D. Add all existing accounts under the organization’s root Define and attach a service control
policy (SCP) to every account that prevents users from disabling CloudTrail.

A

D

347
Q

A company hosts a three-tier ecommerce application on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances. The
instances run in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) All
ecommerce data is stored in an Amazon RDS for ManaDB Multi-AZ DB instance.
The company wants to optimize customer session management during transactions The
application must store session data durably.

Which solutions will meet these requirements? (Select TWO )

A. Turn on the sticky sessions feature (session affinity) on the ALB

B. Use an Amazon DynamoOB table to store customer session information.

C. Deploy an Amazon Cognito user pool to manage user session information.

D. Deploy an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis cluster to store customer session information.

E. Use AWS Systems Manager Application Manager in the application to manage user session
information

A

A, B

348
Q

A company recently deployed a new auditing system to centralize information about operating
system versions patching and installed software for Amazon EC2 instances. A solutions
architect must ensure all instances provisioned through EC2 Auto Scaling groups successfully
send reports to the auditing system as soon as they are launched and terminated.

Which solution achieves these goals MOST efficiently?

A. Use a scheduled AWS Lambda function and run a script remotely on all EC2 instances to
send data to the audit system.

B. Use EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks to run a custom script to send data to the audit system
when instances are launched and terminated.

C. Use an EC2 Auto Scaling launch configuration to run a custom script through user data to
send data to the audit system when instances are launched and terminated.

D. Run a custom script on the instance operating system to send data to the audit system
Configure the script to be invoked by the EC2 Auto Scaling group when the instance starts and
is terminated.

A

B

349
Q

A solutions architect is migrating a document management workload to AWS The workload
keeps 7 TiB of contract documents on a snared storage file system and tracks them on an
external database Most of the documents are stored and retrieved eventually for reference m
the future The application cannot De modified during the migration, and the storage solution
must be highly available.
Documents are retrieved and stored by web servers that run on Amazon EC2 instances In an
Auto Scaling group The Auto Scaling group can have up to 12 instances.

Which solution meets
these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Provision an enhanced networking optimized EC2 instance to serve as a shared NFS storage
system.

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket that uses the S3 Standard-infrequent Access (S3 Standard-lA)
storage class Mount the S3 bucket to the EC2 instances in the Auto Scaling group.

C. Create an SFTP server endpoint by using AWS Transfer for SFTP and an Amazon S3 bucket
Configure the EC2 instances m the Auto Scaling group to connect to the SFTP server.

D. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system that uses the EFS
Standard-Infrequent Access (EFS Standard-lA) storage class. Mount the file system to the EC2
instances in the Auto Scaling group.

A

A

350
Q

A company is hosting a high-traffic static website on Amazon S3 with an Amazon CloudFront
distribution that has a default TTL of 0 seconds The company wants to implement caching to
improve performance for the website However the company also wants to ensure that stale
content is not served for more than a few minutes after a deployment.

Which combination of caching methods should a solutions architect implement to meet these
requirements? (Select TWO )

A. Set the CloudFront default TTL to 2 minutes.

B. Set a default TTL of 2 minutes on the S3 bucket.

C. Add a Cache-Control private directive to the objects in Amazon S3

D. Create an AWS LambdaQEdge function to add an Expires header to HTTP responses
Configure the function to run on viewer response.

E. Add a Cache-Control max-age directive of 24 hours to the objects in Amazon S3. On
deployment create a CloudFront invalidation to purge any changed files from edge caches

A

B, D

351
Q

A company currently operates a web application backed by an Amazon RDS MySQL database
It has automated backups that are run daily and are not encrypted A security audit requires
future backups to be encrypted and the unencrypted backups to be destroyed The company will
make at least one encrypted backup before destroying the old backups.

What should be done to enable encryption for future backups?

A. Enable default encryption for the Amazon S3 bucket where backups are stored.

B. Modify the backup section of the database configuration to toggle the Enable encryption
check box.

C. Create a snapshot of the database Copy it to an encrypted snapshot Restore the database
from the encrypted snapshot.

D. Enable an encrypted read replica on RDS for MySQL Promote the encrypted read replica to
primary Remove the original database instance.

A

C

352
Q

A company hosts an application used to upload files to an Amazon S3 bucket Once uploaded,
the files are processed to extract metadata which takes less than 5 seconds The volume and
frequency of the uploads vanes from a few files each hour to hundreds of concurrent uploads
The company has asked a solutions architect to design a cost-effective architecture that will
meet these requirements.

What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Configure AWS CloudTrail trails to log S3 API calls Use AWS AppSync to process the files.

B. Configure an object-created event notification within the S3 bucket to invoke an AWS
Lambda function to process the files.

C. Configure Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to process and send data to Amazon S3 Invoke an
AWS Lambda function to process the files.

D. Configure an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to process the files
uploaded to Amazon S3. Invoke an AWS Lambda function to process the files.

A

B

353
Q

A company is building applications in containers The company wants to migrate its on- premises
development and operations services from its on-premises data center to AWS Management states that production systems must be cloud agnostic and use the same configuration and
administrative tools across all production systems A solutions architect needs to design a
managed solution that will align with open-source software.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Launch the containers on Amazon EC2 with EC2 instance worker nodes.

B. Launch the containers on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) and EKS
worker nodes.

C. Launch the containers on Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) with AWS
Fargate instances.

D. Launch the containers on Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) with Amazon
EC2 instance worker nodes.

A

B

354
Q

A company needs to send large amounts of data from its data center to an Amazon S3 bucket
on a regular basis. The data must be encrypted and must be transferred over a network that
provides consistent bandwidth and low latency.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use an AWS Direct Connect connection.

B. Use an AWS VPN CloudHub connection.

C. Use HTTPS TLS tor encryption of data in transit.

D. Use a gateway VPC endpoint to access Amazon S3

A

B

355
Q

A company is planning to migrate its virtual server-based workloads to AWS The company has
internet-facing load balancers backed by application servers The application servers rely on
patches from an internet-hosted repository.

Which services should a solutions architect recommend be hosted on the public subnet? (Select
TWO.)

A. NAT gateway

B. Amazon RDS DB instances

C. Application Load Balancers

D. Amazon EC2 application servers

E. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) volumes

A

A, D

356
Q

A company is running a database on Amazon Aurora The database is idle every evening An
application that performs extensive reads on the database experiences performance issues
during morning hours when user traffic spikes. During these peak periods. the application
receives timeout errors when reading from the database The company does not have a
dedicated operations team and needs an automated solution to address the performance issues.

Which actions should a solutions architect take to automatically adjust to the increased read
load on the database? (Select TWO )

A. Migrate the database to Aurora Serverless.

B. Increase the instance size of the Aurora database.

C. Configure Aurora Auto Scaling with Aurora Replicas.

D. Migrate the database to an Aurora multi-master cluster.

E. Migrate the database to an Amazon RDS for MySQL Multi-AZ deployment.

A

A, C

357
Q

A company runs demonstration environments for its customers on Amazon EC2 instances.
Each environment is isolated in its own VPC. The company’s operations team needs to be
notified when RDP or SSH access to an environment has been established.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Configure Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights to create AWS Systems Manager
Opsltems when RDP or SSH access is detected.

B. Configure the EC2 instances with an IAM instance profile that has an IAM role with the
AmazonSSMManagedlnstanceCore policy attached.

C. Publish VPC flow logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. Create required metric filters. Create an
Amazon CloudWatch metric alarm with a notification action for when the alarm is in the ALARM
state.

D. Configure an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to listen for events of
type EC2 Instance State-change Notification. Configure an Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) topic as a target. Subscribe the operations team to the topic.

A

D

358
Q

A company runs a shopping application lhat uses Amazon DynamoDB to store customer
information. In case of data corruption, a solutions architect needs to design a solution that
meets a recovery point objective (RPO) of 15 minutes and a recovery time objective (RTO> of 1
hour.

What should the solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Configure DynamoDB global tables. For RPO recovery, point the application to a different
AWS Region.

B. Configure DynamoDB point-in-time recovery. For RPO recovery, restore to the desired point
in time.

C. Export the DynamoDB data to Amazon S3 Glacier on a daily basis. For RPO recovery,
import the data from S3 Glacier to DynamoDB.

D. Schedule Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) snapshots for the DynamoDB table
every 15 minutes. For RPO recovery, restore the DynamoDB table by using the EBS snapshot.

A

D

359
Q

A company has no existing file share services. A new project requires access to file storage that
is mountable as a drive for on-premises desktops. The file server must authenticate users to an
Active Directory domain before they are able to access the storage.

Which service will allow Active Directory users to mount storage as a drive on their desktops?

A. Amazon S3 Glacier

B. AWS DataSync

C. AWS Snowball Edge

D. AWS Storage Gateway

A

D

360
Q

A company is planning to host its compute-intensive applications on Amazon EC2 instances.
The majority of the network traffic will be between these applications The company needs a
solution that minimizes latency and maximizes network throughput The underlying hardware for
the EC2 instances must not be shared with any other company.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Launch EC2 instances as Dedicated Hosts in a cluster placement group.

B. Launch EC2 instances as Dedicated Hosts in a partition placement group.

C. Launch EC2 instances as Dedicated Instances in a cluster placement group.

D. Launch EC2 instances as Dedicated Instances in a partition placement group.

A

A

361
Q

A company manages a data lake in an Amazon S3 bucket that numerous applications share
The S3 bucket contains unique folders with a prefix for each application The company wants to
restrict each application to its specific folder and have granular control of the objects in each
folder.

Which solution meets these requirements with the LEAST amount of operational overhead?

A. Create dedicated S3 access points and access point policies for each application.

B. Create an S3 Batch Operations job to set the ACL permissions for each object in the S3
bucket.

C. Replicate the objects in the S3 bucket to new S3 buckets for each application Create
replication rules by prefix.

D. Replicate the objects in the S3 bucket to new S3 buckets for each application. Create
dedicated S3 access points for each application.

A

C

362
Q

The financial application at a company stores monthly reports in an Amazon S3 bucket. The
vice president of finance has mandated that ail access to these reports be logged and that any modifications to the tog files be detected.

Which actions can a solutions architect take to meet these requirements?

A. Use S3 server access togging on the bucket that houses the reports with the read and write
data events and log file validation options enabled.

B. Use S3 server access logging on the bucket that houses the reports with the read and write
management events and log file validation options enabled.

C. Use AWS CloudTrail to create a new trail Configure the trail to log read and write data events
on the S3 bucket that houses the reports Log these events to a new bucket and enable log file
validation.

D. Use AWS CloudTrail to create a new trail Configure the trail to log read and write
management events on the S3 bucket that houses the reports. Log these events to a new
bucket, and enable log file validation.

A

C

363
Q

A company runs an on-premises application The company is planning to move the application to
containers by using Kubernetes The company wants to migrate the application to AWS to
reduce the overhead of container infrastructure management A solutions architect must
configure the environment to allow deployment of the company’s own custom Amazon Machine
Image (AMI) to nodes.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead’?

A. Provision a Kubernetes cluster on Amazon EC2 Store container images in Docker Hub.

B. Use AWS Fargate on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) Store container
images in Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR).

C. Use Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) with managed worker nodes Store
container images in Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR)

D. Use Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) with self-managed worker nodes
Store container images in an image repository that runs on Amazon EC2

A

B

364
Q

An online gaming company is designing a game that is expected to be popular all over the world
A solutions architect needs to define an AWS Cloud architecture that supports near-
real-time recording and displaying of current game statistics for each player along with the
names of the top 25 players in the world at any given time.

Which AWS database solution and configuration should the solutions architect use to meet
these requirements’?

A. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL as the data store for player activity Configure the RDS DB
instance for Multi-AZ support.

B. Use Amazon DynamoDB as the data store for player activity Configure DynamoDB
Accelerator (DAX) for the player data.

C. Use Amazon DynamoDB as the data store for player activity Configure global tables in each
required AWS Region for the player data.

D. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL as the data store for player activity Configure cross- Region
read replicas in each required AWS Region based on player proximity.

A

B

365
Q

An application that is hosted on Amazon EC2 instances needs to access an Amazon S3 bucket
Traffic must not traverse the internet

How should a solutions architect configure access to meet
these requirements?

A. Create a private hosted zone by using Amazon Route 53

B. Set up a gateway VPC endpoint for Amazon S3 in the VPC

C. Configure the EC2 instances to use a NAT gateway to access the S3 bucket.

D. Establish an AWS Site-to-Site VPN connection between the VPC and the S3 bucket.

A

B

366
Q

An application development team is designing a microservice that will convert large images to
smaller compressed images When a user uploads an image through the web interface the
microservice should store the image in an Amazon S3 bucket process and compress the image
with an AWS Lambda function, and store the image in its compressed form m a different S3
bucket.
A solutions architect needs to design a solution that uses durable stateless components to
process the images automatically.

Which combination of actions will meet these requirements^ (Select TWO )

A. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue Configure the S3 bucket to
send a notification to the SQS queue when an image is uploaded to the S3 bucket.

B. Configure the Lambda function to use the Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS)
queue as the invocation source When the SQS message is successfully processed, delete the
message in the queue.

C. Configure the Lambda function to monitor the S3 bucket for new uploads When an uploaded
image is detected write the file name to a text file in memory and use the text file to keep track
of the images that were processed.

D. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance to monitor an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon
SQS) queue When items are added to the queue log the file name in a text file on the EC2
instance and invoke the Lambda function.

E. Configure an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) event to monitor the S3
bucket When an image is uploaded send an alert to an Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) topic with the application owner’s email address for further processing

A

A, B

367
Q

A company is running a web-based game in two Availability Zones in the us-west-2 Region The
web servers use an Application Load Balancer (ALB) in public subnets The ALB has an SSL
certificate from AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) with a custom domain name The game is written in JavaScript and runs entirely in a user’s web browser.
The game is increasing in popularity in many countries around the world The company wants to
update the application architecture and optimize costs without compromising performance.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon CloudFront
and create a global distribution that points to the ALB. Reuse the
existing certificate from ACM for the CloudFront distribution Use Amazon Route 53 to update
the application alias to point to the distribution.

B. Use AWS CloudFormation to deploy the application stack to AWS Regions near countries
where the game is popular Use ACM to create a new certificate for each application instance
Use Amazon Route 53 with a geolocation routing policy to direct traffic to the local application
instance.

C. Use Amazon S3 and create an S3 bucket in AWS Regions near countries where the game is
popular Deploy the HTML and JavaScript files to each S3 bucket Use ACM to create a new
certificate for each S3 bucket Use Amazon Route 53 with a geolocation routing policy to direct
traffic to the local S3 bucket.

D. Use Amazon S3 and create an S3 bucket in us-west-2 Deploy the HTML and JavaScript files
to the S3 bucket Use.
Amazon CloudFront and create a global distribution with the S3 bucket as the origin Use ACM
to create a new certificate for the distribution Use Amazon Route 53 to update the application
alias to point to the distribution.

A

A

368
Q

A company uses AWS to run all components of its three-tier web application. The company
wants to automatically detect any potential security breaches within the environment The
company wants to track any findings and notify administrators if a potential breach occurs.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Set up AWS WAF to evaluate suspicious web traffic Create AWS Lambda functions to log
any findings in Amazon CloudWatch and send email notifications to administrators.

B. Set up AWS Shield to evaluate suspicious web traffic Create AWS Lambda functions to log
any findings in Amazon CloudWatch and send email notifications to administrators.

C. Deploy Amazon Inspector to monitor the environment and generate findings in Amazon
CloudWatch Configure an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to publish a
message to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to notify administrators
by email.

D. Deploy Amazon GuardDuty to monitor the environment and generate findings in Amazon
CloudWatch Configure an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to publish a
message to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to notify administrators
by email.

A

D

369
Q

A company is migrating its application to an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS)
cluster behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The disaster recovery (DR) requirements for the application include the ability to fail over to another AWS Region with minimal downtime.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet this requirement? (Select
TWO.)

A. Create a scaled-down clone environment in the DR Region. Use auto scaling policies with
the EKS nodes.

B. Create an Amazon Route 53 record that points to the ALB. Configure an active-passive
failover routing policy on the record.

C. Create an AWS Resource Access Manager policy that grants the application users access to
the DR environment when the DR environment is needed.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function that monitors the availability of the main environment and
deploys the DR environment when the DR environment is needed.

E. Create an AWS CIoudFormation template that deploys the stack. Deploy the same template
in the DR Region when the main environment is unavailable.

A

B, E

370
Q

A company experienced a breach that affected several applications in its on-premises data
center The attacker took advantage of vulnerabilities in the custom applications that were
running on the servers The company is now migrating its applications to run on Amazon EC2
instances The company wants to implement a solution that actively scans for vulnerabilities on
the EC2 instances and sends a report that details the findings.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy AWS Shield to scan the EC2 instances for vulnerabilities Create an AWS Lambda
function to log any findings to AWS CloudTrail.

B. Deploy Amazon Macie and AWS Lambda functions to scan the EC2 instances for
vulnerabilities Log any findings to AWS CloudTrail.

C. Turn on Amazon GuardDuty Deploy the GuardDuty agents to the EC2 instances Configure
an AWS Lambda function to automate the generation and distribution of reports that detail the
findings.

D. Turn on Amazon Inspector Deploy the Amazon Inspector agent to the EC2 instances
Configure an AWS Lambda function to automate the generation and distribution of reports that
detail the findings.

A

D

371
Q

A company has a data ingestion workflow that includes the following components:
· An Amazon Simple Notation Service (Amazon SNS) topic that receives notifications about new
data deliveries.
· An AWS Lambda function that processes and stores the data.
The ingestion workflow occasionally fails because of network connectivity issues. When tenure
occurs the corresponding data is not ingested unless the company manually reruns the job.

What should a solutions architect do to ensure that all notifications are eventually processed?

A. Configure the Lambda function (or deployment across multiple Availability Zones.

B. Modify me Lambda functions configuration to increase the CPU and memory allocations tor
the (unction.

C. Configure the SNS topic’s retry strategy to increase both the number of retries and the wait
time between retries.

D. Configure an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue as the on failure
destination Modify the Lambda function to process messages in the queue.

A

A

372
Q

A company uses GPS trackers to document the migration patterns of thousands of sea turtles
The trackers check every 5 minutes to see if a turtle has moved more than 100 yards (91 4
meters) If a turtle has moved its tracker sends the new coordinates to a web application running
on three Amazon EC2 instances that are in multiple Availability Zones in one AWS Region.
Recently, the web application was overwhelmed while processing an unexpected volume of
tracker data Data was lost with no way to replay the events A solutions architect must prevent
this problem from happening again and needs a solution with the least operationa overhead.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket to store the data Configure the application to scan for new data
in the bucket for processing.

B. Create an Amazon API Gateway endpomt to handle transmitted location coordinates Use an
AWS Lambda function to process each item concurrently.

C. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue to store the incoming data
Configure the application to poll for new messages for processing.

D. Create an Amazon DynamoDB table to store transmitted location coordinates Configure the
application to query the table for new data for processing Use TTL to remove data that has been
processed

A

C

373
Q

A company is using Amazon Route 53 latency-based routing to route requests to its UDP-
based application for users around the world. The application is hosted on redundant servers in
the company’s on-premises data centers in the United States. Asia, and Europe. The company’s
compliance requirements state that the application must be hosted on premises The company
wants to improve the performance and availability of the application.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. A Configure three Network Load Balancers (NLBs) in the three AWS Regions to address the
on-premises endpoints Create an accelerator by using AWS Global Accelerator, and register
the NLBs as its endpoints. Provide access to the application by using a CNAME that points to
the accelerator DNS

B. Configure three Application Load Balancers (ALBs) in the three AWS Regions to address the
on-premises endpoints. Create an accelerator by using AWS Global Accelerator and register
the ALBs as its endpoints Provide access to the application by using a CNAME that points to
the accelerator DNS

C. Configure three Network Load Balancers (NLBs) in the three AWS Regions to address the
on-premises endpoints In Route 53. create a latency-based record that points to the three
NLBs. and use it as an origin for an Amazon CloudFront distribution Provide access to the
application by using a CNAME that points to the CloudFront DNS

D. Configure three Application Load Balancers (ALBs) in the three AWS Regions to address the
on-premises endpoints In Route 53 create a latency-based record that points to the three ALBs
and use it as an origin for an Amazon CloudFront distribution- Provide access to the application
by using a CNAME that points to the CloudFront DNS

A

A

374
Q

A company wants to move its on-premises network attached storage (NAS) to AWS The
company wants to make the data available to any Linux instances within its VPC and ensure
changes are automatically synchronized across all instances accessing the data store The
majority of the data is accessed very rarely, and some files are accessed by multiple users at
the same time.

Which solution meets these requirements and is MOST cost-effective?

A. Create an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) snapshot containing the data.
Share it with users within the VPC

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket that has a lifecycle policy set to transition the data to S3
Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after the appropriate number of days.

C. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system within the VPC Set the
throughput mode to Provisioned and to the required amount of IOPS to support concurrent
usage.

D. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system within the VPC Set the
hfecycle policy to transition the data to EFS Infrequent Access (EFS IA) after the appropriate
number of days

A

D

375
Q

A company hosts a multi-tier web application on Amazon Linux Amazon EC2 instances behind
an Application Load Balancer The instances run in an Auto Scaling group across multiple
Availability Zones The company observes that the Auto Scaling group launches more On-
Demand Instances when the application’s end users access high volumes of static web content
The company wants to optimize cost.

What should a solutions architect do to redesign the application MOST cost-effectively?

A. Update the Auto Scaling group to use Reserved Instances instead of On-Demand Instances.

B. Update the Auto Scaling group to scale by launching Spot Instances instead of On- Demand
Instances.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution to host the static web contents from an Amazon
S3 bucket.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function behind an Amazon API Gateway API to host the static
website contents.

A

B

376
Q

A solutions architect must provide an automated solution for a company’s compliance policy that
states security groups cannot include a rule that allows SSH from 0 0 0 0/0 The company needs
to be notified if there is any breach in the policy A solution is needed as soon as possible.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST operational
overhead?

A. Write an AWS Lambda script that monitors security groups for SSH being open to 0 0 0.0/0
addresses and creates a notification every time it finds one.

B. Enable the restricted-ssh AWS Config managed rule and generate an Amazon Simple
Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notification when a noncompliant rule is created.

C. Create an IAM role with permissions to globally open security groups and network ACLs
Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to generate a notification
every time the role is assumed by a user.

D. Configure a service control policy (SCP) that prevents non-administrative users from creating
or editing security groups. Create a notification in the ticketing system when a user requests a
rule that needs administrator permissions

A

B

377
Q

A company has a custom application with embedded credentials that retrieves information from
an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance. Management says the application must be made more
secure with the least amount of programming effort.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) to create
keys. Configure the application to load the database credentials from AWS KMS.
Enable automatic key rotation.

B. Create credentials on the RDS for MySQL database for the application user and store the
credentials in AWS Secrets Manager. Configure the application to load the database credentials
from Secrets Manager. Create an AWS Lambda function that rotates the credentials in Secret
Manager.

C. Create credentials on the RDS for MySQL database for the application user and store the
credentials in AWS Secrets Manager. Configure the application to load the database credentials
from Secrets Manager. Set up a credentials rotation schedule for the application user in the
RDS for MySQL database using Secrets Manager.

D. Create credentials on the RDS for MySQL database for the application user and store the
credentials in AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store. Configure the application to load the
database credentials from Parameter Store. Set up a credentials rotation schedule for the
application user in the RDS for MySQL database using Parameter Store.

A

B

378
Q

A company runs an online ticketing application with backend services that run on Amazon EC2
instances. The EC2 instances belong to an Auto Scaling group and run behind an Application
Load Balancer. The application experiences periods of high user traffic when a popular event is posted online. The company wants a solution that will be able to handle increases in user traffic
without affecting the user experience.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Configure a scheduled scaling policy for peak hours with a recurrence schedule set to every
day.

B. Configure a target tracking scaling policy that uses the average aggregate CPU utilization
target metric.

C. Configure a step scaling policy that is based on an Amazon CloudWatch alarm that monitors
CPU utilization.

D. Configure an Application Load Balancer health check that increases the Auto Scaling group
capacity whenever the application returns HTTP 503 error codes.

A

B

379
Q

A company funs a website that uses a content management system (CMS) on Amazon EC2
The CMS runs on a smgleEC2 instance and uses an Amazon Aurora MySQL Multi-AZ DB
instance tor the data tor Website images are stored on an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon
EBS) volume that is mounted inside the EC2 instance.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to improve the performance and
residence of the website? (Select TWO )

A. Move the website images into an Amazon S3 bucket that is mounted on every EC2 instance.

B. Share the website mages by using an NFS share from the primary EC2 instance Mount this
share on tie otter EC2 instances.

C. Move the website images onto an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system
that is mounted on every EC2 instance.

D. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from the existing EC2 instance Use the AMI to
provision new instances behind an Application Load Balancer as part of an Auto Scaling group
Configure the Auto Scaling group to maintain a minimum of two instances Configure an
accelerator in AWS Global Accelerator for the website.

E. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from the existing EC2 instance. Use the AMI to
provision new instances behind an Application Load Balancer as part of an Auto Scaling group
Configure the Auto Scaling group to maintain a minimum of two instances Configure an Amazon
CloudFront distribution for the website.

A

C, E

380
Q

An application running on an Amazon EC2 instance needs to access an Amazon DynamoDB
table Both the EC2 instance and the DynamoDB table are in the same AWS account A solutions
architect must configure the necessary permissions.

Which solution will allow least privilege access to the DynamoDB table from the EC2 instance?

A. Create an IAM role with the appropriate policy to allow access to the DynamoDB table Create
an instance profile to assign this IAM role to the EC2 instance.

B. Create an IAM role with the appropriate policy to allow access to the DynamoDB table Add the EC2 instance to the trust relationship policy document to allow it to assume the role.

C. Create an IAM user with the appropriate policy to allow access to the DynamoDB table Store
the credentials in an Amazon S3 bucket and read them from within the application code directly.

D. Create an IAM user with the appropriate policy to allow access to the DynamoDB table
Ensure that the application stores the IAM credentials securely on local storage and uses them
to make the DynamoDB calls.

A

A

381
Q

A solutions architect needs to connect a company’s corporate network to its VPC to allow on-
premises access to its AWS resources. The solution must provide encryption of all traffic
between the corporate network and the VPC at the network layer and the session layer. The
solution also must provide security controls to prevent unrestricted access between AWS and
the on-premises systems.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Configure AWS Direct Connect to connect to the VPC. Configure the VPC route tables to
allow and deny traffic between AWS and on premises as required.

B. Create an IAM policy to allow access to the AWS Management Console only from a defined
set of corporate IP addresses Restrict user access based on job responsibility by using an IAM
policy and roles.

C. Configure AWS Site-to-Site VPN to connect to the VPC Configure route table entries to direct
traffic from on premises to the VPC. Configure instance security groups and network ACLs to
allow only required traffic from on premises.

D. Configure AWS Transit Gateway to connect to the VPC Configure route table entries to direct
traffic from on premises to the VPC. Configure instance security groups and network ACLs to
allow only required traffic from on premises.

A

D

382
Q

A company has an API-based inventory reporting application running on Amazon EC2 instances
The application stores information in an Amazon DynamoDB table The company’s distribution
centers have an on-premises shipping application that calls an API to update the inventory
before printing shipping labels The company has been experiencing application interruptions
several times each day. resulting in lost transactions.

What should a solutions architect recommend to improve application resiliency?

A. Modify the shipping application to write to a local database.

B. Modify the application APIs to run serverless using AWS Lambda.

C. Configure Amazon API Gateway to call the EC2 inventory application APIs.

D. Modify the application to send inventory updates using Amazon Simple Queue Service
(Amazon SQS)

A

B

383
Q

A company recently expanded globally and wants to make its application accessible to users in
those geographic locations. The application is deployed on Amazon EC2 instances behind an
Application Load Balancer in an Auto Scaling group. The company needs the ability to shift
traffic from resources in one region to another.

What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Configure an Amazon Route 53 latency routing policy.

B. Configure an Amazon Route 53 geolocation routing policy.

C. Configure an Amazon Route 53 geoproximity routing policy.

D. Configure an Amazon Route 53 multivalue answer routing policy

A

C

Explanation: Geoproximity routing policy - Use when you want to route traffic based on the
location of your resources and, optionally,” shift traffic from resources in one location to
resources in another”. Using “Bias” you can expand or shrink size of the geographic region and
shift traffic from one geographic region to another. To optionally change the size of the
geographic region from which Route 53 routes traffic to a resource, specify the applicable value
for the bias: To expand the size of the geographic region from which Route 53 routes traffic to a
resource, specify a positive integer from 1 to 99 for the bias. Route 53 shrinks the size of
adjacent regions. To shrink the size of the geographic region from which Route 53 routes traffic
to a resource, specify a negative bias of -1 to -99. Route 53 expands the size of adjacent
regions.

384
Q

A medical company is designing a new application that gathers symptoms from patients The
company has decided to use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) and Amazon
Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) in the architecture.
A solutions architect is reviewing the infrastructure design Data must be encrypted while at rest
and in transit Only authorized personnel of the company can access the data.

Which combination of steps should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements’?
(Select TWO )

A. Turn on server-side encryption on the SQS components Update the default key policy to
restrict key usage to a set of authorized principals.

B. Turn on server-side encryption on the SNS components by using a custom CMK Apply a key
policy to restrict key usage to a set of authorized principals.

C. Turn on encryption on the SNS components Update the default key policy to restrict key
usage to a set of authorized principals Set a condition in the topic policy to allow only encrypted
connections over TLS.

D. Turn on server-side encryption on the SQS components by using a custom CMK. Apply a
key policy to restrict key usage to a set of authonzed pnncipals Set a condition in the queue
policy to allow only encrypted connections over TLS.

E. Turn on server-side encryption on the SQS components by using a custom CMK. Apply an
IAM policy to restrict key usage to a set of authorized principals Set a condition in the queue
policy to allow only encrypted connections over TLS.

A

C, D

385
Q

A company wants to replicate its data to AWS to recover in the event of a disaster Today a
system administrator has scripts that copy data to a NFS share Individual backup files need to
be accessed with low latency by application administrators to deal with errors in processing.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Modify the script to copy data to an Amazon S3 bucket instead of the on-premises NFS
share.

B. Modify the script to copy data to an Amazon S3 Glacier Archive instead of the on- premises
NFS share.

C. Modify the script to copy data to an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) volume
instead of the on-premises NFS share.

D. Modify the script to copy data to an AWS Storage Gateway for File Gateway virtual appliance
instead of the on-premises NFS share.

A

C

386
Q

A company uses Amazon S3 as its object storage solution The company has thousands of S3
buckets it uses to store data Some of the S3 buckets have data that is accessed less frequently
than others. A solutions architect found that lifecycle policies are not consistently implemented
or are implemented partially: resulting in data being stored in high-cost storage.

Which solution will lower costs without compromising the availability of objects?

A. Use S3 ACLs

B. Use Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) automated snapshots

C. Use S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage

D. Use S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA).

A

C

387
Q

A company is using Amazon CloudFront with lis website. The company has enabled logging on
the CloudFront distribution, and togs are saved in one of the company’s Amazon S3 buckets
The company needs to perform advanced analyses on the logs and build visualizations

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements’?

A. Use standard SQL queries in Amazon Athena to analyze the CloudFront togs in the S3
bucket Vrsualize the results with AWS Glue

B. Use standard SQL queries in Amazon Athena to analyze the CloudFront togs in the S3
bucket Visualize the results with Amazon QuickSighl

C. Use standard SQL queries in Amazon DynamoDB to analyze the CloudFront logs m the S3
bucket Visualize the results with AWS Glue

D. Use standard SQL queries in Amazon DynamoOB to analyze the CtoudFront logs m the S3
bucket Visualize the results with Amazon QuickSight

A

B

388
Q

A trucking company is deploying an application that will track the GPS coordinates of all the
company’s trucks The company needs a solution that will generate real-time statistics based on
metadata lookups with high read throughput and microsecond latency The database must be
fault tolerant and must minimize operational overhead and development effort.

Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements?
(Select TWO.)

A. Use Amazon DynamoDB as the database.

B. Use Amazon Aurora MySQL as the database.

C. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL as the database.

D. Use Amazon ElastiCache as the caching layer.

E. Use Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) as the caching layer.

A

A, E

389
Q

A doctor’s office is moving all of its patient data to the AWS Cloud The office needs to retain all
the data indefinitely, but the data is rarely accessed after a year. The data must be immediately
available during the first year However, to minimize cost, the office is willing to wait a day for
data that is more than 1 year old to become available.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements
MOST cost-effectively? (Select TWO )

A. Create an Amazon S3 Lifecycle transition rule to move the data to S3 Glacier after a year.

B. Create an Amazon S3 Lifecycle transition rule to move the data to S3 Glacier Deep Archive
after a year.

C. Create an Amazon S3 bucket for the data. Store data in the S3 bucket by using the S3
Glacier storage class.

D. Create an Amazon S3 bucket for the data. Store data in the bucket by using the S3 Standard
storage class.

E. Create an Amazon S3 bucket for the data. Store data in the bucket by using the S3
Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

A

A, D

390
Q

A three-tier web application processes orders from customers. The web tier consists of Amazon
EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer, a middle tier of three EC2 instances
decoupled from the web tier using Amazon SQS. and an Amazon DynamoDB backend At peak
times customers who submit orders using the site have to wait much longer than normal to
receive confirmations due to lengthy processing times A solutions architect needs to reduce
these processing times.

Which action will be MOST effective in accomplishing this?

A. Replace the SQS queue with Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose.

B. Use Amazon ElastiCache for Redis in front of the DynamoDB backend tier.

C. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution to cache the responses for the web tier

D. Use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to scale out the middle tier instances based on the SQS
queue depth.

A

C

391
Q

A company hosts an application on an AWS Lambda function that runs a number of processing
steps The Lambda function typically takes less than 5 minutes to run unless errors occur The
company needs to decouple the application code because of past errors that caused the whole
process to fail when a processing step took longer than expected The processing steps must be
available to be replayed up to 12 months from when the onginal processing occurred.

How should a solutions architect design the new solution1?

A. Configure Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events), and create an archive Split
the processes into separate Lambda functions Create rules for the different event patterns from
the Lambda functions to perform processing.

B. Keep the Lambda function in place, but increase the timeout to 15 minutes Configure the
Lambda function to write each processing step into an Amazon DynamoDB table Replay the
steps by using a separate Lambda function and by querying the table when necessary.

C. Keep the Lambda function in place, but increase the timeout to 60 minutes. Configure the
Lambda function to write each processing step into a daily file in an Amazon S3 bucket Replay
the steps by using a separate Lambda function and by querying the file based on required date.

D. Configure Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues, and create an archive
Split the processes into separate Lambda functions Pass messages to different queues as each
process is completed, and invoke the next Lambda function to poll the queue for new messages
Replay the messages from the SQL queue archive when necessary.

A

D

392
Q

A social media company wants to allow its users to upload images in an application that is
hosted in the AWS Cloud. The company needs a solution that automatically resizes the images
so that the images can be displayed on multiple device types. The application experiences
unpredictable traffic patterns throughout the day The company is seeking a highly available
solution that maximizes scalability.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a static website hosted in Amazon S3 that invokes AWS Lambda functions to resize
the images and store the images in an Amazon S3 bucket.

B. Create a static website hosted in Amazon CloudFront that invokes AWS Step Functions to
resize the images and store the images in an Amazon RDS database.

C. Create a dynamic website hosted on a web server that runs on an Amazon EC2 instance
Configure a process that runs on the EC2 instance to resize the images and store the images in
an Amazon S3 bucket.

D. Create a dynamic website hosted on an automatically scaling Amazon Elastic Container
Service (Amazon ECS) cluster that.
creates a resize job in Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) Set up an image- resizing
program that runs on an Amazon EC2 instance to process the resize jobs.

A

A

393
Q

A company has multiple AWS accounts with applications deployed in the us-west-2 Region
Application logs are stored within Amazon S3 buckets in each account The company wants to
build a centralized log analysis solution that uses a single S3 bucket Logs must not leave us-
west-2. and the company wants to incur minimal operational overhead.

Which solution meets these requirements and is MOST cost-effective?

A. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy that copies the objects from one of the application S3 buckets
to the centralized S3 bucket.

B. Use S3 Same-Region Replication to replicate logs from the S3 buckets to another S3 bucket
in us-west-2 Use this S3 bucket for log analysis.

C. Write a script that uses the PutObject API operation every day to copy the entire contents of
the buckets to another S3 bucket in us-west-2 Use this S3 bucket for log analysis.

D. Write AWS Lambda functions in these accounts that are triggered every time logs are
delivered to the S3 buckets (s3:ObjectCreated “ event) Copy the logs to another S3 bucket in
us-west-2 Use this S3 bucket for log analysis.

A

B

394
Q

A solutions architect is planning the deployment of a new static website The solution must
minimize costs and provide at least 99% availability.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Deploy the application to an Amazon S3 bucket in one AWS Region that has versioning
disabled.

B. Deploy the application to Amazon EC2 instances that run in two AWS Regions and two
Availability Zones.

C. Deploy the application to an Amazon S3 bucket that has versioning and cross-Region
replication enabled.

D. Deploy the application to an Amazon EC2 instance that runs in one AWS Region and one
Availability Zone

A

A

395
Q

A company is building a website that relies on reading and writing to an Amazon DynamoDB
database The website experiences high traffic during normal business hours, but the traffic
declines drastically overnight and during weekends The company is concerned about operating
costs.

Which solution will meet the website’s traffic demands MOST cost-effectively?

A. Enable DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) to cache the data.

B. Enable DynamoDB auto scaling when creating the tables.

C. Enable Multi-AZ replication for the DynamoDB database.

D. Enable DynamoDB on-demand capacity allocation when creating the tables.

A

D

396
Q

A pharmaceutical company is developing a new drug. The volume of data that the company
generates has grown exponentially over the past few months. The company’s researchers
regularly require a subset of the entire dataset to be immediately available with minimal lag.
However, the entire dataset does not need to be accessed on a daily basis. All the data
currently resides in on-premises storage arrays, and the company wants to reduce ongoing
capital expenses.

Which storage solution should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Run AWS DataSync as a scheduled cron job to migrate the data to an Amazon S3 bucket on
an ongoing basis.

B. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway with an Amazon S3 bucket as the target
storage. Migrate the data to the Storage Gateway appliance.

C. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway with cached volumes with an Amazon S3
bucket as the target storage. Migrate the data to the Storage Gateway appliance.

D. Configure an AWS Site-to-Site VPN connection from the on-premises environment to AWS.
Migrate data to an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system.

A

C

397
Q

A company’s application is running on Amazon EC2 instances in a single Region In the event of
a disaster a solutions architect needs to ensure that the resources can also be deployed to a
second Region.

Which combination of actions should the solutions architect take to accomplish this? (Select
TWO )

A. Detach a volume on an EC2 instance and copy it to Amazon S3.

B. Launch a new EC2 instance from an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) in a new Region.

C. Launch a new EC2 instance in a new Region and copy a volume from Amazon S3 to the new
instance,

D. Copy an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of an EC2 instance and specify a different Region for
the destination.

E. Copy an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume from Amazon S3 and launch an
EC2 instance in the destination Region using that EBS volume.

A

B, D

398
Q

A company is developing an API that mobile apps will use to retneve weather information
During beta testing the company ran the API on Amazon EC2 instances and used an
Application Load Balancer (ALB) to route requests to a single Auto Scaling group The company
used an Amazon DynamoDB table for persistent data storage.
The company wants to move to an architecture that can scale easily with the least possible
operational overhead.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use separate Auto Scaling groups for each API request type Change the ALB to route
requests to the appropriate Auto Scaling group.

B. Implement an Amazon API Gateway API to replace the ALB Configure each API request
method with an AWS Lambda function to process the request.

C. Migrate the API to containers Use an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
cluster that has services for each API request Configure each service with its own Auto Scaling
group.

D. Configure the API to publish to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic
for each API request method Subscribe an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS)
queue to the SNS topic Subscribe an AWS Lambda function to the SQS queue to process a
request

A

B

399
Q

A company wants to deploy a new public web application on AWS The application includes a
web server tier that uses Amazon EC2 instances The application also includes a database tier
that uses an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance.
The application must be secure and accessible for global customers that have dynamic IP
addresses.

How should a solutions architect configure the security groups to meet these requirements’?

A. Configure the security group tor the web servers lo allow inbound traffic on port 443 from
0.0.0. 0/0) Configure the security group for the DB instance to allow inbound traffic on port 3306
from the security group of the web servers.

B. Configure the security group for the web servers to allow inbound traffic on port 443 from the
IP addresses of the customers Configure the security group for the DB instance lo allow
inbound traffic on port 3306 from the security group of the web servers.

C. Configure the security group for the web servers to allow inbound traffic on port 443 from the
IP addresses of the customers Configure the security group for the DB instance to allow
inbound traffic on port 3306 from the IP addresses of the customers.

D. Configure the security group for the web servers to allow inbound traffic on port 443 from
0.0.0.0.0 Configure the security group for the DB instance to allow inbound traffic on port 3306
from 0.0.0.0/0)

A

A

400
Q

A company has a data ingestion workflow that consists the following:
An Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic for notifications about new data
deliveries.
An AWS Lambda function to process the data and record metadata.
The company observes that the ingestion workflow fails occasionally because of network
connectivity issues. When such a failure occurs, the Lambda function does not ingest the
corresponding data unless the company manually reruns the job.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to ensure that the Lambda
function ingests all data in the future? (Select TWO.)

A. Configure the Lambda function In multiple Availability Zones.

B. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue, and subscribe It to me
SNS topic.

C. Increase the CPU and memory that are allocated to the Lambda function.

D. Increase provisioned throughput for the Lambda function.

E. Modify the Lambda function to read from an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS)
queue

A

C

401
Q

A company is preparing to migrate its on-premises application to AWS. The application consists
of application servers and a Microsoft SQL Server database The company cannot migrate the
database to a different engine because SQL Server features are used in the application’s NET
code The company wants to maximize availability and minimize operational overhead.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Install SQL Server on Amazon EC2 in a Multi-AZ deployment.

B. Install SQL Server on Amazon EC2 in a spread placement group.

C. Migrate the data to Amazon RDS for SQL Server in a Multi-AZ deployment.

D. Migrate the data to Amazon RDS for SQL Server in a cross-Region Multi-AZ deployment.

A

C

402
Q

A company is developing a file-sharing application that will use an Amazon S3 bucket for
storage The company wants to serve all the files through an Amazon CloudFront distribution.
The company does not want the files to be accessible through direct navigation to the S3 URL

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Write individual policies for each S3 bucket to grant read permission for only CloudFront
access.

B. Create an IAM user Grant the user read permission to objects in the S3 bucket Assign the
user to CloudFront.

C. Write an S3 bucket policy that assigns the CloudFront distribution ID as the Principal and
assigns the target S3 bucket as the Amazon Resource Name (ARN)

D. Create an origin access identity (OAI). Assign the OAI to the CloudFront distribution
Configure the S3 bucket permissions so that only the OAI has read permission.

A

D

403
Q

Which AWS service or feature can be used find availability status information on all AWS
services?

A. AWS Personal Health

B. Dashboard AWS CloudTrail

C. AWS Service Health Dashboard

D. Amazon CloudWatch

A

A

404
Q

A company hosts a three-tier web application that includes a PostgreSQL database The
database stores the metadata from documents The company searches the metadata for key
terms to retrieve documents that the company reviews in a report each month The documents
are stored in Amazon S3 The documents are usually written only once, but they are updated
frequency The reporting process takes a few hours with the use of relational queries The
reporting process must not affect any document modifications or the addition of new documents.

What are the MOST operationally efficient solutions that meet these requirements? (Select
TWO )

A. Set up a new Amazon DocumentDB (with MongoDB compatibility) cluster that includes a
read replica Scale the read replica to generate the reports.

B. Set up a new Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL Reserved Instance and an On-Demand read
replica Scale the read replica to generate the reports.

C. Set up a new Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster that includes a Reserved Instance and
an Aurora Replica issue queries to the Aurora Replica to generate the reports.

D. Set up a new Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL Multi-AZ Reserved Instance Configure the
reporting module to query the secondary RDS node so that the reporting module does not affect
the primary node.

E. Set up a new Amazon DynamoDB table to store the documents Use a fixed write capacity to
support new document entries Automatically scale the read capacity to support the reports.

A

B, C

405
Q

A company has a web application that includes an embedded NoSQL database The application
runs on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The instances run
in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group in a single Availability Zone.
A recent increase in traffic requires the application to be highly available and for the database to
be eventually consistent.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead*?

A. Replace the ALB with a Network Load Balancer Maintain the embedded NoSQL database
with its replication service on the EC2 instances.

B. Replace the ALB with a Network Load Balancer Migrate the embedded NoSQL database to
Amazon DynamoDB by using AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS).

C. Modify the Auto Scaling group to use EC2 instances across three Availability Zones Maintain
the embedded NoSQL database with its replication service on the EC2 instances.

D. Modify the Auto Scaling group to use EC2 instances across three Availability Zones. Migrate
the embedded NoSQL database to Amazon DynamoDB by using AWS Database Migration
Service (AWS DMS)

A

B

406
Q

An ecommerce company is building a distributed application that involves several serverless
functions and AWS services to complete order-processing tasks. These tasks require manual
approvals as part of the workflow A solutions architect needs to design an architecture for the
order-processing application The solution must be able to combine multiple AWS Lambda
functions into responsive serverless applications The solution also must orchestrate data and
services that run on Amazon EC2 instances, containers, or on- premises servers.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS Step Functions to build the application.

B. Integrate all the application components in an AWS Glue job.

C. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) to build the application.

D. Use AWS Lambda functions and Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) events
to build the application

A

B

407
Q

A company runs batch processes on Amazon EC2 instances that are needed only during
business hours These processes must preserve the data at alt times but the speed of
processing is not important The company needs to run these processes in the MOST cost-
effective manner.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use EC2 Reserved Instances with the All Upfront payment option.

B. Use EC2 Reserved instances with the Partial Upfront payment option.

C. Use Spot Fleet requests with the allocation strategy set to lowestPnce.

D. Use persistent Spot Instance requests with behaviour that stops interrupted instances.

A

B

408
Q

A company recently migrated its entire IT environment to the AWS Cloud. The company
discovers that users are provisioning oversized Amazon EC2 instances and modifying security
group rules without using the appropriate change control process A solutions architect must
devise a strategy to track and audit these inventory and configuration changes.

Which actions should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Select TWO )

A. Enable AWS CloudTrail and use it for auditing.

B. Use data lifecycie policies for the Amazon EC2 instances.

C. Enable AWS Trusted Advisor and reference the security dashboard.

D. Enable AWS Config and create rules for auditing and compliance purposes.

E. Restore previous resource configurations with an AWS CloudFormation template

A

A, D

409
Q

A company is migrating to the AWS Cloud. A file server is the first workload to migrate Users
must be able to access the file share using the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.

Which AWS managed service meets these requirements?

A. Amazon EBS

B. Amazon EC2

C. Amazon FSx

D. Amazon S3

A

C

410
Q

A company wants to track its daily AWS resource usage to avoid reaching service quotas
unexpectedly The company needs to receive notifications when any service quota is exceeded.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet this requirement? (Select
TWO.)

A. Configure Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) as Ihe target to send
notifications.

B. Use the DescribeTrustedAdvisorChecks API operation to get AWS Trusted Advisor Service
Limits checks every 24 hours.

C. Create an AWS Lambda function that runs every 24 hours and refreshes the AWS Trusted
Advisor Service Limits checks.

D. Use AWS Config to monitor the AWS resources service quotas and create a periodic
invocation for an AWS Lambda function.

E. Use Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to capture the events. Configure
Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) as the target.

A

B, D

411
Q

A financial services company wants to shut down two data centers and migrate more than 100
TB of data to AWS. The data has an intricate directory structure with millions of small files
stored in deep hierarchies of subfolders Most of the data is unstructured and the company’s file
storage consists of SMB-based storage types from multiple vendors The company does not
want to change its applications to access the data after migration.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST operational
overhead?

A. Use AWS Direct Connect to migrate the data to Amazon S3 .

B. Use AWS DataSync to migrate the data to Amazon FSx for Lustre.

C. Use AWS DataSync to migrate the data to Amazon FSx for Windows File Server.

D. Use AWS Direct Connect to migrate the data on-premises file storage to an AWS Storage
Gateway volume gateway

A

D

412
Q

A company operates an ecommerce website on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application
Load Balancer (ALB) in an Auto Scaling group The site is experiencing performance issues
related to a high request rate from illegitimate external systems with changing IP addresses The
security team is worried about potential DDoS attacks against the website The company must
block the illegitimate incoming requests in a way that has a minimal impact on legitimate users.

What should a solutions architect recommend1?

A. Deploy Amazon Inspector and associate it with the ALB.

B. Deploy AWS WAR associate it with the ALB and configure a rate-limiting rule.

C. Deploy rules to the network ACLs associated with the ALB to block the incoming traffic.

D. Deploy Amazon GuardDuty and enable rate-limiting protection when configunng GuardDuty.

A

B

413
Q

A company is using a content management system that runs on a single Amazon EC2 instance.
The EC2 instance contains both the web server and the database software. The company must
make its website platform highly available and must enable the website to scale to meet user
demand.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Move the database to Amazon RDS, and enable automatic backups Manually launch another
EC2 instance in the same Availability Zone Configure an Application Load Balancer in the
Availability Zone and set the two instances as targets.

B. Migrate the database to an Amazon Aurora instance with a read replica in the same
Availability Zone as the existing EC2 instance Manually launch another EC2 instance in the
same Availability Zone Configure an Application Load Balancer and set the two EC2 instances
as targets.

C. Move the database to Amazon Aurora with a read replica in another Availability Zone Create
an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from the EC2 instance Configure an Application Load
Balancer in two Availability Zones Attach an Auto Scaling group that uses the AMI across two
Availability Zones.

D. Move the database to a separate EC2 instance and schedule backups to Amazon S3 Create
an Amazon Machine Image (AMI > from the original EC2 instance Configure an Application
Load Balancer in two Availability Zones Attach an Auto Scaling group that uses the AMI across
two Availability Zones.

A

C

414
Q

A company is using an Application Load Balancer (ALB) to present its application to the internet.
The company finds abnormal traffic access patterns across the application. A solutions architect
needs to improve visibility into the infrastructure to help the company understand these
abnormalities better.

What is the MOST operationally efficient solution that meets these requirements?

A. Create a table in Amazon Athena for AWS CloudTrail logs Create a query for the relevant information.

B. Enable ALB access logging to Amazon S3 Create a table in Amazon Athena, and query the
logs.

C. Enable ALB access logging to Amazon S3 Open each file m a text editor, and search each
line for the relevant information.

D. Use Amazon EMR on a dedicated Amazon EC2 instance to directly query the ALB to acquire
traffic access log information.

A

A

415
Q

A company manages and runs a critical data management application in containers that are
hosted on Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS). The application has endpoints that
are exposed through Application Load Balancers (ALBs). The application uses an Amazon
Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system mount for persistent data storage. The company
has configured Amazon ECS to use a minimal IAM instance role.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to improve the overall security
posture of the application? (Select TWO.)

A. Decompose the Amazon ECS IAM instance role. Use only ECS task roles.

B. Enable EFS encryption in transit to protect data that is being written to Amazon EFS.

C. Use AWS Config to define patch management policies on the container instances.

D. Use Amazon Macie integration with Amazon EFS to monitor and protect sensitive information
in the file system.

E. Use Amazon GuardDuty to authenticate data access between the ALBs and the container
instances.

A

C, D

416
Q

A company has several web servers that need to frequently access a common Amazon RDS
MySQL Multi-AZ DB instance The company wants a secure method for the web servers to
connect to the database while meeting a security requirement to rotate user credentials
frequently.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Store the database user credentials in AWS Secrets Manager Grant the necessary IAM
permissions to allow the web servers to access AWS Secrets Manager.

B. Store the database user credentials in AWS Systems Manager OpsCenter Grant the
necessary IAM permissions to allow the web servers to access OpsCenter.

C. Store the database user credentials in a secure Amazon S3 bucket Grant the necessary IAM
permissions to allow the web servers to retrieve credentials and access the database.

D. Store the database user credentials in files encrypted with AWS Key Management Service
(AWS KMS) on the web server file system. The web server should be able to decrypt the files
and access the database.

A

A

417
Q

A company hosts a multi-tier web application that uses an Amazon Aurora MySQL DB cluster
for storage. The application tier is hosted on Amazon EC2 instances The company’s IT security
guidelines mandate that the database credentials be encrypted and rotated every 14 days.

What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement with the LEAST operational
effort?

A. Create a new AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) encryption key Use AWS Secrets
Manager to create a new secret that uses the KMS key with the appropriate credentials
Associate the secret with the Aurora DB cluster Configure a custom rotation period of 14 days.

B. Create two parameters m AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store one for the user name as
a string parameter and one that uses the SecureStnng type for the password Select AWS Key
Management Service (AWS KMS) encryption for the password parameter, and load these
parameters in the application tier Implement an AWS Lambda function that rotates the
password every 14 days.

C. Store a file that contains the credentials in an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
encrypted Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system Mount the EFS file system in
all EC2 instances of the application tier. Restrict the access to the file on the file system so that
the application can read the file and that only super users can modify the file Implement an
AWS Lambda function that rotates the key in Aurora every 14 days and writes new credentials
into the file.

D. Store a file that contains the credentials in an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
encrypted Amazon S3 bucket that the application uses to load the credentials Download the file
to the application regularly to ensure that the correct credentials are used Implement an AWS
Lambda function that rotates the Aurora credentials every 14 days and uploads these
credentials to the file in the S3 bucket.

A

A

418
Q

A company runs its production workload on an Amazon Aurora MySQL DB cluster that includes
six Aurora Replicas The company wants near-real-time reporting queries from one of its
departments to be automatically distributed across three of the Aurora Replicas Those three
replicas have a different compute and memory specification from the rest of the DB cluster.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create and use a custom endpoint for the workload.

B. Create a three-node cluster clone and use the reader endpoint.

C. Use any of the instance endpoints for the selected three nodes.

D. Use the reader endpoint to automatically distribute the read-only workload

A

A

419
Q

A company has several business systems that require access to data stored in a file share. The
business systems will access the die share using the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.
The file share solution should be accessible from both of the company’s legacy on-premises
environments and with AWS

Which services meet the business requirements? (Select TWO )

A. Amazon EBS

B. Amazon EFS

C. Amazon FSx for Windows.

D. Amazon S3

E. AWS Storage Gateway file gateway.

A

C, D

420
Q

A solutions architect at an ecommerce company wants to back up application log data to
Amazon S3. The solutions architect is unsure how frequently the logs will be accessed of which
logs will be accessed the most. The company wants to keep costs as low as possible by using
the appropriate S3 storage class.

Which S3 storage class should be implemented to meet these requirements?

A. S3 Glacier

B. S3 Intelligent-Tiering

C. S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA)

D. S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA)

A

B

421
Q

A company has a three-tier application image sharing. The application uses an Amazon EC2
instance for the front-end layer, another EC2 instance tor the application layer, and a third EC2
instance for a MySQL database A solutions architect must design a scalable and nighty
available solution mat requires the least amount of change to the application.

Which solution meets these requirement?

A. Use Amazon S3 to host the front-end layer. Use AWS Lambda functions for the application
layer. Move the database to an Amazon DynamoDB table Use Amazon S3 to store and service
users’ images.

B. Use toad-balanced Multi-AZ AWS Elastic Beanstalk environments for the front-end layer and
the application layer. Move the database to an Amazon RDS OB instance with multiple read
replicas to serve users’ images.

C. Use Amazon S3 to host the front-end layer. Use a fleet of EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling
group for the application layer. Move the database to a memory optimized instance type to store
and serve users’ images.

D. Use toad-balanced Multi-AZ AWS Elastic Beanstark environments for tie front-end layer and
the application layer. Move the database to an Amazon ROS Multi-AZ DB instance Use Amazon
S3 to store and serve users’ images

A

C

422
Q

A company recently launched a new service that involves medical images The company scans
the images and sends them from its on-premises data center through an AWS Direct Connect
connection to Amazon EC2 instances After processing is complete, the images are stored in an Amazon S3 bucket.
A company requirement states that the EC2 instances cannot be accessible through the internet
The EC2 instances run in a private subnet, which has a default route back to the on-premises
data center for outbound internet access.
Usage of the new service is increasing rapidly A solutions architect must recommend a solution
that meets the company’s requirements and reduces the Direct Connect charges.

Which solution accomplishes these goals MOST cost-effectively?

A. Configure a VPC endpoint for Amazon S3 Add an entry to the private subnet’s route table for
the S3 endpoint.

B. Configure a NAT gateway in a public subnet Configure the private subnet’s route table to use
the NAT gateway.

C. Configure Amazon S3 as a file system mount point on the EC2 instances Access Amazon S3
through the mount.

D. Move the EC2 instances into a public subnet Configure the public subnet route table to point
to an internet gateway.

A

B

423
Q

A company has hundreds of Amazon EC2 Linux-based instances in the AWS Cloud. Systems
administrators have used shared SSH keys to manage the instances After a recent audit, the
company’s security team is mandating the removal of all shared keys. A solutions architect must
design a solution that provides secure access to the EC2 instances.

Which solution will meet this requirement with the LEAST amount of administrative overhead?

A. Use AWS Systems Manager Session Manager to connect to the EC2 instances.

B. Use AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS) to generate one-time SSH keys on demand.

C. Allow shared SSH access to a set of bastion instances. Configure all other instances to allow
only SSH access from the bastion instances.

D. Use an Amazon Cognito custom authorizer to authenticate users. Invoke an AWS Lambda
function to generate a temporary SSH key
A

B

424
Q

A company runs a static website through its on-premises data center. The company has
multiple servers that handle all of its traffic, but on busy days, services are interrupted and the
website becomes unavailable. The company wants to expand its presence globally and plans to
triple its website traffic.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the website content to Amazon S3 and host the website on Amazon CloudFront.

B. Migrate the website content to Amazon EC2 instances with public Elastic IP addresses in
multiple AWS Regions.

C. Migrate the website content to Amazon EC2 instances and vertically scale as the load
increases.

D. Use Amazon Route 53 to distribute the loads across multiple Amazon CloudFront
distributions for each AWS Region that exists globally

A

D

425
Q

A company wants to move from many standalone AWS accounts to a consolidated, multi-
account architecture. The company plans to create many new AWS accounts for different
business units The company needs to authenticate access to these AWS accounts by using a
centralized corporate directory service.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect recommend to meet these
requirements? (Select TWO )

A. Create a new organization in AWS Organizations with all features turned on Create the new
AWS accounts in the organization.

B. Set up an Amazon Cognito identity pool Configure AWS Single Sign-On to accept Amazon
Cognito authentication.

C. Configure a service control policy (SCP) to manage the AWS accounts Add AWS Single
Sign-On to AWS Directory Service.

D. Create a new organization in AWS Organizations Configure the organization’s authentication
mechanism to use AWS Directory Service directly.

E. Set up AWS Single Sign-On (AWS SSO) in the organization Configure AWS SSO and
integrate it with the company’s corporate directory service.

A

A, B

426
Q

A company has migrated a fleet of hundreds of on-premises virtual machines (VMs) to Amazon
EC2 instances. The instances run a diverse fleet of Windows Server versions along with several
Linux distributions. The company wants a solution that will automate inventory and updates of
the operating systems. The company also needs a summary of common vulnerabilities of each
instance for regular monthly reviews.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Set upAWS Systems Manager Patch Manager to manage all the EC2 instances. Configure
AWS Security Hub to produce monthly reports.

B. Set up AWS Systems Manager Patch Manager to manage all the EC2 instances. Deploy
Amazon Inspector, and configure monthly reports.

C. Set up AWS Shield Advanced, and configure monthly reports. Deploy AWS Config to
automate patch installations on the EC2 instances.

D. Set up Amazon GuardDuty in the account to monitor all EC2 instances. Deploy AWS Config
to automate patch installations on the EC2 instances

A

B

427
Q

A company runs analytics software on Amazon EC2 instances. The software accepts job
requests from users to process data that has been uploaded to Amazon S3 Users report that
some submitted data is not being processed Amazon CloudWatch reveals that the EC2
instances have a consistent CPU utilization at of near 100%. The company wants to improve
system performance and scale the system based on user load.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a copy of the instance Place all instances behind an Application Load Balancer.

B. Create an S3 VPC endpoint for Amazon S3 Update the software to reference the endpoint.

C. Stop the EC2 instances Modify the instance type to one with a more powerful CPU and more
memory Restart the instances.

D. Route incoming requests to Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) Configure an
EC2 Auto Scaling group based on queue size Update the software to read from the queue.

A

C

428
Q

A manufacturing company wants to implement predictive maintenance on its machinery
equipment The company will install thousands of loT sensors that will send data to AWS in real
time. A solutions architect is tasked with implementing a solution that will receive events in an
ordered manner for each machinery asset and ensure that data is saved for further processing
at a later time.

Which solution would be MOST efficient^

A. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams for real-time events with a partition for each equipment
asset. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to save data to Amazon S3

B. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams for real-time events with a shard for each equipment
asset Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to save data to Amazon EBS

C. Use an Amazon SQS FIFO queue for real-time events with one queue for each equipment
asset Trigger an AWS Lambda function for the SQS queue to save data to Amazon EFS.

D. Use an Amazon SQS standard queue for real-time events with one queue for each
equipment asset. Trigger an AWS Lambda function from the SQS queue to save data to
Amazon S3

A

A

429
Q

A company allows users to upload and store photos through its website The website has users
from all around the world. All images that users upload are stored in a centralized Amazon S3
bucket The company wants to increase the speed in which its entire user base can upload
photos through the website.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Use the Amazon S3 Standard storage class to
store files.

B. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Configure the distribution settings and origin.

C. Configure S3 Transfer Acceleration on the S3 bucket Use the standard S3 endpoint to
upload files.

D. Configure S3 Transfer Acceleration on the S3 bucket Use the S3 Accelerate endpoint to
upload files

A

D

430
Q

A company is planning to migrate a business-critical dataset to Amazon S3 The current solution
design uses a single S3 bucket in the us-east-1 Region with versioning enabled to store the
dataset. The company’s disaster recovery policy states that all data must be in multiple AWS
Regions.

How should a solutions architect design the S3 solution?

A. Create an additional S3 bucket in another Region and configure cross-Region replication.

B. Create an additional S3 bucket in another Region and configure cross-origin resource
sharing (CORS)

C. Create an additional S3 bucket with versioning in another Region and configure cross-
Region replication.

D. Create an additional S3 bucket with versioning in another Region and configure cross- origin
resource sharing (CORS)
A

C

431
Q

A company runs an application on an Amazon EC2 instance. The application frequently writes
and reads tens of thousands of intermediate computation results to disk To finish within the
allowed duration, the application must be able to complete all intermediate computations with
sustained low latency.

Which Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume type should a solutions architect
attach to the EC2 instance to meet these requirements?

A. Cold HDD (sc1)

B. General Purpose SSD (gp3)

C. Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2)

D. Throughput Optimized HDD (st1)

A

C

432
Q

A company is hosting its website on Amazon S3 and is using Amazon CloudFront to cache
content The company has an upcoming product launch An employee accidentally published
marketing content to the website before the official release of the product The company needs
to remove the marketing content from the website as quickly as possible.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy the updated version of the website to another S3 bucket Update the origin for
CloudFront.

B. Delete the marketing content in the existing S3 bucket Invalidate the file path in CloudFront.

C. Create a new CloudFront cache policy with a low TTL Associate the new policy with the
existing CloudFront distribution.

D. Delete the marketing content in the existing S3 bucket Update the S3 bucket policy to block
requests to the file path.

A

B

433
Q

An application allows users at a company’s headquarters to access product data. The product
data is stored in an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance The operations team has isolated an
application performance slowdown and wants to separate read traffic from write traffic A
solutions architect needs to optimize the application’s performance quickly.

What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Change the existing database to a Multi-AZ deployment Serve the read requests from the
primary Availability Zone.

B. Change the existing database to a Multi-AZ deployment. Serve the read requests from the
secondary Availability Zone.

C. Create read replicas for the database Configure the read replicas with half of the compute
and storage resources as the source database.

D. Create read replicas for the database Configure the read replicas with the same compute
and storage resources as the source database.

A

D

434
Q

A company has an application that runs on Amazon EC2 instances within a private subnet in a
VPC The instances access data in an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region The VPC
contains a NAT gateway in a public subnet to access the S3 bucket The company wants to
reduce costs by replacing the NAT gateway without compromising security or redundancy.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Replace the NAT gateway with a NAT instance.

B. Replace the NAT gateway with an internet gateway.

C. Replace the NAT gateway with a gateway VPC endpoint.

D. Replace the NAT gateway with an AWS Direct Connect connection.

A

C

435
Q

A company is running a critical business application on an Amazon EC2 instance The EC2
instance is hosting an Apache web server and a MySQL database server The application
serves static content and dynamic content to end users The application is experiencing severe
availability issues because of heavy user demand The company needs a solution that resolves
the availability issues with the least operational effort and the least change to the application.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy the application and the web server on AWS Fargate Use a Network Load Balancer to
route traffic Migrate the database to Amazon DynamoDB

B. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from the current EC2 instance Create an Auto
Scaling group to provide more capacity as needed Use a Network Load Balancer to route traffic.

C. Host static content on Amazon S3 Deploy the application and the web server on AWS
Fargate Use an Application Load Balancer to route traffic. Migrate the database to Amazon
Aurora Serverless.

D. Host static content on Amazon S3 Deploy the application on EC2 instances that are
configured in an Auto Scaling group Use an Application Load Balancer to route traffic Migrate
the database to Amazon DynamoDB

A

C

436
Q

A company is running a media application in an on-premises data center and has accumulated
500 TB of data The company needs to migrate the data from the application s existing network-
attached file system to AWS Users rarely access data that is older than 1 year.

Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively’

A. Use AWS Snowmobile to move the data to Amazon S3 Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to
transition data that is older than 1 year to S3 Glacier.

B. Use multiple AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized devices to move the data to Amazon
S3 Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition data that is older than 1 year to S3 Standard-
Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA)

C. Set up an AWS Direct Connect connection between the on-premises data center and AWS
Transfer the data directly to Amazon S3 by using the Direct Connect connection Create an S3
Lifecycle policy to transition data that is older than 1 year to S3 Glacier.

D. Set up an AWS Site-to-Site VPN connection between the on-premises data center and AWS
Transfer the data directly to Amazon S3 by using the Site-to-Site VPN connection Create an S3
Lifecycle policy to transition data that is older than 1 year to S3 Standard- infrequent Access (S3
Standard-IA)

A

A

437
Q

A company has a highly dynamic batch processing job that uses many Amazon EC2 instances
to complete it The job is stateless in nature, can be started and stopped at any given time with
no negative impact, and typically takes upwards of 60 minutes total to complete The company
has asked a solutions architect to design a scalable and cost- effective solution that meets the
requirements of the job.

What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Implement EC2 Spot Instances.

B. Purchase EC2 Reserved Instances.

C. Implement EC2 On-Demand Instances.

D. Implement the processing on AWS Lambda

A

A

438
Q

A company is designing a new multi-tier web application that consists of the following
components:
· Web and application servers that run on Amazon EC2 instances as part of Auto Scaling
groups.
· An Amazon RDS DB instance for data storage.

A solutions architect needs to limit access to the application servers so that only the web
servers can access them Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy AWS PrivateLink in front of the application servers Configure the network ACL to
allow only the web servers to access the application servers.

B. Deploy a VPC endpoint in front of the application servers Configure the security group to
allow only the web servers to access the application servers.

C. Deploy a Network Load Balancer with a target group that contains the application servers”
Auto Scaling group. Configure the network ACL to allow only the web servers to access the
application servers.

D. Deploy an Application Load Balancer with a target group that contains the application
servers’ Auto Scaling group Configure the security group to allow only the web servers to
access the application servers.

A

C

439
Q

A company manages its own Amazon EC2 instances that run MySQL databases The company
is manually managing replication and scaling as demand increases or decreases The company
needs a new solution that simplifies the process of adding or removing compute capacity to or
from its database tier as needed The solution also must offer improved performance, scaling,
and durability with minimal effort from operations.

Which solution meets these requirements’?

A. Migrate the databases to Amazon Aurora Serverless for Aurora MySQL

B. Migrate the databases to Amazon Aurora Serverless for Aurora PostgreSQL

C. Combine the databases into one larger MySQL database Run the larger database on larger
EC2 instances.

D. Create an EC2 Auto Scaling group for the database tier Migrate the existing databases to the
new environment.

A

A

440
Q

A solutions architect observes that a nightly batch processing job is automatically scaled up for
1 hour before the desired Amazon EC2 capacity is reached The peak capacity is the same
every night and the batch jobs always start at 1 AM The solutions architect needs to find a cost-
effective solution that will allow for the desired EC2 capacity to be reached quickly and allow the
Auto Scaling group to scale down after the batch jobs are complete.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Increase the minimum capacity for the Auto Scaling group

B. Increase the maximum capacity for the Auto Scaling group

C. Configure scheduled scaling to scale up to the desired compute level

D. Change the scaling policy to add more EC2 instances during each scaling operation.

A

C

441
Q

A company is planning to build a new web application on AWS The company expects
predictable traffic most of the year and very high traffic on occasion. The web application needs
to be highly available and fault tolerant with minimal latency.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Use an Amazon Route 53 routing policy to distribute requests to two AWS Regions each with
one Amazon EC2 instance.

B. Use Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group with an Application Load Balancer
across multiple Availability Zones.

C. Use Amazon EC2 instances in a cluster placement group with an Application Load Balancer
across multiple Availability Zones.

D. Use Amazon EC2 instances in a cluster placement group and include the cluster placement
group within a new Auto Scaling group.

A

B

442
Q

A company is building a new data analysis application that will ingest large volumes of data into
an Amazon S3 bucket. The company is concerned that sensitive information, such as personally
identifiable information (Pll). might be included in some of the data that is ingested. The
company needs a solution that will scan for sensitive data and log the findings.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy Amazon Inspector to scan the ingested data Configure Amazon Inspector to log
findings to Amazon CloudWatch if Amazon Inspector finds any sensitive data.

B. Deploy Amazon QuickSight to scan the ingested data. Configure QuickSight to log findings to
Amazon CloudWatch if QuickSight finds any sensitive data.

C. Create a series of AWS Lambda functions to call Amazon GuardDuty to perform scans of the
ingested data. If GuardDuty finds any sensitive data, invoke a Lambda function to write findings
to Amazon CloudWatch.

D. Create a series of AWS Lambda functions to call Amazon Macie to perform scans of the
ingested data. If Macie finds any sensitive data, invoke a Lambda function to write findings to
Amazon CloudWatch.

A

D

443
Q

A company is planning to deploy a business-critical application in the AWS Cloud. The
application requires durable storage with consistent, low-latency performance.

Which type of storage should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Instance store volume.

B. Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached cluster.

C. Provisioned lOPS SSD Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS> volume.

D. Throughput Optimized HDD Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume

A

C

444
Q

A company is running a photo hosting service in the us-east-1 Region. The service enables
users across multiple countries to upload and view photos. Some photos are heavily viewed tor
months, and others are viewed for less than a week. The application allows uploads of up to 20
MB for each photo. The service uses the photo metadata to determine which photos to display
to each user.

Which solution provides the appropriate user access MOST cost-effectively?

A. Store the photos in Amazon DynamoDB. Turn on DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) to cache
frequently viewed items.

B. Store the photos In the Amazon S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. Store the photo
metadata and its S3 location in DynamoDB.

C. Store the photos in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class. Set up an S3 Lifecycle policy to
move photos older than 30 days to the S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA)
storage class. Use the object tags to keep track of metadata.

D. Store the photos in the Amazon S3 Glacier storage class. Set up an S3 Lifecycle policy.
to move photos older than 30 days to the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class. Store the
photo metadata and its S3 location in Amazon Elasticsearch Service (Amazon ES).

A

A

445
Q

A company is seeing access requests by some suspicious IP addresses The security team
discovers the requests are from different IP addresses under the same CIDR range.

What should a solutions architect recommend to the team?

A. Add a rule in the inbound table of the secunty group to deny the traffic from that CIDR range.

B. Add a rule in the outbound table of the security group to deny the traffic from that CIDR
range.

C. Add a deny rule in the inbound table of the network ACL with a lower rule number than other
rules.

D. Add a deny rule in the outbound table of the network ACL with a lower rule number than
other rules.

A

C

446
Q

A company needs to store data from its healthcare application. The application’s data frequently
changes. A new regulation requires audit access at all levels of the stored data.
The company hosts the application on an on-premises infrastructure that is running out of
storage capacity. A solutions architect must securely migrate the existing data to AWS while
satisfying the new regulation.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS DataSync to move the existing data to Amazon S3. Use AWS CloudTrail to log
data events.

B. Use AWS Snowcone to move the existing data to Amazon S3. Use AWS CloudTrail to log
management events.

C. Use Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration to move the existing data to Amazon S3. Use AWS
CloudTrail to log data events.

D. Use AWS Storage Gateway to move the existing data to Amazon S3. Use AWS
CloudTrail to log management events.

A

A

447
Q

Which AWS service can a company use to store and manage Docker images?

A. Amazon DynamoDB

B. Amazon Kinesis Data Streams.

C. Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR)

D. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS

A

C

448
Q

A company needs to migrate a large amount of data from an on-premises storage area network
(SAN) to Amazon S3 The SAN currently has 200 TB of data and is receiving an additional 20
TB of data each month The company has a 500 Mbps connection to the internet.

What should the company do to migrate the data to Amazon S3 in the LEAST amount of time?

A. Use a file syncing application to sync the data to Amazon S3 over the internet through a
public S3 endpoint Sync any changed data the same way until the SAN is decommissioned.

B. Use an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device to migrate the initial 200 TB of data to
Amazon S3 Sync any changed data by using AWS DataSync until the SAN is decommissioned.

C. Set up an AWS Site-to-Site VPN connection Use a file syncing application to sync the data to
Amazon S3 through a private S3 endpoint Sync any changed data the same way until (he SAN
is decommissioned.

D. Set up a 10 Gbps AWS Direct Connect connection Migrate the initial 200 TB of data to
Amazon S3 by using a file syncing application Sync any changed data the same way until the
SAN is decommissioned.

A

B

449
Q

A company has a financial application that produces reports. The reports average 50 KB in size
and are stored in Amazon S3. The reports are frequently accessed during the first week after
production and must be stored for several years The reports must be retrievable within 6 hours.

Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively1?

A. Use S3 Standard Use an S3 Lifecycle rule to transition the reports to S3 Glacier after 7 days.

B. Use S3 Standard Use an S3 Lifecycle rule to transition the reports to S3 Standard- Infrequent
Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 7 days.

C. Use S3 Intelligent-Tiering Configure S3 Intelligent-Tiering to transition the reports to S3
Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) and S3 Glacier.

D. Use S3 Standard Use an S3 Lifecycle rule to transition the reports to S3 Glacier Deep
Archive after 7 days

A

D

450
Q

A company runs a fleet of web services using an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance.
Alter a routine compliance check, tire company sets a standard that requires a recovery point
objective (RPO) of less than 1 second for all Its production databases.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Enable a Multi-AZ deployment for the DB instance.

B. Enable auto scaling for the DB instance in one Availability Zone.

C. Configure the DB instance in one Availability Zone, and create multiple read replicas in a
separate Availability Zone.

D. Configure the DB instance in one Availability Zone, and configure AWS Database Migration
Service (AWS DMS) change data capture (CDC) tasks.

A

A

451
Q

A solutions architect must secure a VPC network that hosts Amazon EC2 instances The EC2
^stances contain highly sensitive data and tun n a private subnet According to company policy
the EC2 instances mat run m the VPC can access only approved third- party software
repositories on the internet for software product updates that use the third party’s URL Other
internet traffic must be blocked.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Update the route table for the private subnet to route the outbound traffic to an AWS Network
Firewall. Configure domain list rule groups.

B. Set up an AWS WAF web ACL. Create a custom set of rules that filter traffic requests based
on source and destination IP address range sets.

C. Implement strict inbound security group roles Configure an outbound rule that allows traffic
only to the authorized software repositories on the internet by specifying the URLs.

D. Configure an Application Load Balancer (ALB) in front of the EC2 instances. Direct an outbound traffic to the ALB Use a URL-based rule listener in the ALB’s target group for outbound access to the internet.

A

C

452
Q

A solutions architect needs to design a system to store client case files. The tiles are core
company assets and are important. The number of tiles will grow over time. The files must be
simultaneously accessible from multiple application servers that run on Amazon EC2 instances.

The solution must have built-in redundancy. Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS)

B. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

C. Amazon S3 Glacier Deep Archive.

D. AWS Backup

A

A

453
Q

A company runs a highly available image-processing application on Amazon EC2 instances in a
single VPC The EC2 instances run inside several subnets across multiple Availability Zones.
The EC2 instances do not communicate with each other However, the EC2 instances download
images from Amazon S3 and upload images to Amazon S3 through a single NAT gateway The
company is concerned about data transfer charges.

What is the MOST cost-effective way for the company to avoid Regional data transfer charges?

A. Launch the NAT gateway in each Availability Zone.

B. Replace the NAT gateway with a NAT instance.

C. Deploy a gateway VPC endpoint for Amazon S3

D. Provision an EC2 Dedicated Host to run the EC2 instances

A

A

454
Q

A company is concerned that two NAT instances in use will no longer be able to support the
traffic needed for the company’s application A solutions architect wants to implement a solution
that is highly available fault tolerant and automatically scalable.

What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Remove the two NAT instances and replace them with two NAT gateways in the same
Availability Zone.

B. Use Auto Scaling groups with Network Load Balancers for the NAT instances in different
Availability Zones.

C. Remove the two NAT instances and replace them with two NAT gateways in different
Availability Zones.

D. Replace the two NAT instances with Spot Instances in different Availability Zones and deploy
a Network Load Balancer.

A

C

455
Q

A company is testing an application that runs on an Amazon EC2 Linux instance. The instance
contains a data volume of 500 GB that consists of a single Amazon Elastic Block Store
{Amazon EBS) General Purpose SSD (gp2) volume.
The application is now ready for production use and will be installed on multiple EC2 instances
that run m an Auto Scaling group All instances need access to the data that was stored on the
500 GB volume. The company needs a highly available and fault-tolerant solution that does not
introduce any significant changes to the applications code.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Provision an EC2 instance with NFS server software that is configured with a single 500 GB
gp2 volume.

B. Use an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system that is configured as an SMB file
store within a single Availability Zone.

C. Migrate the data into an Amazon S3 bucket Use an EC2 instance profile to access the
contents of the bucket.

D. Use an Amazon Elastic File System {Amazon EFS) file system that is configured with the
General Purpose performance mode.

A

A

456
Q

A company recently migrated multiple applications and databases from an on-premises data
center to the AWS Cloud. Most of the applications run on AWS Fargate. and some of the
applications run on Amazon EC2 instances Most of the databases run on Amazon RDS, and a
small number of databases run on EC2 Instances.
All the applications and databases must be available 24 hours a day. 7 days a week. The
company uses AWS Organizations to manage AWS accounts. A solutions architect must
recommend how to minimize the cost of these workloads over the next 3 years.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Purchase All Upfront Reserved Instances with a 3-year term for Amazon EC2 and Fargate.

B. Purchase All Upfront Reserved Instances with a 3-year term for Amazon EC2 and Amazon
RDS

C. Purchase All Upfront Compute Savings Plans with a 3-year term for Amazon EC2 and
Fargate Purchase All Upfront Reserved Instances with a 3-year term for Amazon RDS

D. Purchase All Upfront EC2 Instance Savings Plans with a 3-year term for Amazon EC2 and
Fargate Purchase All Upfront Reserved Instances with a 3-year term for Amazon RDS

A

D

457
Q

A solution architect is designing an application for a two-step order across. The first step is
synhronous and must return to the user with little latency. The second step takes longer so it will
be implemented in a separate component. Orders must be processed exacity once and in the
order in which they are received.

How should the solutions architect integrate these components?

A. Use Amazon SQS FIFO queues.

B. Use an AWS Lambda function along with Amazon SQS standard queues.

C. Create an SNS topic and subscribe an Amazon SQS FIFO queue to that topic.

D. Create an SNS topic subscribe an Amazon SQS Standard queue to that topic.

A

C

458
Q

A solutions architect finds that an Amazon Aurora cluster with On-Demand Instance pricing is
being underutilized for a blog application The application is used only for a few minutes several
times each day for reads.

What should a solutions architect do to optimize utilization MOST cost-effectively?

A. Enable Auto Scaling on the original Aurora database.

B. Convert the original Aurora database to Aurora parallel query.

C. Convert the original Aurora database to an Aurora global database.

D. Convert the original Aurora database to Amazon Aurora Serverless.

A

A

459
Q

A company provides an online service for posting video content and transcoding it for use by
any mobile platform. The application architecture uses Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon
EFS) Standard to collect and store the videos so that multiple Amazon EC2 Linux instances can
access the video content for processing As the popularity of the service has grown over time,
the storage costs have become too expensive.

Which storage solution is MOST cost-effective?

A. Use AWS Storage Gateway for files to store and process the video content.

B. Use AWS Storage Gateway for volumes to store and process the video content.

C. Use Amazon EFS for storing the video content Once processing is complete transfer the files
to Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

D. Use Amazon S3 for storing the video content Move the files temporarily over to an Amazon
Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume attached to the server for processing.

A

D

460
Q

A company wants to use AWS Systems Manager to manage a fleet ol Amazon EC2 instances.
According to the company’s security requirements, no EC2 instances can have internet access.
A solutions architect needs to design network connectivity from the EC2 instances to Systems
Manager while fulfilling this security obligation.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy the EC2 instances into a private subnet with no route to the internet.

B. Configure an interface VPC endpoint for Systems Manager. Update routes to use the
endpoint.

C. Deploy a NAT gateway into a public subnet. Configure private subnets with a default route to
the NAT gateway.

D. Deploy an internet gateway. Configure a network ACL to deny traffic to all destinations
except Systems Manager.

A

C

461
Q

A company wants to implement a disaster recovery plan for its primary on-premises file storage
volume. The file storage volume is mounted from an Internet Small Computer Systems Interface
(iSCSI) device on a local storage server. The file storage volume holds hundreds of terabytes
(TB) of data.
The company wants to ensure that end users retain immediate access to all file types from the
on-premises systems without experiencing latency.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of change to the
company’s existing infrastructure?

A. Provision an Amazon S3 File Gateway as a virtual machine (VM) that is hosted on premises.
Set the local cache to 10 TB. Modify existing applications to access the files through the NFS
protocol. To recover from a disaster, provision an Amazon EC2 instance and mount the S3
bucket that contains the files.

B. Provision an AWS Storage Gateway tape gateway. Use a data backup solution to back up all
existing data to a virtual tape library. Configure the data backup solution to run nightly after the
initial backup is complete. To recover from a disaster, provision an Amazon EC2 instance and
restore the data to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume from the volumes in
the virtual tape library.

C. Provision an AWS Storage Gateway Volume Gateway cached volume. Set the local cache to
10 TB. Mount the Volume Gateway cached volume to the existing file server by using iSCSI.
and copy all files to the storage volume. Configure scheduled snapshots of the storage volume.
To recover from a disaster, restore a snapshot to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)
volume and attach the EBS volume to an Amazon EC2 instance.

D. Provision an AWS Storage Gateway Volume Gateway stored volume with the same amount
of disk space as the existing file storage volume. Mount the Volume Gateway stored volume to
the existing file server by using iSCSI, and copy all files to the storage volume. Configure
scheduled snapshots of the storage volume. To recover from a disaster, restore a snapshot to
an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume and attach the EBS volume to an
Amazon EC2 instance

A

C

462
Q

A company is building ils web application by using contains on AWS. The company requires
three instances of the web application to run at all times

The application must be highly
available and must be able to scale to meet increases In demand.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use the AWS Fargate launch type to create an Amazon Elastic Contain« Service (Amazon
ECS) dust« Create a task definition for the web application Create an ECS service that ha6 a
desired count of three tasks.

B. Use the Amazon EC2 launch type to create an Amazon Elastic Contain« Service (Amazon
ECS) cluster that has three container Instances in one Availability Zone Create a task definition
for the web application Place one task for each container instance.

C. Use the AWS Fargate launch type to create an Amazon Elastic Contain« Service (Amazon
ECS) cluster that has three container instances in three different Availability Zones Create a
task definition for the web application Create an ECS service that has a desired count of three
tasks.

D. Use the Amazon EC2 launch type to create an Amazon Elastic Contain« Service (Amazon
ECS) duster that has one container instance in two different Availability Zones. Ceate definition
for the web application Place two tasks on one container instance Place one task on the
remaining container instance.

A

C

463
Q

A company has an internet-facing application that runs on premises. The application contains
mostly user-generated content. The data is stored in an on-premises network- attached storage
system. The company wants to archive this data annually and has chosen to move the archival
data to Amazon S3. The company needs a solution to migrate the archival data into an S3
bucket.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Storage Gateway Volume Gateway. Cache the data, and then replicate the data
from the on-premises environment to Amazon S3.

B. Use AWS DataSync. Create a configuration to replicate the data from the on-premises
environment to Amazon S3.

C. Use AWS Transfer Family. Use an SFTP client to serially transfer the data from the on-
premises environment to Amazon S3.

D. Use Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration. Use a third-party backup utility to replicate the data
from the on-premises environment to Amazon S3.

A

B

464
Q

A company hosts its enterprise content management platform in one AWS Region but needs to
operate the platform across multiple Regions The company has an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes
Service (Amazon EKS) cluster that runs its microservices The EKS cluster stores and retrieves
objects from Amazon S3 The EKS cluster also stores and retrieves metadata from Amazon
DynamoDB

Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to deploy the platform across
multiple Regions? (Select TWO.)

A. Replicate the EKS cluster with cross-Region replication.

B. Use Amazon API Gateway to create a global endpoint to the EKS cluster.

C. Use AWS Global Accelerator endpoints to distribute the traffic to multiple Regions.

D. Use Amazon S3 access points to give access to the objects across multiple Regions
Configure DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) Connect DAX to the relevant tables

E. Deploy an EKS cluster and an S3 bucket in another Region Configure cross-Region
replication on both S3 buckets Turn on global tables for DynamoDB

A

A, B

465
Q

A company has an application in which users create a large number of files The company plans
to migrate the application from its on-premises data center to AWS Currently, the application
uploads the files to a shared storage system A separate fleet of servers then processes the files
Access to the files is controlled through Linux file system permissions.

The company needs to migrate the fleet of servers to Amazon EC2 instances The company
must maximize storage scalability and durability without changing the code of the existing
application.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the files to an Amazon S3 bucket. Mount the S3 bucket on the EC2 instances.

B. Migrate the files to a set of Amazon EC2 instance store volumes Mount the instance store
volumes on the EC2 instances.

C. Migrate the files to a set of Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes Mount the
EBS volumes on the EC2 instances.

D. Migrate the files to an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system Mount the EFS
file system on the EC2 instances

A

D

466
Q

A company wants to improve the availability and performance of its hybrid application. The
application consists of a stateful TCP-based workload hosted on Amazon EC2 instances in
different AWS Regions and a stateless UDP-based workload hosted on premises.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to improve availability and
performance? (Select TWO.)

A. Create an accelerator using AWS Global Accelerator. Add the load balancers as endpoints.

B. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution with an origin that uses Amazon Route 53 latency-
based routing to route requests to the load balancers.

C. Configure two Application Load Balancers in each Region. The first will route to the EC2
endpoints, and the second will route to the on-premises endpoints.

D. Configure a Network Load Balancer in each Region to address the EC2 endpoints. Configure
a Network Load Balancer in each Region that routes to the on-premises endpoints.

E. Configure a Network Load Balancer in each Region to address the EC2 endpoints. Configure
an Application Load Balancer in each Region that routes to the on-premises endpoints.

A

A, B

467
Q

A company is investigating potential solutions to collect process, and store users’ service usage
data The company needs to create an analytics capability so that the company can use
standard SQL queries to gather operational insights quickly. The solution must be highly
available The solution also must ensure atomicity, consistency, isolation and durability (ACID) compliance in the data tier.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use an Amazon Timestream database.

B. Use an Amazon Neptune database in a Multi-AZ design.

C. Use a fully managed Amazon RDS for MySQL database in a Multi-AZ design.

D. Deploy PostgreSQL on an Amazon EC2 instance that uses Amazon Elastic Block Store
(Amazon EBS) Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) storage.

A

C

468
Q

A company wants to design its cloud architecture so that its workloads are resilient, can
consistently perform their intended functions correctly, and can recover from failure quickly.

Which pillar of the AWS Well-Architected Framework does this architecture represent?

A. Security

B. Performance efficiency

C. Operational excellence

D. Reliability

A

C

469
Q

A solutions architect is creating an application. The application will run on Amazon EC2
instances in private subnets across multiple Availability Zones in a VPC. The EC2 instances will
frequently access large files that contain confidential information. These files are stored in
Amazon S3 buckets for processing. The solutions architect must optimize the network
architecture to minimize data transfer costs.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a gateway endpoint for Amazon S3 in the VPC. In the route tables for the private
subnets, add an entry for the gateway endpoint.

B. Create a single NAT gateway in a public subnet. In the route tables for the private subnets,
add a default route that points to the NAT gateway.

C. Create an AWS PrivateLink interface endpoint for Amazon S3 in the VPC. In the route tables
for the private subnets, add an entry for the interface endpoint.

D. Create one NAT gateway for each Availability Zone in public subnets. In each of the route
tables for the private subnets, add a default route that points to the NAT gateway in the same
Availability Zone.

A

D

470
Q

A company has implemented a self-managed DNS solution on three Amazon EC2 instances
behind a Network Load Balancer (NLB) in the us-west-2 Region Most of the company’s users
are located in the United States and Europe The company wants to improve the performance
and availability of the solution by using an AWS Region in Europe The company launches and configures three EC2 instances in the eu-west-1 Region and adds the EC2 instances as targets
for a new NLB

Which solutions will allow traffic to be routed to all the EC2 instances? (Select TWO )

A. Create an Amazon Route 53 geoiocatton routing policy to route requests to one of the two
NLBs Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution Use the Route 53 record as the distribution’s
origin.

B. Create a standard accelerator by using AWS Global Accelerator Create endpomt groups in
us-west-2 and eu-west-1 Add the two NLBs as endpoints for the endpomt groups.

C. Attach Elastic IP addresses to the six EC2 instances Create an Amazon Route 53
geolocation routing policy to route requests to one of the six EC2 instances Create an Amazon
CloudFront distribution Use the Route 53 record as the distribution’s ongin.

D. Create a standard accelerator by using AWS Global Accelerator Create endpomt groups in
us-west-2 and eu-west-1 Add the six EC2 instances directly as endpoints for the endpomt
groups Delete the NLBs.
E. Replace the two NLBs with two Application Load Balancers (ALBs) Create an Amazon Route
53 latency routing policy to route requests to one of the two ALBs Create an Amazon
CloudFront distribution Use the Route 53 record as the distribution’s origin.

A

A, B

471
Q

A company offers a food delivery service that is growing rapidly Because of the growth the
company’s order processing system is experiencing scaling problems during peak traffic hours.
The current architecture includes the following;
· A group of Amazon EC2 instances that run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group to collect
orders from the application.
· Another group of EC2 instances that run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group to fulfill
orders.
The order collection process occurs quickly, but the order fulfillment process can take longer
Data must not be lost because of a scaling event.
A solutions architect must ensure that the order collection process and the order fulfillment
process can both scale properly during peak traffic hours The solution must optimize utilization
of the company’s AWS resources.

Which solution meets these requirements’?

A. Use Amazon CloudWatch metrics to monitor the CPU of each instance in the Auto Scaling
groups. Configure each Auto Scaling group’s minimum capacity according to peak workload
values.

B. Use Amazon CloudWatch metrics to monitor the CPU of each instance in the Auto Scaling
groups Configure a CloudWatch alarm to invoke an Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) topic that creates additional Auto Scaling groups on demand.

C. Provision two Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues one for order collection
and another for order fulfillment Configure the EC2 instances to poll their respective queue
Scale the Auto Scaling groups based on notifications that the queues send.

D. Provision two Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues one for order collection
and another for order fulfillment. Configure the EC2 instances to poll their respective queue.
Create a metric based on a backlog per instance calculation Scale the Auto Scaling groups
based on this metric.

A

D

472
Q

A company hosts its application in the AWS Cloud. The application runs on Amazon EC2
instances behind an Elastic Load Balancer in an Auto Scaling group and with an Amazon
DynamoDB table. The company wants to ensure the application can be made available in
another AWS Region with minimal downtime.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of
downtime?

A. Create an Auto Scaling group and a load balancer in the disaster recovery Region. Configure
the DynamoDB table as a global table. Configure DNS failover to point to the new disaster
recovery Region’s load balancer.

B. Create an AWS CloudFormation template to create EC2 instances, load balancers, and
DynamoDB tables to be launched when needed. Configure DNS failover to point to the new
disaster recovery Region’s load balancer.

C. Create an AWS CloudFormation template to create EC2 instances and a load balancer to be
launched when needed. Configure the DynamoDB table as a global table. Configure DNS
failover to point to the new disaster recovery Region’s load balancer.

D. Create an Auto Scaling group and load balancer in the disaster recovery Region. Configure
the DynamoDB table as a global table. Create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm to trigger an AWS
Lambda function that updates Amazon Route 53 pointing to the disaster recovery load balancer.

A

A

473
Q

A company is building a disaster recovery (DR) solution The company wants to rotate its
primary systems between AWS Regions on a regular basis. The company’s application is
geographically distributed and includes a serverless web tier The application’s database tier
runs on Amazon Aurora.

A solutions architect needs to build an architecture tor the database layer to implement
managed, planned failover.

Which combination of actions will meet these requirements with the LEAST downtime*? (Select
TWO )

A. Create an Aurora DB cluster Configure Aurora Replicas.

B. Fail over to one of the secondary DB clusters from another Region.

C. Create an Aurora DB cluster snapshot Restore from the snapshot.

D. Configure an Aurora global database Set up a secondary DB cluster.

E. Promote one of the read replicas as a writer from the Amazon RDS console.

A

C, D

474
Q

A company is adopting serverless architecture The company’s solutions architect wants to
modernize an application that has source data in csv format A large team of developers needs
to use the application to run SQL queries and reports on demand by joining data across multiple
tables.

Which combination of actions will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively? (Select
TWO )

A. Store the source data in Amazon S3

B. Load the source data into Amazon RDS

C. Run on-demand reports and queries by using Amazon Athena.

D. Run on-demand reports and queries by using Amazon QuickSight.

E. Run on-demand reports and queries by using Amazon DynamoDB

A

A, C

475
Q

A company is hosting multiple websites for several lines of business under its registered parent
domain Users accessing these websites will be routed to appropriate backend Amazon EC2
instances based on the subdomain The websites host static webpages images, and server-side
scripts like PHP and JavaScript.
Some of the websites experience peak access during the first two hours of business with
constant usage throughout the rest of the day A solutions architect needs to design a solution
that will automatically adjust capacity to these traffic patterns while keeping costs low.

Which combination of AWS services or features will meet these requirements? (Select TWO )

A. AWS Batch

B. Network Load Balancer

C. Application Load Balancer

D. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling

E. Amazon S3 website hosting

A

D, E

476
Q

A solutions architect creates a VPC that includes two public subnets and two private subnets A
corporate security mandate requires the solutions architect to launch all Amazon
EC2 instances in a private subnet However when the solutions architect launches an EC2
instance that runs a web server on ports 80 and 443 in a private subnet, no external internet
traffic can connect to the server.

What should the solutions architect do to resolve this issue?

A. Attach the EC2 instance to an Auto Scaling group in a private subnet Ensure that the DNS
record for the website resolves to the Auto Scaling group identifier.

B. Provision an internet-facing Application Load Balancer (ALB) in a public subnet Add the EC2
instance to the target group that is associated with the ALB Ensure that the DNS record for the
website resolves to the ALB

C. Launch a NAT gateway in a private subnet Update the route table for the private subnets to
add a default route to the NAT gateway Attach a public Elastic IP address to the NAT gateway.

D. Ensure that the security group that is attached to the EC2 instance allows HTTP traffic on
port 80 and HTTPS traffic on port 443 Ensure that the DNS record for the website resolves to
the public IP address of the EC2 instance.

A

A

477
Q

A company runs multiple Amazon EC2 Linux instances in a VPC across two Availability Zones
The instances host applications that use a hierarchical directory structure The applications need
to read and write rapidly and concurrently to shared storage.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket Allow access from all the EC2 instances in the VPC

B. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system Mount the EFS file system
from each EC2 instance.

C. Create a file system on a Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon
EBS) volume Attach the EBS volume to all the EC2 instances.

D. Create file systems on Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes that are attached
to each EC2 instance Synchronize the EBS volumes across the different EC2 instances.

A

B

478
Q

A company is planning to move a dynamic web application to AWS. Application assets are
stored in a Linux file server. The total volume of data is 140 TB, and the company has 100 Mbps
of internet bandwidth available. The company does not want to make any changes to the
application during migration. File permissions must be preserved.

How should a solutions architect migrate and store the data to meet these requirements?

A. Transfer the data by using the file interface for AWS Snowball. Use Amazon Elastic File
System (Amazon EFS) as the migration destination and for storage.

B. Transfer the data by using the Amazon S3 interface for AWS Snowball. Use Amazon FSx for
Lustre as the migration destination and for storage.

C. Transfer the data by using the AWS CLI s3 cp command. Use Amazon EC2 with Amazon
Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) as the migration destination and for storage.

D. Transfer the data by using AWS DataSync. Use AWS Storage Gateway File Gateway as the
migration destination and for storage.

A

A

479
Q

A company is using AWS Organizations with two AWS accounts Logistics and Sales. The
Logistics account operates an Amazon Redshift cluster The Sates account includes Amazon
EC2 instances The Sales account needs to access the Logistics account’s Amazon Redshift
cluster
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet this requirement MOST cost- effectively’?

A. Set up VPC sharing with the Logistics account as the owner and the Sates account as the
participant to transfer the data

B. Create an AWS Lambda function in the Logistics account to transfer data to the Amazon EC2
instances m the Sales account

C. Create a snapshot of the Amazon Redshift duster and share the snapshot with the Sales
account in the Sales account restore the cluster by using the snapshot ID that is shared by the
Logistics account

D. Run COPY commands to load data from Amazon Redshift into Amazon S3 buckets in the
Logistics account Grant permissions to the Sales account to access the S3 buckets of the
Logistics account

A

A

480
Q

A large media company hosts a web application on AWS. The company wants to start caching
confidential media files so that users around the ‘world will have reliable access to the files. The
content is stored in Amazon S3 buckets. The company must deliver the content quickly,
regardless of where the requests originate geographically

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS DataSync to correct the S3 buckets to the web application

B. Deploy AWS Global Accelerator to connect the S3 buckets to the web application

C. Deploy Amazon CloudFront to connect me S3 buckets to CloudFront edge servers

D. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) to connect the S3 buckets to the web
application

A

C

481
Q

A development learn is creating an event-based application that uses AWS Lambda functions.
Events will be generated when files are added to an Amazon S3 bucket. The development team
currently has Amazon Simple Notification Service {Amazon SNS) configured as the event target
from Amazon S3.

What should a solutions architect do to process the events from Amazon S3 in a scalable way?

A. Create an SNS subscription that processes the event in Amazon Elastic Container Service
(Amazon ECS) before the event runs in Lambda.

B. Create an SNS subscription that processes the event
in Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service
(Amazon EKS) before the event runs in Lambda.

C. Create an SNS subscription that sends the event to Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon
SOS). Configure the SOS queue to trigger a Lambda function.

D. Create an SNS subscription that sends the event to AWS Server Migration Service (AWS
SMS). Configure the Lambda function to poll from the SMS event

A

D

482
Q

An online learning company is migrating to the AWS Cloud. The company maintains its student
records in a PostgreSQL database. The company needs a solution in which its
data is available and online across multiple AWS Regions at all times.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of operational overhead?

A. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to a PostgreSQL cluster on Amazon EC2 instances

B. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance with the
Multi-AZ feature turned on

C. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance Create a
read replica in another Region

D. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance Set up
DB snapshots to be copied to another Region.

A

C

483
Q

A company has a hybrid application hosted on multiple on-premises servers with static IP
addresses There is already a VPN that provides connectivity between the VPC and the on-
premises network. The company wants to distribute TCP traffic across the on-premises servers
for internet users

What should a solutions architect recommend to provide a highly available and scalable
solution?

A. Launch an internet-facing Network Load Balancer (NLB) and register on-premises IP
addresses with the NLB

B. Launch an internet-facing Application Load Balancer (ALB) and register on-premises IP
addresses with the ALB

C. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance attach an Elastic IP address, and distribute traffic to the
on-premises servers

D. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance with public IP addresses in an Auto Scaling group and
distribute traffic to the on-premises servers

A

B

484
Q

A company wants to migrate an on-premises data center to AWS. The data canter hosts an
SFTP server that stores its data on an NFS-based file system. The server holds 200 GB of data
that needs to be transferred. The server must be hosted on an Amazon EC2 instance that uses
an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system

When combination of steps should a solutions architect take to automate this task? (Select
TWO )

A. Launch the EC2 instance into the same Avalability Zone as the EFS fie system

B. install an AWS DataSync agent m the on-premises data center

C. Create a secondary Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume on the EC2 instance
tor the data

D. Manually use an operating system copy command to push the data to the EC2 instance

E. Use AWS DataSync to create a suitable location configuration for the onprermises SFTP
server

A

C, D

485
Q

A solutions architect is designing a shared storage solution for a web application that is
deployed across multiple Availability Zones. The web application runs on Amazon EC2
instances that are in an Auto Scaling group. The company plans to make frequent changes to
the content. The solution must have strong consistency in returning the new content as soon as
the changes occur.

Which solutions meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Use AWS Storage Gateway Volume Gateway Internet Small Computer Systems Interface
(ISCSI) block storage that is mounted to the individual EC2 instances.

B. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. Mount the EFS file system
on the individual EC2 instances.

C. Create a shared Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Mount the EBS volume
on the individual EC2 instances.

D. Use AWS DataSync to perform continuous synchronization of data between EC2 hosts in the
Auto Scaling group.

E. Create an Amazon S3 bucket to store the web content. Set the metadata for the Cache-
Control header to no-cache. Use Amazon CloudFront to deliver the content

A

B, C

486
Q

A company has deployed a database in Amazon RDS for MySQL. Due to increased
transactions, the database support team is reporting slow reads against the DB instance and
recommends adding a read replica.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take before implementing this
change? {Select TWO.)

A. Enable binlog replication on the RDS primary node.

B. Choose a failover priority for the source DB instance.

C. Allow long-running transactions to complete on the source DB instance.

D. Create a global table and specify the AWS Regions where the table will be available.

E. Enable automatic backups on the source instance by setting the backup retention period to a
value other than 0.

A

B, E

487
Q

A company runs an infrastructure monitoring service. The company is building a new feature
that will enable the service to monitor data in customer AWS accounts. The new feature will call
AWS APIs m customer accounts to describe Amazon EC2 instances and read Amazon
CloudWatch metrics

What should the company do to obtain access to customer accounts in the MOST secure way?

A. Ensure that the customers create an IAM role in their account with read-only EC2 and
CloudWatch permissions and a trust policy to the company’s account.

B. Create a serverless API that implements a token vending machine to provide temporary AWS
credentials for a role with read-only EC2 and CloudWatch permissions

C. Ensure that the customers create an IAM user m their account with read-only EC2 and
CloudWatch permissions Encrypt and store customer access and secret keys in a secrets
management system

D. Ensure that the customers create an Amazon Cognito user in their account to use an IAM
role with read-only EC2 and CloudWatch permissions Encrypt and store the Amazon Cognito
user and password in a secrets management system

A

A

488
Q

A company must save ail the email messages that its employees send to customers for a period
of 12 months. The messages are stored m a binary format and vary m size from 1 KB to 20 KB.
The company has selected Amazon S3 as the storage service for the messages

Which combination of steps will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively9 (Select TWO.)

A. Create an S3 bucket policy that denies the s3 Delete Object action.

B. Create an S3 lifecycle configuration that deletes the messages after 12 months.

C. Upload the messages to Amazon S3 Use S3 Object Lock in governance mode

D. Upload the messages to Amazon S3. Use S3 Object Lock in compliance mode.

E. Use S3 Inventory Create an AWS Batch job that periodically scans the inventory and deletes
the messages after 12 months

A

B, D

489
Q

A solutions architect is designing a workload that will store hourly energy consumption by
business tenants in a building The sensors will feed a database through HTTP requests that will
add up usage for each tenant The solutions architect must use managed services when
possible The workload will receive more features in the future as the solutions architect adds
independent components

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use Amazon API Gateway with AWS Lambda functions to receive the data from the sensors,
process the data and store the data in an Amazon DynamoDB table

B. Use an Elastic Load Balancer that is supported by an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2
instances to receive and process the data from the sensors. Use an Amazon S3 bucket to store
the processed data

C. Use Amazon API Gateway with AWS Lambda functions to receive the data from the sensors,
process the data, and store the data in a Microsoft SQL Server Express database on an
Amazon EC2 instance

D. Use an Elastic Load Balancer that is supported by an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2
instances to receive and process the data from the sensors. Use an Amazon Elastic File
System (Amazon EFS) shared file system to store the processed data

A

A

490
Q

A company uses a simple state website and wants to host it on AWS. The company already has
a domain that it uses for email. The company needs a hosting solution that supports HTTPS.

Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with a name to match the website. Upload the website to the
S3 bucket. Set up website hosting for the S3 bucket. Set up the DNS to point to the S3 website
endpoint.

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket upload the website to the S3 bucket. Set up an HTTPS
certificate by using AWS Certificate Manage (ACM). Create in Amazon CloudFront distribution
for the S3 bucket and choose Price Class All.

C. Set up an open-source content management system (CMS) from AWS Marketplace Deploy
the CMS across two Availability Zones Copy the website onto the CMS Set up the DNS to point
to me CMS

D. Create an Amazon S3 bucket Upload the website to the S3 bucket Sat up an HTTPS
certificate by using AWS Certifcate Manager (ACM) Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution
for the S3 bucket and choose Price Class 100 Point to the CloudFront distribution

A

D

491
Q

A company is planning to use Amazon S3 to store images uploaded by its users. The images
must be encrypted at rest in Amazon S3. The company does not want to spend time managing
and rotating the keys, but it does want to control who can access those keys.

What should a solutions architect use to accomplish this?

A. Server-Side Encryption with keys stored in an S3 bucket

B. Server-Side Encryption with Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C)

C. Server-Side Encryption with Amazon S3-Managed Keys (SSE-S3)

D. Server-Side Encryption with AWS KMS-Managed Keys (SSE-KMS)

A

D

492
Q

A company needs a backup strategy for its three-tier stateless web application The web
application runs on Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group with a dynamic scaling
policy that is configured to respond to scaling events The database tier runs on Amazon RDS
for PostgreSQL The web application does not require temporary local storage on the EC2
instances The company’s recovery point objective (RPO) is 2 hours
The backup strategy must maximize scalability and optimize resource utilization for this
environment

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Take snapshots of Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes of the EC2 instances
and database every 2 hours to meet the RPO

B. Configure a snapshot lifecycle policy to take Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)
snapshots Enable automated backups in Amazon RDS to meet the RPO

C. Retain the latest Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) of the web and application tiers Enable
automated backups in Amazon RDS and use point-in-time recovery to meet the RPO

D. Take snapshots of Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes of the EC2 instances
every 2 hours Enable automated backups in Amazon RDS and use point-in-time recovery to meet the RPO

A

D

493
Q

A company built an application with Docker containers and needs to run the application in the
AWS Cloud. The company wants to use a managed service to host the application.
The solution must scale in and out appropriately according to demand on the individual
container services. The solution also must not result in additional operational overhead or
infrastructure to manage.

Which solutions will meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) with AWS Fargate.

B. Use Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) with AWS Fargate.

C. Provision an Amazon API Gateway API. Connect the API to AWS Lambda to run the
containers.

D. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) with Amazon EC2 worker nodes.

E. Use Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) with Amazon EC2 worker nodes.

A

A, B

494
Q

A company runs an internal browser-based application The application runs on Amazon EC2
instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto
Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. The Auto Scaling group scales up to 20
instances during work hours but scales down to 2 instances overnight Staff are
complaining that the application is very slow when the day begins although it runs well by mid-
morning.

How should the scaling be changed to address the staff complaints and keep costs to a
minimum’?

A. Implement a scheduled action that sets the desired capacity to 20 shortly before the office
opens

B. Implement a step scaling action triggered at a lower CPU threshold, and decrease the
cooldown period.

C. Implement a target tracking action triggered at a lower CPU threshold, and decrease the
cooldown period.

D. Implement a scheduled action that sets the minimum and maximum capacity to 20 shortly
before the office opens

A

A

495
Q

A company is planning to migrate to AWS. The network layout will include more than 1.000
VPCs in a single AWS Region The resources in the VPCs need to communicate with each other

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Create VPN tunnels from all the VPCs to each other Enable route propagation

B. Create an AWS Direct Connect gateway and attach a public virtual interface (VIF) to each VPC Enable route propagation

C. Peer all the VPCs together by creating and accepting peering requests Update route tables
with the new routes

D. Create a transit gateway and place attachments m subnets of all the VPCs Configure a
transit gateway route table with the new routes

A

A

496
Q

A company needs to run its external website on Amazon EC2 instances and on-premises
virtualized servers The AWS environment has a 1 GB AWS Direct Connect connection to the
data center The application has IP addresses that will not change The on-premises and AWS
servers are able to restart themselves while maintaining the same IP address if a failure occurs
Some website users have to add their vendors to an allow list, so the solution
must have a fixed IP address The company needs a solution with the lowest operational
overhead to handle this split traffic

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy an Amazon Route 53 Resolver with rules pointing to the on-premises and AWS IP
addresses

B. Deploy a Network Load Balancer on AWS Create target groups for the on-premises and
AWS IP addresses

C. Deploy an Application Load Balancer on AWS Register the on-premises and AWS IP
addresses with the target group

D. Deploy Amazon API Gateway to direct traffic to the on-premises and AWS IP addresses
based on the header of the request

A

B

497
Q

A company has a dynamic web application hosted on two Amazon EC2 instances The company
has its own SSL certificate which is on each instance to perform SSL termination.
There has been an increase in traffic recently, and the operations team determined that SSL
encryption and decryption is causing the compute capacity of the web servers to reach their
maximum limit.

What should a solutions architect do to increase the application’s performance^

A. Create a new SSL certificate using AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) install the ACM
certificate on each instance

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket Migrate the SSL certificate to the S3 bucket Configure the EC2
instances to reference the bucket for SSL termination

C. Create another EC2 instance as a proxy server Migrate the SSL certificate to the new
instance and configure it to direct connections to the existing EC2 instances

D. Import the SSL certificate into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) Create an Application Load
Balancer with an HTTPS listener that uses the SSL certificate from ACM

A

D

498
Q

A company observes an increase in Amazon EC2 costs in its most recent bill The billing team
notices unwanted vertical scaling of instance types for a couple of EC2 instances A
solutions architect needs to create a graph comparing the last 2 months of EC2 costs and
perform an in-depth analysis to identify the root cause of the vertical scaling

How should the solutions architect generate the information with the LEAST operational
overhead?

A. Use AWS Budgets to create a budget report and compare EC2 costs based on instance
types

B. Use Cost Explorer’s granular filtering feature to perform an in-depth analysis of EC2 costs
based on instance types

C. Use graphs from the AWS Billing and Cost Management dashboard to compare EC2 costs
based on instance types for the last 2 months

D. Use AWS Cost and Usage Reports to create a report and send it to an Amazon S3 bucket
Use Amazon QuickSight with Amazon S3 as a source to generate an interactive graph based
on instance types.

A

C

499
Q

A global company plans to track and store information about local allergens in aj Amazon
DynamoDB table and query this data from its website The website traffic will fluctuate The
combined read capacity units (RCUs) and write capacity units (WCUs) will range from 10 per
second to 10.000 per second, depending on the severity of the conditions for the given day A
solutions architect must design a solution that avoids throttling issues and manages capacity
efficiently The solution also must provide the ability to set a maximum number of capacity units

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use provisioned capacity mode Set the table’s maximum RCUs to 10.000

B. Use provisioned capacity mode. Configure a scaling policy in DynamoDB auto scaling

C. Use on-demand capacity mode Set the table’s maximum RCUs to 10,000.

D. Use on-demand capacity mode for a couple of months Then switch to provisioned capacity
mode

A

B

500
Q

A company is running a two-tier ecommerce website using AWS services The current
architecture uses a public-facing Elastic Load Balancer that sends traffic to Amazon EC2
instances in a prrvate subnet. The static content is hosted on EC2 instances and the dynamic
content is retneved from a MySQL database The application is running in the United States The
company recently started selling to users in Europe and Australia. A solutions architect needs to
design a solution so their international users have an improved browsing experience

Which solution is MOST cost-effective?

A. Host the entire website on Amazon S3.

B. Use Amazon CloudFront and Amazon S3 to host static images

C. Increase the number of public load balancers and EC2 instances

D. Deploy the two-tier website in AWS Regions in Europe and Australia

A

D

501
Q

A company wants to share data that « collected from self-driving cars with the automobile
community The data will be made available from within an Amazon S3 bucket The company
wants to minimize its cost of making this data available to other AWS accounts.

What should a solutions architect do to accomplish this goal?

A. Create an S3 VPC endpoint for me bucket

B. Configure the S3 bucket to be a Requested Pays bucket

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution in front of the S3 bucket

D. Require that the files be accesses only with the use of the BitTorrent protocol

A

B

502
Q

A company runs an application on several Amazon EC2 instances that store persistent data on
an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. The company needs to replicate the
data to another AWS Region by using an AWS managed service solution

Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively’?

A. Use the EFS-to-EFS backup solution to replicate the data to an EFS file system in another
Region

B. Run a nightly script to copy data from the EFS file system to an Amazon S3 bucket Enable
S3 Cross-Region Replication on the S3 bucket

C. Create a VPC in another Region Establish a cross-Region VPC peer Run a nightly rsync to
copy data from the original Region to the new Region.

D. Use AWS Backup to create a backup plan with a rule that takes a daily backup and replicates
it to another Region Assign the EFS file system resource to the backup plan

A

D

503
Q

A solutions architect is investigating AWS file storage solutions that can be used with a
company’s on-premises Linux servers and applications. The company has an existing VPN
connection set up between the company’s VPC and its on-premises network.

Which AWS services should the solutions architect use? (Select TWO )

A. AWS Backup

B. AWS OataSync

C. AWS Snowball Edge

D. AWS Storage Gateway

E. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS

A

D, E

504
Q

A company wants to use a custom distributed application that calculates various profit and loss
scenarios To achieve this goal, the company needs to provide a network connection between its
Amazon EC2 instances. The connection must minimize latency and must maximize throughput

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Provision the application to use EC2 Dedicated Hosts of the same instance type.

B. Configure a placement group for EC2 instances that have the same instance type

C. Use multiple AWS elastic network interfaces and link aggregation

D. Configure AWS PrivateLink for the EC2 instances

A

A

505
Q

A company hosts a marketing website in an on-premises data center. The website consists of
static documents and runs on a single server. An administrator updates the website content
infrequently and uses an SFTP client to upload new documents.
The company decides to host its website on AWS and to use Amazon CloudFront. The
company’s solutions architect creates a CloudFront distribution. The solutions architect must
design the most cost-effective and resilient architecture for website hosting to serve as the
CloudFront origin

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create a virtual server by using Amazon Lightsail Configure the web server in the Lightsail
instance Upload website content by using an SFTP client

B. Create an AWS Auto Scaling group for Amazon EC2 instances Use an Application Load
Balancer Upload website content by using an SFTP client

C. Create a private Amazon S3 bucket Use an S3 bucket policy to allow access from a
CloudFront origin access identity (OAI) Upload website content by using the AWS CLI

D. Create a public Amazon S3 bucket Configure AWS Transfer for SFTP Configure the S3
bucket for website hosting Upload website content by using the SFTP client

A

C

506
Q

A company is preparing to deploy a data lake on AWS A solutions architect must define the
encryption strategy for data at rest in Amazon S3. The company’s security policy states
· Keys must be rotated every 90 days
· Strict separation of duties between key users and key administrators must be implemented
· Auditing key usage must be possible

What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Server-side encryption with AWS KMS managed keys (SSE-KMS) with customer managed 199https://Xcerts.com
customer master keys (CMKs)

B. Server-side encryption with AWS KMS managed keys (SSE-KMS) with AWS managed
customer master keys (CMKs)

C. Server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) with customer managed
customer master keys (CMKs)

D. Server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) with AWS managed
customer master keys (CMKs)

A

B

507
Q

A company has a web application that users access from around the world The company has
web servers in multiple AWS Regions to support the traffic A solutions architect must configure
an Amazon Route 53 routing policy to send traffic to only the active web servers

Which configuration meets this requirement?

A. Create a simple routing policy that uses health checks for each Region

B. Create a multivalue answer routing policy that uses health checks for each Region

C. Create a geoproximity routing policy with a health check bias of 99 for each Region

D. Create a weighted routing policy with a health check weight of 100 for each Region

A

B

508
Q

A company is deploying an application that processes large quantities of data in parallel The
company plans to use Amazon EC2 instances for the workload The network architecture must
be configurable to prevent groups of nodes from sharing the same underlying hardware

Which networking solution meets these requirements?

A. Run the EC2 instances in a spread placement group

B. Group the EC2 instances in separate accounts

C. Configure the EC2 instances with dedicated tenancy

D. Configure the EC2 instances with shared tenancy.

A

A

509
Q

A company is building an application that consists of several microservices. The company has
decided to use container technologies to deploy its software on AWS The company needs a
solution that minimizes the amount of ongoing effort for maintenance and scaling. The company
cannot manage additional infrastructure

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements?
{Select TWO )

A. Deploy an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster

B. Deploy the Kubernetes control plane on Amazon EC2 instances that span multiple
Availability Zones

C. Deploy an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) service with an Amazon EC2
launch type Specify a desired task number level of greater than or equal to 2

D. Deploy an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) service with a Fargate launch
type Specify a desired task number level of greater than or equal to 2

E. Deploy Kubernetes worker nodes on Amazon EC2 instances that span multiple Availability
Zones Create a deployment that specifies two or more replicas for each microservice

A

B, D

510
Q

A company has migrated several applications to AWS in the past 3 months. The company
wants to know the breakdown of costs for each of these applications. The company wants to
receive a regular report that includes this information.

Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use AWS Budgets to download data for the past 3 months into a csv file. Look up the desired
information.

B. Load AWS Cost and Usage Reports into an Amazon RDS DB instance. Run SQL queries to
get the desired information.

C. Tag all the AWS resources with a key for cost and a value of the application’s name. Activate
cost allocation tags. Use Cost Explorer to get the desired information.

D. Tag all the AWS resources with a key for cost and a value of the application’s name. Use the
AWS Billing and Cost Management console to download bills for the past 3 months. Look up the
desired information.

A

C

511
Q

A company has deployed an internal API in a VPC behind an internet-facing Application Load
Balancer (ALB). An application that consumes the API as a client is deployed in a VPC in a
second account The application is deployed in private subnets behind a NAT gateway. When
requests to the client application increase, the NAT gateway costs are
higher than expected.

Which combination of architectural changes will reduce the NAT gateway costs? (Select TWO.)

A. Configure a VPC peering connection between the two VPCs.

B. Configure an AWS Direct Connect connection between the two VPCs.

C. Replace the internet-facing ALB with an internal ALB. Access the API by using the ALB’s
private DNS address.

D. Configure a ClassicLink connection for the API to the client VPC. Access the API by using
the ClassicLink address.

E. Configure an AWS Resource Access Manager connection between the two accounts. Access
the API by using the ALB’s private DNS address.

A

A, E

512
Q

A company hosts a web application on multiple Amazon EC2 instances The EC2 instances are
in an Auto Scaling group that scales in response to user demand The company wants to
optimize cost savings without making a long-term commitment

Which EC2 instance purchasing option should a solutions architect recommend to meet these
requirements’?

A. Dedicated Instances only

B. On-Demand Instances only

C. A mix of On-Demand instances and Spot Instances

D. A mix of On-Demand instances and Reserved instances

A

A

513
Q

A company created and hosts a legacy software application for its customers. The application
runs on a dedicated Linux server for each customer. The application stores no persistent data
except for MySQL data.
The company experienced some data corruption issues in the past and wants to move the
application to AWS. The company needs to implement a solution to optimize the stability of the
application. The solution also must give the company the ability to restore a customer’s
database to a specific point in time. The company will migrate customer data by using AWS
Database Migration Service (AWS DMS).

Which architecture should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Set up a shared Amazon Aurora database. Configure an Amazon EC2 launch template for
each customer.

B. Set up a shared Amazon Aurora database. Create an Amazon EC2 Amazon Machine Image
(AMI) for each customer. Use the AMI to launch the application.

C. Set up an Amazon RDS database and an Amazon EC2 instance for each customer.
Download the installation script. Run the script to install and configure the application.

D. Set up an Amazon RDS database for each customer Deploy the application by using an
Amazon EC2 launch template. Use user data to configure the customer-specific data

A

C

514
Q

A company is creating a three-tier web application consisting of a web server an application
server and a database server. The application will track GPS coordinates of packages as they
are being delivered The application will update the database every 0 5 seconds
The tracking will need to be read as fast as possible for users to check the status of their
packages Only a few packages might be tracked on some days whereas millions of packages
might be tracked on other days Tracking will need to be searchable by tracking ID customer ID
and order ID Orders older than 1 month no longer need to be tracked.

What should a solutions architect recommend to accomplish this with minimal total cost of
ownership?

A. Use Amazon DynamoDB Enable Auto Scaling on the DynamoDB table Schedule an
automatic deletion script for items older than 1 month

B. Use Amazon DynamoDB with global secondary indexes Enable Auto Scaling on the
DynamoDB table and the global secondary indexes Enable TTL on the DynamoDB table

C. Use an Amazon RDS On-Demand Instance with Provisioned IOPS (PlOPS) Enable Amazon
CloudWatch alarms to send notifications when PIOPS are exceeded Increase and decrease
PIOPS as needed

D. Use an Amazon RDS Reserved Instance with Provisioned IOPS (PIOPS) Enable Amazon
CloudWatch alarms to send notifications when PIOPS are exceeded Increase and decrease
PIOPS as needed

A

B

515
Q

A company is running a media store across multiple Amazon EC2 instances distnbuted across
multiple Availability Zones in a single VPC. The company wants a high-performing solution to
share data between all the EC2 instances, and prefers to keep the data within the VPC only

What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket and call the service APIs from each instance’s application.

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket and configure all instances to access it as a mounted volume

C. Configure an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume and mount it across ail
instances.

D. Configure an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EPS) file system and mount it across all
instances

A

D

516
Q

A company is planning to run a group of Amazon EC2 instances that connect to an Amazon
Aurora database. The company has built an AWS CloudFormation template to deploy the EC2
instances and the Aurora DB cluster. The company wants to allow the instances to authenticate
to the database in a secure way. The company does not want to maintain static database
credentials.

Which solution meets these requirements with the LEAST operational effort?

A. Create a database user with a user name and password. Add parameters for the database
user name and password to the CloudFormation template. Pass the parameters to the EC2
instances when the instances are launched.

B. Create a database user with a user name and password. Store the user name and password
in AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store. Configure the EC2 instances to retrieve the
database credentials from Parameter Store.

C. Configure the DB cluster to use IAM database authentication. Create a database user to use
with IAM authentication. Associate a role with the EC2 instances to allow applications on the
instances to access the database.

D. Configure the DB cluster to use IAM database authentication with an IAM user. Create a
database user that has a name that matches the IAM user. Associate the IAM user with the EC2
instances to allow applications on the instances to access the database

A

C

517
Q

A company has an AWS account used for software engineering. The AWS account has access to the company’s on-premises data center through a pair of AWS Direct Connect connections
All non-VPC traffic routes to the virtual private gateway
A development team recently created an AWS Lambda function through the console The
development team needs to allow the function to access a database that runs in a private
subnet in the company’s data center

Which solution will meet these requirements’?

A. Configure the Lambda function to run in the VPC with the appropriate security group

B. Set up a VPN connection from AWS to the data center Route the traffic from the Lambda
function through the VPN

C. Update the route tables in the VPC to allow the Lambda function to access the on- premises
data center through Direct Connect

D. Create an Elastic IP address Configure the Lambda function to send traffic through the
Elastic IP address without an elastic network interface

A

C

518
Q

A company has a business-critical application that runs on Amazon bC2 instances. The
application stores data m an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company must be able to revert the
table to any point within the last 24 hours.

Which solution meets these requirements with the
LEAST operational overhead?

A. Configure point-in-time recovery for the fabric

B. Use AWS Backup for the table

C. Use an AWS Lambda function to make an on demand backup of the table every hour

D. Turn on streams on the table to capture a log of all changes to the table in the last 24 hours.
Store a copy of the stream in an Amazon S3 bucket

A

A

519
Q

A web application must send order data to Amazon S3 to support near-time processing. A
solutions architect needs to create an architecture that is scalable and fault tolerant.

Which solutions meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Write the order event to an Amazon DynamoDB table DynamoDB table. Use Amazon
DynamoDB A. Streams to invoke an AWS Lambda function that parses the payload and writes
the data to Amazon S3.

B. Write the order event to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Use the
queue to invoke an AWS Lambda function that parses the payload and writes the data to
Amazon S3.

C. Write the order event to an Amazon Simple Queue (Amazon SQS) queue. Use an Amazon
EventBridge ( Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to invoke an AWS

D. Lambda function that parses the payload and writes the data to Amazon S3.

E. Write the order event to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Use an
Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to invoke an AWS Lambda function that parses the payload and writes the data to Amazon S3.
A

A, B

520
Q

A solution architect is using an AWS CloudFormation template to deploy a three-tier web
application. The web application consist of a web tier and an application that stores and
retrieves user data in Amazon DynamoDB tables. The web and application tiers are hosted on
Amazon EC2 instances, and the database tier is not publicly accessible. The application EC2
instances need to access the Dynamo tables Without exposing API credentials in the template.

What should the solution architect do to meet the requirements?

A. Create an IAM role to read the DynamoDB tables. Associate the role with the application
instances by referencing an instance profile.

B. Create an IAM role that has the required permissions to read and write from the DynamoDB
tables. Add the role to the EC2 instance profile, and associate the instances profile with the
application instances.

C. Use the parameter section in the AWS CloudFormation template to have the user input
access and secret keys from an already-created IAM user that has the required permissions to
read and write from the DynamoDB tables.

D. Create an IAM user in the AWS CloudFormation template that has the required permissions
to read and write from the DynamoDB tables. Use the GetAtt function to retrieve the access
secret keys, and pass them to the application instances through the user data.

A

B

521
Q

A company’s web application resizes uploaded images lot users The application stores the
original images and the resized images in Amazon S3 The company needs lo minimize the
storage costs tor all the images Original images ate viewed frequently. and resized images are
viewed infrequently after they are created Both types of images need to be immediately
available

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements?
(Select TWO.)

A. Store the original images In S3 Standard.

B. Store the resized images in S3 Standard

C. Store the original images in S3 Glacier

D. Store the resized Images In S3 Glacier

E. Store the resized Images In S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA).

A

A, D

522
Q

A company runs a photo processing application mat needs to frequently upload and download
pictures from Amazon S3 buckets that are located in the same AWS Region A solutions
architect has noticed an increased cost in data transfer lees and needs to implement a solution
to reduce these costs.

How can the solutions architect meet this requirement?

A. Deploy Amazon API Gateway into a public subnet and adjust the route table to route S3 calls
through it

B. Deploy a NAT gateway into a public subnet and attach an endpoint policy that allows access
to the S3 buckets

C. Deploy the application into a public subnet and allow it to route through an internet gateway
to access the S3 buckets

D. Deploy an S3 VPC gateway endpoint into the VPC and attach an endpoint policy that allows
access to the S3 buckets

A

D

523
Q

A company is launching a new application and will display application metrics on an Amazon
CloudWatch dashboard. The company’s product manager needs to access this dashboard
periodically. The product manager does not have an AWS account. A solution architect must
provide access to the product manager by following the principle of least privilege.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Share the dashboard from the CloudWatch console. Enter the product manager’s email
address, and complete the sharing steps. Provide a shareable link for the dashboard to the
product manager.

B. Create an IAM user specifically for the product manager. Attach the CloudWatch Read Only
Access managed policy to the user. Share the new login credential with the product manager.
Share the browser URL of the correct dashboard with the product manager.

C. Create an IAM user for the company’s employees, Attach the View Only Access AWS
managed policy to the IAM user. Share the new login credentials with the product manager. Ask
the product manager to navigate to the CloudWatch console and locate the dashboard by name
in the Dashboards section.

D. Deploy a bastion server in a public subnet. When the product manager requires access to
the dashboard, start the server and share the RDP credentials. On the bastion server, ensure
that the browser is configured to open the dashboard URL with cached AWS credentials that
have appropriate permissions to view the dashboard.

A

A

524
Q

A company wants to experiment with individual AWS accounts tor its engineer team The
company wants to be notified as soon as the Amazon EC2 instance usage for a given month
exceeds a specific threshold for each account.

What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use Cost Explorer to create a daily report of costs by service. Filter the report by EC2
instances. Configure Cost Explorer to send an Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES)
notification when a threshold is exceeded

B. Use Cost Explorer to create a monthly report of costs by service. Filter the report by
EC2 instances Configure Cost Explorer to send an Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon
SES) notification when a threshold is exceeded

C. Use AWS Budgets to create a cost budget for each account Set the period to monthly Set the
scope to EC2 instances Set an alert threshold for the budget Configure an Amazon Simple
Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to receive a notification when a threshold is exceeded.

D. Use AWS Cost and Usage Reports to create a report with hourly granularity. Integrate the
report data with Amazon Athena. Use Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to
schedule an Athena query Configure an Amazon Simple Notifiication Service (Amazon SNS)
topic lo receive a notification when a threshold is exceeded

A

B

525
Q

A company is designing an application that will run on an AWS Lambda function within a VPC
Gateway API will invoke the Lambda function. A solution architect needs to recommend an
Amazon CloudWatch solution that developers can use to identify the users who are generating
the most network traffic.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure CloudWatch Lambds insights Examine the network usage graph by using the multi
-function view In the performance dashboard.

B. Create a canary in CloudWatch Synthetics. Turn on active tracing Review the network usage
graph in the Monitoring tab of the canary.

C. Configure VPC How logs to stream to CloudWatch Logs. Create a CloudWatch Contributor
Insights rule from the sample blueprint.

D. Add The application to CloudWatch Application instants View the graph for top network users
in the dashboard that Application Insights creates automatically

A

C

526
Q

A company has a stateless asynchronous application that runs in an Apache Hadoop cluster
The application is invoked on demand to run extract, transform and load (ETL) jobs several
limes a day
A solutions architect needs to migrate this application to the AWS Cloud by designing an
Amazon EMR cluster for the workload. The cluster must be available immediately to
process jobs.

Which implementation meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use zonal Reserved Instances for the master nodes and the ewe nodes Use a Spot Fleet lor
tire task nodes

B. Use zonal Reserved Instances for the master nodes Use Spot instances for the core nodes
and the task nodes

C. Use regional Reserved Instances for the master nodes Use a Spot Fleer for the core nodes
and the task nodes

D. Use regional Reserved Instances for the master nodes. Use On-Demand Capacity
Reservations for the core nodes and the task nodes

A

A

527
Q

A public-facing web application queries a database hosted on a Amazon EC2 instance in a
private subnet. A large number of queries involve multiple table joins, and the application
performance has been degrading due to an increase in complex queries. The application team
will be performing updates to improve performance.

What should a solutions architect recommend to the application team? (Select TWO.)

A. Cache query data in Amazon SQS

B. Create a read replica to offload queries

C. Migrate the database to Amazon Athena

D. Implement Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator to cache data.

E. Migrate the database to Amazon RDS

A

B, E

528
Q

A company is migrating a distributed application to AWS The application serves variable
workloads The legacy platform consists of a primary server trial coordinates jobs across multiple
compute nodes The company wants to modernize the application with a solution that maximizes
resiliency and scalability

How should a solutions architect design the architecture to meet these requirements?

A. Configure an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue as a destination for
the jobs Implement the compute nodes with Amazon EC2 instances that are managed in an
Auto Scaling group. Configure EC2 Auto Scaling to use scheduled scaling

B. Configure an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue as a destination for the
jobs Implement the compute nodes with Amazon EC2 Instances that are managed in an Auto
Scaling group Configure EC2 Auto Scaling based on the size of the queue

C. Implement the primary server and the compute nodes with Amazon EC2 instances that are
managed In an Auto Scaling group. Configure AWS CloudTrail as a destination for the fobs
Configure EC2 Auto Scaling based on the load on the primary server

D. implement the primary server and the compute nodes with Amazon EC2 instances that are
managed in an Auto Scaling group Configure Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch
Events) as a destination for the jobs Configure EC2 Auto Scaling based on the load on the
compute nodes

A

C

529
Q

A company is designing a new web application that the company will deploy into a single AWS
Region. The application requires a two-tier architecture that will include Amazon EC2 instances
and an Amazon RDS DB instance. A solutions architect needs to design the application so that
all components are highly available.

A. Deploy EC2 instances In an additional Region Create a DB instance with the Multi-AZ option
activated

B. Deploy all EC2 instances in the same Region and the same Availability Zone. Create a DB
instance with the Multi-AZ option activated.

C. Deploy the fcC2 instances across at least two Availability Zones within the some Region.
Create a DB instance in a single Availability Zone

D. Deploy the EC2 instances across at least Two Availability Zones within the same Region.
Create a DB instance with the Multi-AZ option activated

A

D

530
Q

A company runs multiple Windows workloads on AWS. The company’s employees use
Windows the file shares that are hosted on two Amazon EC2 instances. The file shares
synchronize data between themselves and maintain duplicate copies. The company wants a
highly available and durable storage solution that preserves how users currently access the
files.

A. Migrate all the data to Amazon S3 Set up IAM authentication for users to access files

B. Set up an Amazon S3 File Gateway. Mount the S3 File Gateway on the existing EC2 Instances.

C. Extend the file share environment to Amazon FSx for Windows File Server with a Multi- AZ
configuration. Migrate all the data to FSx for Windows File Server.

D. Extend the file share environment to Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) with a Multi-
AZ configuration. Migrate all the data to Amazon EFS.

A

C

531
Q

The DNS provider that hosts a company’s domain name records is experiencing outages that
cause service disruption for a website running on AWS The company needs to migrate to a
more resilient managed DNS service and wants the service to run on AWS.

What should a solutions architect do to rapidly migrate the DNS hosting service?

A. Create an Amazon Route 53 public hosted zone for the domain name. Import the zone file
containing the domain records hosted by the previous provider.

B. Create an Amazon Route 53 private hosted zone for the domain name Import the zone file
containing the domain records hosted by the previous provider

C. Create a Simple AD directory in AWS. Enable zone transfer between the DNS provider and
AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory for the domain records.

D. Create an Amazon Route 53 Resolver inbound endpoint in the VPC Specify the IP addresses
that the provider’s DNS will forward DNS queries to Configure the provider’s DNS to forward
DNS queries for the domain to the IP addresses that are specified in the inbound endpoint.

A

B

532
Q

A company is developing an Internal application that uses a PostgreSQL database. The
company has decided to host the database on Amazon Aurora The application does not need to
be highly available but data must be stored in multiple Availability Zones to maximize durability.

Which database configuration meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. An Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster with a single DB Instance

B. An Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster with a primary DB instance and a read replica

C. An Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster with Multi-AZ deployment enabled

D. An Aurora PostgreSQL global database cluster

A

B

533
Q

A company hosts its web application on AWS using seven Amazon EC2 instances. The
company requires that the IP addresses of all healthy EC2 instances be returned in response to
DNS queries.

Which policy should be used to meet this requirement?

A. Simple routing policy

B. Latency routing policy

C. Multivalue routing policy

D. Geolocation routing policy

A

C

Explanation: https://aws.amazon.com/premiumsupport/knowledge-center/multivalue- versus-
simple-policies/
“Use a multivalue answer routing policy to help distribute DNS responses across multiple
resources. For example, use multivalue answer routing when you want to associate your routing
records with a Route 53 health check.”
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/routing-policy.html#routing-
policy-multivalue

534
Q

A company runs a latency-sensitive gaming service in the AWS Cloud. The gaming service runs
on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). An Amazon
DynamoDB table stores the gaming data. All he infrastructure is in a single AWS Region. The
main user base is in that same Region.
A solutions architect needs to update the architect to support a global expansion of the gaming
service must operate with the least possible latency.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution in front of the ALB.

B. Deploy an Amazon API Gateway regional API endpoint. Integrate the API endpoint with the
ALB.

C. Create an accelerator in AWS Global Accelerator. Add a listener. Configure the endpoint to
point to the ALB.

D. Deploy the ALB and the fleet of EC2 instances to another Region. Use Amazon Route 53
geolocation routing.

A

C

535
Q

A company has an application that loads documents into an Amazon 53 bucket and converts
the documents into another format. The application stores the converted documents m another
S3 bucket and saves the document name and URLs in an Amazon DynamoOB table The
DynamoOB entries are used during subsequent days to access the documents The company
uses a DynamoOB Accelerator (DAX) cluster in front of the table
Recently, traffic to the application has increased. Document processing tasks are timing out
during the scheduled DAX maintenance window. A solutions architect must ensure that the
documents continue to load during the maintenance window

What should the solutions architect do to accomplish this goal?

A. Modify the application to write to the DAX cluster Configure the DAX cluster to write to the
DynamoDB table when the maintenance window is complete

B. Enable Amazon DynamoDB Streams for the DynamoDB table. Modify the application to write
to the stream Configure the stream to load the data when the maintenance window is complete.

C. Convert the application to an AWS Lambda function Configure the Lambda function runtime
to be longer than the maintenance window Create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm to monitor Lambda timeouts

D. Modify the application to write the document name and URLs to an Amazon Simple Queue
Service (Amazon SOS) queue Create an AWS Lambda function to read the SOS queue and
write to DynamoDB.

A

C

536
Q

A company runs an application on Amazon EC2 instances. that are part of an Auto Scaling
group Traffic to the application increases substantially during business hours. A solutions
architect needs to implement an Auto Scaling policy that addresses user latency concerns
during periods of high traffic. The company does not want to provision more compute man is
necessary

What should me solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Configure a predictive scaling policy with the appropriate scaling metric.

B. Configure a dynamic target tracking scaling policy with the appropriate scaling metric

C. Configure a scheduled scaling policy that launches additional EC2 instances during business
hours

D. Configure dynamic step or simple scaling policies with Amazon CloudWatch alarms to add
and remove EC2 instances based on alarm status

A

C

537
Q

A company has an application with a REST-based interface that allows data to be received in
near-real time from a third-party vendor Once received the application processes and stores the
data for further analysis. The application is running on Amazon EC2 instances.
The third-party vendor has received many 503 Service Unavailable Errors when sending data to
the application When the data volume spikes, the compute capacity reaches its maximum limit
and the application is unable to process all requests.

Which design should a solutions architect recommend to provide a more scalable solution?

A. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to ingest the data Process the data using AWS Lambda
function.

B. Use Amazon API Gateway on top of the existing application. Create a usage plan with a
quota limit for the third-party vendor

C. Use Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to ingest the data Put the EC2
instances in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer

D. Repackage the application as a container Deploy the application using Amazon Elastic
Container Service (Amazon ECS) using the EC2 launch type with an Auto Scaling group
A

A

538
Q

A media company is using video conversion tools that run on Amazon EC2 instances The video
conversion tools run on a combination of Windows EC? instances and Linux EC? instances
Each video file is tens of gigabytes in size The video conversion tools must process the video files in the shortest possible amount of time The company needs a single, centralized file
storage solution that can be mounted on all the EC2 Instances that host the video conversion
tools.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy Amazon FSx for Windows File Server with hard disk drive (HDD) storage

B. Deploy Amazon FSx for Windows File Server wild solid stale drive (SSD) storage

C. Deploy Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) with Max I/O performance mode

D. Deploy Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) with General Purpose performance mode

A

D

539
Q

A company’s web application consists of multiple Amazon EC2 instances that run behind an
Application Load Balancer in a VPC. An Amazon ROS for MySQL DB instance contains the
data. The company needs the ability to automatically detect and respond to suspicious or
unexpected behaviour in its AWS environment the company already has added AWS WAF to its
architecture.

What should a solutions architect do next lo protect against threats?

A. Use Amazon GuardDuty to perform threat detection. Configure Amazon EventBridge
(Amazon CloudWatch Events) to filler for GuardDuty findings and to invoke pin AWS Lambda
function to adjust the AWS WAF rules

B. Use AWS Firewall Manager to perform threat detection Configure Amazon EventBridge
(Amazon CloudWatch Events) to filter for Firewall Manager findings and to invoke an AWS
Lambda function to adjust the AWS WAF web ACL

C. Use Amazon Inspector to perform three! detection and to update the AWS WAT rules Create
a VPC network ACL to limit access to the web application

D. Use Amazon Macie to perform throat detection and to update the AWS WAF rules Create a
VPC network ACL to limit access to the web application

A

A

540
Q

Availability Zone The company wants the application to be highly available with minimum
downtime and minimum loss of data

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational effort?

A. Place the EC2 instances in different AWS Regions Use Amazon Route 53 health checks to
redirect traffic Use Aurora PostgreSQL Cross-Region Replication

B. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use multiple Availability Zones Configure the database
as Multi-AZ Configure an Amazon RDS Proxy instance for the database

C. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use one Availability Zone Generate hourly snapshots of
the database Recover the database from the snapshots in the event of a failure.

D. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use multiple AWS Regions Write the data from the
application to Amazon S3 Use S3 Event Notifications to launch an AWS Lambda function to
write the data to the database

A

B

541
Q

A company wants to reduce the cost of its existing three-tier web architect. The web,
application, and database servers are running on Amazon EC2 instance EC2 instance for the
development, test and production environments. The EC2 instances average 30% CPU
utilization during peak hours and 10% CPU utilization during non-peak hours.

The production EC2 instance purchasing solution will meet the company’s requirements MOST
cost-effectively?

A. Use Spot Instances for the production EC2 instances. Use Reserved Instances for the
development and test EC2 instances

B. Use Reserved Instances for the production EC2 instances. Use On-Demand Instances for
the development and test EC2 instances

C. Use blocks for the production FC2 ins ranges Use Reserved instances for the development
and lest EC2 instances

D. Use On-Demand Instances for the production EC2 instances. Use Spot blocks for the
development and test EC2 instances

A

B

542
Q

A company has an on-premises MySQL database that handles transactional data The company
is migrating the database to the AWS Cloud The migrated database must maintain compatibility
with the company’s applications that use the database The migrated database also must scale
automatically during periods of increased demand.

Which migration solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use native MySQL tools to migrate the database to Amazon RDS for MySQL Configure
elastic storage scaling

B. Migrate the database to Amazon Redshift by using the mysqldump utility Turn on Auto
Scaling for the Amazon Redshift cluster

C. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate the database to Amazon
Aurora Turn on Aurora Auto Scaling.

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate the database to Amazon
DynamoDB Configure an Auto Scaling policy.

A

D

543
Q

A company’s reporting system delivers hundreds of csv files to an Amazon S3 bucket each day
The company must convert these files to Apache Parquet format and must store the files in a
transformed data bucket.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST development effort?

A. Create an Amazon EMR cluster with Apache Spark installed Write a Spark application to
transform the data Use EMR File System (EMRFS) to write files to the transformed data bucket

B. Create an AWS Glue crawler to discover the data Create an AWS Glue extract transform:
and load (ETL) job to transform the data Specify the transformed data bucket in the output step

C. Use AWS Batch to create a job definition with Bash syntax to transform the data and output
the data to the transformed data bucket
Use the job definition to submit a job Specify an array job as the job type

D. Create an AWS Lambda function to transform the data and output the data to the
transformed data bucket. Configure an event notification for the S3 bucket. Specify the Lambda
function as the destination for the event notification.
A

D

544
Q

A company uses 50 TB of data for reporting. The company wants to move this data from on
premises to AWS A custom application in the company’s data center runs a weekly data
transformation job. The company plans to pause the application until the data transfer is
complete and needs to begin the transfer process as soon as possible.
The data center does not have any available network bandwidth for additional workloads A
solutions architect must transfer the data and must configure the transformation job to continue
to run in the AWS Cloud

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS DataSync to move the data Create a custom transformation job by using AWS
Glue

B. Order an AWS Snowcone device to move the data Deploy the transformation application to
the device

C. Order an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device. Copy the data to the device.
Create a custom transformation job by using AWS Glue

D. Order an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device that includes Amazon EC2
compute Copy the data to the device Create a new EC2 instance on AWS to run the
transformation application

A

D

545
Q

A company is designing a distributed application to optimize its global supply chain and
manufacturing process. The company has facilities near the us east-1 Region, the eu-west- 1
Region and the ap-south 1 Region.
According to the application requirements, orders that are booked in one Region must be visible
in the other two Regions in 1 second or less. The database must be able to support failover with
a recovery time objective (RTO) of less than 5 minutes. The application must avoid downtime so
that the manufacturing process is not negatively affected

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use Amazon DynamoDB to invoke an AWS Lambda function

B. Use an Amazon Aurora global database

C. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL with a cross-Region read replica

D. Use Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL with a cross-Region read replica.

A

A

546
Q

A company’s ecommerce website has unpredictable traffic and uses AWS Lambda functions to
directly access a private Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance. The company wants to
maintain predictable database performance and ensure that the Lambda invocations do not
overload the database with too many connections.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Point the client driver at an RDS custom endpoint Deploy the Lambda functions inside a VPC

B. Point the client driver at an RDS proxy endpoint Deploy the Lambda functions inside a VPC

C. Point the client driver at an RDS custom endpoint Deploy the Lambda functions outside a
VPC

D. Point the client driver at an RDS proxy endpoint Deploy the Lambda functions outside a VPC

A

B

547
Q

A company has an application that processes customer of tiers. The company hosts the
application on an Amazon EC2 instance that saves the orders to an Amazon Aurora database.
Occasionally when traffic Is high, the workload does not process orders fast enough.

What should a solutions architect do to write the orders reliably to the database as quickly as
possible?

A. Increase the instance size of the EC2 instance when baffle Is high. Write orders to Amazon
Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) Subscribe the database endpoint to the SNS topic

B. Write orders to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) queue Use EC2 instances
in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer to read born the SQS queue and
process orders into the database

C. Write orders to Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS). Subscribe the database
endpoint to the SNS topic. Use EC2 ^stances in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application
Load Balancer to read from the SNS topic.

D. Write orders to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when the EC2
instance reaches CPU threshold limits. Use scheduled scaling of EC2 instances in an Auto
Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer to read from the SQS queue and
process orders into the database

A

B

548
Q

A company has 150 TB of archived image data stored on-premises that needs to be moved to
the AWS Cloud within the next month. The company’s current network connection allows up to
100 Mbps uploads for this purpose during the night only.

What is the MOST cost-effective mechanism to move this data and meet the migration
deadline?

A. Use AWS Snowmobile to ship the data to AWS

B. Order multiple AWS Snowball devices to ship the data to AWS.

C. Enable Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration and securely upload the data.

D. Create an Amazon S3 VPC endpoint and establish a VPN to upload the data

A

B

Explanation: eg.6 hrs night
6 hrs60min/hr=360 min
360 min
60 sec/min=21600 sec
100 Mbps*21600 s=2160000Mb
or 2160 Gb or 2.1 TB can only be done
So,for 150 TB, we can use 2 X Snowball Edge Storage Optimised devices.
Size of Snowball Edge Storage Optimised device=80 TB Size of Snowball Edge Compute
Optimised device= 40 TB Size of Snowcone =8 TB
Size of Snowmobile =100 PB (1 PB=1000 TB)

Q: How should I choose between Snowmobile and Snowball?
To migrate large datasets of 10PB or more in a single location, you should use Snowmobile. For
datasets less than 10PB or distributed in multiple locations, you should use Snowball. In
addition, you should evaluate the amount of available bandwidth in your network backbone. If
you have a high speed backbone with hundreds of Gb/s of spare throughput, then you can use
Snowmobile to migrate the large datasets all at once. If you have limited bandwidth on your
backbone, you should consider using multiple Snowballs to
migrate the data incrementally

549
Q

A hospital recently deployed a RESTful API with Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda The
hospital uses API Gateway and Lambda to upload reports that are in PDF format and JPEG
format The hospital needs to modify the Lambda code to identify protected health information
(PHI) in the reports

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use existing Python libraries to extract the text from the reports and to identify the PHI from
the extracted text.

B. Use Amazon Textract to extract the text from the reports Use Amazon SageMaker to identify
the PHI from the extracted text.

C. Use Amazon Textract to extract the text from the reports Use Amazon Comprehend Medical
to identify the PHI from the extracted text

D. Use Amazon Rekognition to extract the text from the reports Use Amazon Comprehend
Medical to identify the PHI from the extracted text

A

A

550
Q

A company has an Amazon S3 data lake that is governed by AWS Lake Formation The
company wants to create a visualization in Amazon QuickSight by joining the data in the data ake with operational data that is stored in an Amazon Aurora MySQL database The company
wants to enforce column-level authorization so that the company’s marketing team can access
only a subset of columns in the database

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use Amazon EMR to ingest the data directly from the database to the QuickSight SPICE
engine Include only the required columns

B. Use AWS Glue Studio to ingest the data from the database to the S3 data lake Attach an
1AM policy to the QuickSight users to enforce column-level access control. Use Amazon S3 as
the data source in QuickSight

C. Use AWS Glue Elastic Views to create a materialized view for the database in Amazon S3
Create an S3 bucket policy to enforce column-level access control for the QuickSight
users Use Amazon S3 as the data source in QuickSight.

D. Use a Lake Formation blueprint to ingest the data from the database to the S3 data lake Use
Lake Formation to enforce column-level access control for the QuickSight users Use Amazon
Athena as the data source in QuickSight

A

C

551
Q

A company hosts a website on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer
(ALB) The website serves static content Website traffic is increasing, and the company is
concerned about a potential increase in cost.

What should a solutions architect do to reduce the cost of the website?

A. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution to cache static files at edge locations.

B. Create an Amazon ElastiCache cluster Connect the ALB to the ElastiCache cluster to serve
cached files.

C. Create an AWS WAF web ACL, and associate it with the ALB Add a rule to the web ACL to
cache static files.

D. Create a second ALB in an alternative AWS Region Route user traffic to the closest Region
to minimize data transfer costs.

A

C

552
Q

A company’s infrastructure consists of hundreds of Amazon EC2 instances that use Amazon
Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) storage. A solutions architect must ensure that every EC2
instance can be recovered after a disaster

What should the solutions architect do to meet this requirement with the LEAST amount of
effort?

A. Take a snapshot of the EBS storage that is attached to each EC2 instance Create an AWS
CloudFormation template to launch new EC2 instances from the EBS storage.

B. Take a snapshot of the EBS storage that is attached to each EC2 instance. Use AWS Elastic
Beanstalk to set the environment based on the EC2 template and attach the EBS storage.

C. Use AWS Backup to set up a backup plan for the entire group of EC2 instances. Use the
AWS Backup API or the AWS CLI to speed up the restore process for multiple EC2 instances

D. Create an AWS Lambda function to take a snapshot of the EBS storage that is attached to
each EC2 instance and copy the Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). Create another Lambda
function to perform the restores with the copied AMIs and attach the EBS storage
A

C

553
Q

A company wants to create a mobile app that allows users to stream slow-motion video clips on
their mobile devices Currently, the app captures video clips and uploads the video clips in raw
format into an Amazon S3 bucket The app retrieves these video clips directly from the S3
bucket. However the videos are large in their raw format.
Users are experiencing issues with buffering and playback on mobile devices. The company
wants to implement solutions to maximize the performance and scalability of the app while
minimizing operational overhead

Which combination of solutions will meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Deploy Amazon CloudFront for content delivery and caching

B. Use AWS DataSync to replicate the video files across AWS Regions in other S3 buckets

C. Use Amazon Elastic Transcoder to convert the video files to more appropriate formats

D. Deploy an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2 instances in Local Zones for content delivery
and caching

E. Deploy an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2 instances to convert the video files to more
appropriate formats

A

C, D

554
Q

A company wants to run its critical applications in containers to meet requirements tor scalability
and availability The company prefers to focus on maintenance of the critical applications The
company does not want to be responsible for provisioning and managing the underlying
infrastructure that runs the containerized workload

What should a solutions architect do to meet those requirements?

A. Use Amazon EC2 Instances, and Install Docker on the Instances

B. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) on Amazon EC2 worker nodes

C. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) on AWS Fargate

D. Use Amazon EC2 instances from an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)-
optimized Amazon Machine Image (AMI).

A

C

Explanation: using AWS ECS on AWS Fargate since they requirements are for scalability and
availability without having to provision and manage the underlying infrastructure to run the
containerized workload.

555
Q

A company runs an on-premises application that is powered by a MySQL database The
company is migrating the application to AWS to Increase the application’s elasticity and availability
The current architecture shows heavy read activity on the database during times of normal
operation Every 4 hours the company’s development team pulls a full export of the production
database to populate a database in the staging environment During this period, users
experience unacceptable application latency The development team is unable to use the
staging environment until the procedure completes
A solutions architect must recommend replacement architecture that alleviates the application
latency issue The replacement architecture also must give the development team the ability to
continue using the staging environment without delay

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use Amazon Aurora MySQL with Multi-AZ Aurora Replicas for production. Populate the
staging database by implementing a backup and restore process that uses the mysqldump
utility.

B. Use Amazon Aurora MySQL with Multi-AZ Aurora Replicas for production Use database
cloning to create the staging database on-demand

C. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL with a Mufti AZ deployment and read replicas for production
Use the standby instance tor the staging database.

D. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL with a Multi-AZ deployment and read replicas for production.
Populate the staging database by implementing a backup and restore process that uses the
mysqldump utility.

A

C

556
Q

A company deploys Amazon EC2 instances that run in a VPC The EC2 instances load source
data into Amazon S3 buckets so that the data can be processed in the future According to
compliance laws, the data must not be transmitted over the public internet Servers in the
company’s on-premises data center will consume the output from an application that runs on the
EC2 instances

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy an interface VPC endpoint for Amazon EC2 Create an AWS Site-to-Site VPN
connection between the company and the VPC

B. Deploy a gateway VPC endpoint for Amazon S3 Set up an AWS Direct Connect connection
between the on-premises network and the VPC

C. Set up an AWS Transit Gateway connection from the VPC to the S3 buckets Create an AWS
Site-to-Site VPN connection between the company and the VPC

D. Set up proxy EC2 instances that have routes to NAT gateways Configure the proxy EC2
instances to fetch S3 data and feed the application instances

A

B

557
Q

A company hosts its product information webpages on AWS The existing solution uses multiple
Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer in an Auto Scaling group. The
website also uses a custom DNS name and communicates with HTTPS only using a dedicated SSL certificate The company is planning a new product launch and wants to be sure that users
from around the world have the best possible experience on the new website

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Redesign the application to use Amazon CloudFront

B. Redesign the application to use AWS Elastic Beanstalk

C. Redesign the application to use a Network Load Balancer.

D. Redesign the application to use Amazon S3 static website hosting

A

A

Explanation: as CloudFront can help provide the best experience for global users. CloudFront
integrates seamlessly with ALB and provides and option to use custom DNS and SSL certs.

558
Q

A solutions architect is designing the cloud architecture for a new application being deployed on
AWS. The process should run in parallel while adding and removing application nodes as
needed based on the number of fobs to be processed. The processor application is stateless.
The solutions architect must ensure that the application is loosely copied and the job items are
durably stored

Which design should the solutions architect use?

A. Create an Amazon SNS topic to send the jobs that need to be processed Create an Amazon
Machine Image (AMI) that consists of the processor application Create a launch configuration
that uses the AMI Create an Auto Scaling group using the launch configuration Set the scaling
policy for the Auto Scaling group to add and remove nodes based on CPU usage

B. Create an Amazon SQS queue to hold the jobs that need to be processed Create an Amazon
Machine image (AMI) that consists of the processor application Create a launch configuration
that uses the AM’ Create an Auto Scaling group using the launch configuration Set the scaling
policy for the Auto Scaling group to add and remove nodes based on network usage

C. Create an Amazon SQS queue to hold the jobs that needs to be processed Create an
Amazon Machine image (AMI) that consists of the processor application Create a launch
template that uses the AMI Create an Auto Scaling group using the launch template Set the
scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group to add and remove nodes based on the number of
items in the SQS queue

D. Create an Amazon SNS topic to send the jobs that need to be processed Create an Amazon
Machine Image (AMI) that consists of the processor application Create a launch template that
uses the AMI Create an Auto Scaling group using the launch template Set the scaling policy for
the Auto Scaling group to add and remove nodes based on the number of messages published
to the SNS topic

A

C

Explanation: “Create an Amazon SQS queue to hold the jobs that needs to be processed.
Create an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group for the compute application. Set the scaling policy
for the Auto Scaling group to add and remove nodes based on the number of items in the SQS
queue”
In this case we need to find a durable and loosely coupled solution for storing jobs. Amazon
SQS is ideal for this use case and can be configured to use dynamic scaling based on the
number of jobs waiting in the queue.To configure this scaling you can use the backlog per instance metric with the target value being the acceptable backlog per instance to maintain. You can calculate these numbers as follows: Backlog per instance: To calculate your
backlog per instance, start with the ApproximateNumberOfMessages queue attribute to
determine the length of the SQS queue

559
Q

A company is expecting rapid growth in the near future. A solutions architect needs to configure
existing users and grant permissions to new users on AWS The solutions architect has decided
to create IAM groups The solutions architect will add the new users to IAM groups based on
department

Which additional action is the MOST secure way to grant permissions to the new users?

A. Apply service control policies (SCPs) to manage access permissions

B. Create IAM roles that have least privilege permission Attach the roles lo the IAM groups

C. Create an IAM policy that grants least privilege permission Attach the policy to the IAM
groups

D. Create IAM roles Associate the roles with a permissions boundary that defines the maximum
permissions

A

C

560
Q

A company needs to migrate a legacy application from an on-premises data center to the AWS
Cloud because of hardware capacity constraints. The application runs 24 hours a day. & days a
week,. The application database storage continues to grow over time.

What should a solution architect do to meet these requirements MOST cost-affectivity?

A. Migrate the application layer to Amazon FC2 Spot Instances Migrate the data storage layer to
Amazon S3.

B. Migrate the application layer to Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances Migrate the data storage
layer to Amazon RDS On-Demand Instances.

C. Migrate the application layer to Amazon EC2 Reserved instances Migrate the data storage
layer to Amazon Aurora Reserved Instances.

D. Migrate the application layer to Amazon EC2 On Demand Amazon Migrate the data
storage layer to Amazon RDS Reserved instances

A

C

561
Q

A company maintains a searchable repository of items on its website. The data is stored in an
Amazon RDS for MySQL database table that contains more than 10 million rows The database
has 2 TB of General Purpose SSD storage There are millions of updates against this data every
day through the company’s website
The company has noticed that some insert operations are taking 10 seconds or longer The
company has determined that the database storage performance is the problem

Which solution addresses this performance issue?

A. Change the storage type to Provisioned IOPS SSD

B. Change the DB instance to a memory optimized instance class

C. Change the DB instance to a burstable performance instance class

D. Enable Multi-AZ RDS read replicas with MySQL native asynchronous replication.

A

A

Explanation: https://aws.amazon.com/ebs/features/
“Provisioned IOPS volumes are backed by solid-state drives (SSDs) and are the highest
performance EBS volumes designed for your critical, I/O intensive database applications. These
volumes are ideal for both IOPS-intensive and throughput-intensive workloads that require
extremely low latency.”

562
Q

A company is planning on deploying a newly built application on AWS in a default VPC. The
application will consist of a web layer and database layer. The web server was created in public
subnets, and the MySQL database was created in private subnet. All subnets are created with
the default network ACL settings, and the default security group in the VPC will be replaced with
new custom security groups.

A. Create a database server security group with inbound and outbound rules for MySQL port
3306 traffic to and from anywhere (0.0.0.0/0).

B. Create a database server security group with an inbound rule for MySQL port 3300 and
specify the source as a web server security group.

C. Create a web server security group within an inbound allow rule for HTTPS port 443
traffic from anywbere (0.0.0.0/0) and an inbound deny rule for IP range 182. 20.0.0/16

D. Create a web server security group with an inbound rule for HTTPS port 443 traffic from
anywhere (0.0.0.0/0). Create network ACL inbound and outbound deny rules for IP range 182.
20.0.0/16

E. Create a web server security group with an inbound and outbound rules for HTTPS port 443
traffic to and from anywbere (0.0.0.0/0). Create a network ACL inbound deny rule for IP range
182. 20.0.0/16.

A

B, D

563
Q

A company is storing sensitive user information in an Amazon S3 bucket The company wants to
provide secure access to this bucket from the application tier running on Ama2on EC2 instances
inside a VPC

Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to accomplish this? (Select TWO.)

A. Configure a VPC gateway endpoint (or Amazon S3 within the VPC

B. Create a bucket policy to make the objects to the S3 bucket public

C. Create a bucket policy that limits access to only the application tier running in the VPC

D. Create an 1AM user with an S3 access policy and copy the IAM credentials to the EC2
instance

E. Create a NAT instance and have the EC2 instances use the NAT instance to access the S3
bucket

A

B, D

564
Q

A company has two VPCs named Management and Production The Management VPC uses
VPNs through a customer gateway to connect to a single device in the data center. The
Production VPC uses a virtual private gateway with two attached AWS Direct Connect
connections The Management and Production VPCs both use a single VPC peering connection
to allow communication between the applications.

What should a solutions architect do to mitigate any single point of failure in this architecture?

A. Add a set of VPNs between the Management and Production VPCs

B. Add a second virtual private gateway and attach it to the Management VPC.

C. Add a second set of VPNs to the Management VPC from a second customer gateway device

D. Add a second VPC peering connection between the Management VPC and the Production
VPC.

A

C

Explanation:
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/images/Multiple_Gateways_diagram.png
“To protect against a loss of connectivity in case your customer gateway device becomes
unavailable, you can set up a second Site-to-Site VPN connection to your VPC and virtual
private gateway by using a second customer gateway device.”
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/vpn-redundant-connection.html

565
Q

A company is implementing a shared storage solution for a media application that is hosted m
the AWS Cloud The company needs the ability to use SMB clients to access data The solution
must he fully managed.

Which AWS solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway. Create a file share that uses the required
client protocol Connect the application server to the tile share.

B. Create an AWS Storage Gateway tape gateway Configure (apes to use Amazon S3 Connect
the application server lo the tape gateway

C. Create an Amazon EC2 Windows instance Install and configure a Windows file share role on
the instance. Connect the application server to the file share.

D. Create an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server tile system Attach the fie system to the
origin server. Connect the application server to the tile system

A

D

566
Q

A survey company has gathered data for several years from areas m\ the United States. The
company hosts the data in an Amazon S3 bucket that is 3 TB m size and growing. The
company has started to share the data with a European marketing firm that has S3 buckets The
company wants to ensure that its data transfer costs remain as low as possible

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure the Requester Pays feature on the company’s S3 bucket

B. Configure S3 Cross-Region Replication from the company’s S3 bucket to one of the
marketing firm’s S3 buckets.

C. Configure cross-account access for the marketing firm so that the marketing firm has access
to the company’s S3 bucket.

D. Configure the company’s S3 bucket to use S3 Intelligent-Tiering Sync the S3 bucket to one
of the marketing firm’s S3 buckets

A

A

567
Q

A company has hired a solutions architect to design a reliable architecture for its application.
The application consists of one Amazon RDS DB instance and two manually provisioned
Amazon EC2 instances that run web servers. The EC2 instances are located in a single
Availability Zone.

What should the solutions architect do to maximize reliability of the application Infrastructure?

A. Delete one EC2 instance and enable termination protection on the other EC2 instance.
Update the DB instance to De multi-AZ, and enable deletion protection.

B. Update the DB instance to be Multi-AZ. and enable deletion protection. Place the EC2
instances behind an Application Load Balancer, and run them in an EC2 Auto Scaling group
across multiple Availability Zones

C. Create an additional DB instance along with an Amazon API Gateway and an AWS Lambda
function. Configure the application to invoke the Lambda function through API Gateway Have
the Lambda function write the data to the two DB instances.

BD. Place the EC2 instances in an EC2 Auto Scaling group that has multiple subnets located in
multiple Availability Zones. Use Spot Instances instead of On-Demand Instances. Set up
Amazon CloudWatch alarms to monitor the health of the instances. Update the DB instance to
be Multi-AZ, and enable deletion protection.

A

B

568
Q

A company has a web-based map application that provides status information about ongoing
repairs. The application sometimes has millions of users. Repair teams have a mobile app that
sends current location and status in a JSON message to a REST-based endpoint.
Few repairs occur on most days. The company wants the application to be highly available and
to scale when large numbers of repairs occur after nature disasters. Customer use the
application most often during these times. The company does not want to pay for idle capacity.

A. Create a webpage that is based on Amazon S3 to display information. Use Amazon API
Gateway and AWS Lambda to receive the JSON status data Store the JSON data m Amazon
S3.

B. Use Amazon EC2 instances as wad servers across multiple Availability Zones. Run the EC2
instances in an Auto Scaling group. Use Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda to receive the
JSON status data Store the JSON data In Amazon S3.

C. Use Amazon EC2 instances as web servers across multiple Availability Zones. Run the EC2
instances in an Auto Scaling group. Use a REST endpoint on the EC2 instances to receive the JSON status data. Store the JSON data in an Amazon RDS Mufti-AZ DB instance.

D. Use Amazon EC? instances as web servers across multiple Availability zones Run the FC?
instances in an Auto Scaling group Use a REST endpoint on the EC? instances to receive the
JSON status data Store the JSON data in an Amazon DynamoDB table.

A

D

569
Q

A company has on-premises servers that run a relational database The database serves high-
read traffic for users in different locations The company wants to migrate the database to AWS
with the least amount of effort The database solution must support high availability and must not
affect the company’s current traffic flow

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use a database in Amazon RDS with Multi-AZ and at least one read replica.

B. Use a database in Amazon RDS with Multi-AZ and at least one standby replica.

C. Use databases that are hosted on multiple Amazon EC2 instances in different AWS Regions.

D. Use databases that are hosted on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load
Balancer in different Availability Zones

A

A

570
Q

A company stores confidential data in an Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL database in the ap-
southeast-3 Region The database is encrypted with an AWS Key Management Service (AWS
KMS) customer managed key The company was recently acquired and must securely share a
backup of the database with the acquiring company’s AWS account in ap- southeast-3.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a database snapshot Copy the snapshot to a new unencrypted snapshot Share the
new snapshot with the acquiring company’s AWS account

B. Create a database snapshot Add the acquiring company’s AWS account to the KMS key
policy Share the snapshot with the acquiring company’s AWS account

C. Create a database snapshot that uses a different AWS managed KMS key Add the acquiring
company’s AWS account to the KMS key alias. Share the snapshot with the acquiring
company’s AWS account.

D. Create a database snapshot Download the database snapshot Upload the database
snapshot to an Amazon S3 bucket Update the S3 bucket policy to allow access from the
acquiring company’s AWS account

A

A

571
Q
A company has developed a new content-sharing application that runs on Amazon Elastic
Container Service (Amazon ECS). The application runs on Amazon Linux Docker tasks that use
the Amazon EC2 launch type. The application requires a storage solution that has the following
characteristics:

· Accessibility (or multiple ECS tasks through bind mounts
· Resiliency across Availability Zones
· Burstable throughput of up to 3 Gbps
· Ability to be scaled up over time

Which storage solution meets these requirements?

A. Launch an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server Multi-AZ instance. Configure the ECS task
definitions to mount the Amazon FSx instance volume at launch.

B. Launch an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) instance. Configure the ECS task
definitions to mount the EFS Instance volume at launch.

C. Create a Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume
with Multi-Attach set to enabled. Attach the EBS volume to the ECS EC2 instance Configure
ECS task definitions to mount the EBS instance volume at launch.

D. Launch an EC2 instance with several Provisioned IOPS SSD (k>2) Amazon Elastic Block
Store (Amazon EBS) volumes attached m a RAID 0 configuration. Configure the EC2 instance
as an NFS storage server. Configure ECS task definitions to mount the volumes at launch.

A

B

572
Q

A company stores millions of objects in Amazon S3. The data is in JSON format and Apache
Parquet format. The data is partitioned and new objects are added daily. A solutions architect
needs to create a solution so that employees can use SQL to perform one-time queries against
all the data. The solution must avoid code changes and must minimize operational overhead.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use S3 Select to perform queries against all the S3 objects

B. Create an AWS Glue table and an AWS Glue crawler Schedule the crawler to run daily
Perform queries with Amazon Athena.

C. Create an Amazon EMR cluster Set up C. EMR File System (EMRFS) to access the S3
bucket Perform queries with Apache Spark

D. Create an Amazon Redshift cluster Schedule an AWS Lambda function to perform the COPY
command on the Redshift cluster to load the S3 data Perform queries on the Redshift cluster.

A

D

573
Q

A solutions architect is designing a two-tier web application The application consists of a public-
facing web tier hosted on Amazon EC2 in public subnets The database tier consists of Microsoft
SQL Server running on Amazon EC2 in a private subnet Security is a high priority for the
company

How should security groups be configured in this situation? (Select TWO )

A. Configure the security group for the web tier to allow inbound traffic on port 443 from
0.0.0.0/0.

B. Configure the security group for the web tier to allow outbound traffic on port 443 from
0.0.0.0/0.

C. Configure the security group for the database tier to allow inbound traffic on port 1433 from
the security group for the web tier.

D. Configure the security group for the database tier to allow outbound traffic on ports 443 and
1433 to the security group for the web tier.

E. Configure the security group for the database tier to allow inbound traffic on ports 443 and
1433 from the security group for the web tier.

A

A, C

574
Q

A company is creating a new application that will store a large amount of data. The data will be
analyzed hourly and will be modified by several Amazon EC2 Linux instances that are deployed
across multiple Availability Zones. The needed amount of storage space will continue to grow
for the next 6 Months.

Which storage solution should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Store the data in Amazon S3 Glacier Update me S3 Glacier vault policy to allow access to
the application Instances

B. Store the data in an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume Mount the EBS
volume on the application nuances.

C. Store the data in an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) tile system Mount the file
system on the application instances.

D. Store the data in an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) Provisioned K)PS volume
shared between the application instances.

A

C

575
Q

A company is experiencing sudden increases in demand. The company needs to provision large
Amazon EC2 instances from an Amazon Machine image (AMI) The instances will run m an Auto
Scaling group. The company needs a solution that provides minimum initialization latency to
meet the demand.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use the aws ec2 register-image command to create an AMI from a snapshot Use AWS Step
Functions to replace the AMI in the Auto Scaling group

B. Enable Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) fast snapshot restore on a snapshot
Provision an AMI by using the snapshot Replace the AMI m the Auto Scaling group with the new AMI

C. Enable AMI creation and define lifecycle rules in Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager (Amazon
DLM) Create an AWS Lambda function that modifies the AMI in the Auto Scaling group

D. Use Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to invoke AWS Backup lifecycle
policies that provision AMIs Configure Auto Scaling group capacity limits as an event source in
EventBridge (CloudWatch Events)

A

B

576
Q

A company has five organizational units (OUS) as part of its organization in AWS Organization.
Each OU correlate to the five business that the company owns. The company research and
development R&D business is separating from the company and will need its own organization.
A solutions architect creates a separate new management account for this purpose.

A. Have the R&D AWS account be part of both organizations during the transition.

B. Invite the R&D AWS account to be part of the new organization after the R&D AWS account
has left the prior organization.

C. Create a new R&D AWS account in the new organization. Migrate resources from the period
R&D AWS account to thee new R&D AWS account

D. Have the R&D AWS account into the now organisation. Make the now management account
a member of the prior organisation

A

B

577
Q

A gaming company hosts a browser-based application on AWS The users of the application
consume a large number of videos and images that are stored in Amazon S3.
This content is the same for all users
The application has increased in popularity, and millions of users worldwide are accessing these
media files. The company wants to provide the files to the users while reducing the load on the
origin

Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Deploy an AWS Global Accelerator accelerator in front of the web servers

B. Deploy an Amazon CloudFront web distribution in front of the S3 bucket

C. Deploy an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis instance in front of the web servers

D. Deploy an Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached instance in front of the web servers

A

B

Explanation: CloudFront uses Edge Locations to cache content while Global Accelerator uses
Edge Locations to find an optimal pathway to the nearest regional endpoint.

578
Q

A company uses Amazon API Gateway to manage its REST APIs that third-party service
providers access. The company must protect the REST APIs from SQL injection and cross site
scripting attacks

What is the MOST operationally efficient solution that meets these requirements?

A. Configure AWS Shield

B. Configure AWS WAF

C. Set up API Gateway with an Amazon CloudFront distribution Configure AWS Shield in
CloudFront

D. Set up API Gateway with an Amazon CloudFront distribution Configure AWS WAF in
CloudFront

A

B

579
Q

A company recently started using Amazon Aurora as the data store for its global ecommerce
application When large reports are run developers report that the ecommerce application is
performing poorly After reviewing metrics in Amazon CloudWatch, a solutions architect finds
that the ReadlOPS and CPUUtilization metrics are spiking when monthly reports run.

What is the MOST cost-effective solution?

A. Migrate the monthly reporting to Amazon Redshift.

B. Migrate the monthly reporting to an Aurora Replica

C. Migrate the Aurora database to a larger instance class

D. Increase the Provisioned IOPS on the Aurora instance

A

B

580
Q

A company recently released a new type of internet-connected sensor. The company is
expecting to sell thousands of sensors, which are designed to stream high volumes of data each
second to a central location. A solutions architect must design a solution that ingests and stores
data so that engineering teams can analyse it in near-real time with millisecond responsiveness.

Which solution should the solution architect recommend?

A. Use an Amazon SOS queue to ingest the data. Consume the data with an AWS Lambda
function which then stores the data in Amazon Redshift
B. Use on Amazon SQS queue to ingest the data. Consume the data with an AWS Lambda
function which then stores the data In Amazon DynamoDB

C. Use Amazon Kinases Data Streams to ingest the data. Consume the data with an AWS
Lambda function, which then stores the data m Amazon Redshift

D. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to ingest the data. Consume the data with an AWS
Lambda function, which then stores the data m Amazon DynamoDB

A

C

581
Q

A company operates a two-tier application for image processing. The application uses two
Availability Zones, each with one public subnet and one private subnet. An Application Load
Balancer (ALB) for the web tier uses the public subnets. Amazon EC2 instances for the
application tier use the private subnets.
Users report that the application is running more slowly than expected. A security audit of the
web server log files shows that the application is receiving millions of illegitimate requests from
a small number of IP addresses.

A solutions architect needs to resolve the immediate
performance problem while the company investigates a more permanent solution.

What should the solutions architect recommend to meet this requirement?

A. Modify the inbound security group for the web tier. Add a deny rule for the IP addresses that
are consuming resources.

B. Modify the network ACL for the web tier subnets. Add an inbound deny rule for the IP
addresses that are consuming resources.

C. Modify the inbound security group for the application tier. Add a deny rule for the IP
addresses that are consuming resources.

D. Modify the network ACL for the application tier subnets. Add an inbound deny rule for the IP
addresses that are consuming resources.

A

B

582
Q

A company is implementing a new business application The application runs on two Amazon
EC2 instances and uses an Amazon S3 bucket for document storage A solutions architect
needs to ensure that the EC? instances can access the S3 bucket

What should the solutions architect do to moot this requirement?

A. Create an IAM role that grants access to the S3 bucket. Attach the role to the EC2 Instances.

B. Create an IAM policy that grants access to the S3 bucket Attach the policy to the EC2
Instances

C. Create an IAM group that grants access to the S3 bucket Attach the group to the EC2
instances

D. Create an IAM user that grants access to the S3 bucket Attach the user account to the EC2
Instances

A

C

583
Q

A company is running an ASP.NET MVC application on a single Amazon EC2 instance. A
recent increase in application traffic is causing slow response times for users during lunch
hours. The company needs to resolve this concern with the least amount of configuration.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Move the application to AWS Elastic Beanstalk. Configure load-based auto scaling and time-
based scaling to handle scaling during lunch hours

B. Move the application to Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) Create an AWS
Lambda function to handle scaling during lunch hours.

C. Move the application to Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS). Configure
scheduled scaling for AWS Application Auto Scaling during lunch hours.

D. Move the application to AWS Elastic Beanstalk. Configure load-based auto scaling, and
create an AWS Lambda function to handle scaling during lunch hours.

A

A

Explanation: - Scheduled scaling is the solution here, while “using the least amount of settings
possible” - Beanstalk vs moving to ECS - ECS requires MORE CONFIGURATION / SETTINGS
(task and service definitions, configuring ECS container agent) than Beanstalk (upload
application code)
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/dg/environments-cfg-autoscaling-
scheduledactions.html
Elastic Beanstalk supports time based scaling, since we are aware that the application
performance slows down during the lunch hours. https://aws.amazon.com/about- aws/whats-
new/2015/05/aws-elastic-beanstalk-supports-time-based-scaling

584
Q

A company receives 10 TB of instrumentation data each day from several machines located at a
single factory. The data consists of JSON files stored on a storage area network (SAN) in an on-
premises data center located within the factory. The company wants to send this data to
Amazon S3 where it can be accessed by several additional systems that provide critical near-
real-lime analytics. A secure transfer is important because the data is considered sensitive.

Which solution offers the MOST reliable data transfer?

A. AWS DataSync over public internet

B. AWS DataSync over AWS Direct Connect

C. AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) over public internet

D. AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) over AWS Direct Connect

A

B

Explanation: These are some of the main use cases for AWS DataSync: · Data migration -
Move active datasets rapidly over the network into Amazon S3, Amazon EFS, or FSx for
Windows File Server. DataSync includes automatic encryption and data integrity validation to
help make sure that your data arrives securely, intact, and ready to use. “DataSync includes
encryption and integrity validation to help make sure your data arrives securely, intact, and
ready to use.” https://aws.amazon.com/datasync/faqs/

585
Q

A solutions architect is using Amazon S3 to design the storage architecture of a new digital
media application. The media files must be resilient to the loss of an Availability Zone Some files
are accessed frequently while other files are rarely accessed in an unpredictable pattern. The
solutions architect must minimize the costs of storing and retrieving the media files.

Which storage option meets these requirements?

A. S3 Standard

B. S3 Intelligent-Tiering

C. S3 Standard-Infrequent Access {S3 Standard-IA)

D. S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA)

A

B

586
Q

A company runs us two-tier ecommerce website on AWS The web tier consists of a load
balancer that sends traffic to Amazon EC2 instances The database tier uses an Amazon RDS
D8 instance The EC2 instances and the ROS DB instance should not be exposed to the public
internet The EC2 instances require internet access to complete payment processing of orders
through a third-party web service The application must be highly available

Which combination of configuration options will meet these requirements? (Select TWO.)

A. Use an Auto Scaling group to launch the EC2 Instances in private subnets Deploy an RDS
Mulli-AZ DB instance in private subnets

B. Configure a VPC with two private subnets and two NAT gateways across two Availability
Zones Deploy an Application Load Balancer in the private subnets

C. Use an Auto Scaling group to launch the EC2 instances in public subnets across two
Availability Zones Deploy an RDS Multi-AZ DB instance in private subnets

D. Configure a VPC with one public subnet, one private subnet, and two NAT gateways across
two Availability Zones Deploy an Application Load Balancer in the public subnet

E. Configure a VPC with two public subnets, two private subnets, and two NAT gateways across
two Availability Zones Deploy an Application Load Balancer in the public subnets

A

A, E

587
Q

A company runs a critical customer -lacing application on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service
(Amazon EKS) The application has a microservices architecture The company needs to
implement a solution that collects, aggregates and summarizes metrics and logs from the
application in a centralized location

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Run the Amazon CloudWatch agent In the existing EKS cluster View the metrics and logs in
the CloudWatch console.

B. Run AWS App Mesh in the existing EKS duster View the metrics and logs m the App Mesh
console

C. Configure AWS CloudTrail to capture data events Query CloudTrail by using Amazon
OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service)

D. Configure Amazon CloudWatch Container Insights in the existing EKS cluster View the
metrics and logs in the CloudWatch console.

A

C

588
Q

A company wants to build a scalable key management Infrastructure to support developers who
need to encrypt data in their applications.

What should a solutions architect do to reduce the operational burden?

A. Use multifactor authentication (MFA) to protect the encryption keys.

B. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to protect the encryption keys

C. Use AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to create, store, and assign the encryption keys

D. Use an IAM policy to limit the scope of users who have access permissions to protect the
encryption keys

A

B

589
Q

A company wants to migrate its on-premises application to AWS. The application produces
output files that vary in size from tens of gigabytes to hundreds of terabytes The application data
must be stored in a standard file system structure The company wants a solution that scales
automatically, is highly available, and requires minimum operational overhead.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the application to run as containers on Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon
ECS) Use Amazon S3 for storage

B. Migrate the application to run as containers on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon
EKS) Use Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) for storage

C. Migrate the application to Amazon EC2 instances in a Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group. Use
Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) for storage.

D. Migrate the application to Amazon EC2 instances in a Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group. Use
Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) for storage.

A

C

590
Q

A company is deploying a new application lo Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon
EKS) with an AWS Fargate duster The application needs a storage solution for data persistence
The solution must be highly available and fault tolerant The solution also must be shared
between multiple application containers

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes In the same Availability Zones
where EKS worker nodes are placed. Register the volumes In a StorageClass object on an EKS
cluster Use EBS Multi-Attach to share the data between containers

B. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) tile system Register the tile system in
a StorageClass object on an EKS cluster Use the same file system for all containers

C. Create an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume Register the volume In a
StorageClass object on an EKS cluster Use the same volume for all containers.

D. Create Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file systems In the same Availability
Zones where EKS worker nodes are placed Register the file systems in a StorageClass obied
on an EKS duster Create an AWS Lambda function to synchronize the data between file
systems

A

B

591
Q

A company uses Amazon S3 as its data lake. The company has a new partner that must use
SFTP to upload data files A solutions architect needs to implement a highly available SFTP
solution that minimizes operational overhead

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Transfer Family to configure an SFTP-enabled server with a publicly accessible
endpoint Choose the S3 data lake as the destination

B. Use Amazon S3 File Gateway as an SFTP server Expose the S3 File Gateway endpoint URL
to the new partner Share the S3 File Gateway endpoint with the new partner

C. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance in a private subnet in a VPC Instruct the new partner to
upload files to the EC2 instance by using a VPN Run a cron job script on the EC2 instance to
upload files to the S3 data lake

D. Launch Amazon EC2 instances in a private subnet in a VPC Place a Network Load Balancer
(NLB) in front of the EC2 instances Create an SFTP listener port for the NLB Share the NLB
hostname with the new partner. Run a cron job script on the EC2 instances to upload files to the
S3 data lake

A

A

592
Q

To meet security requirements, a company needs to encrypt all of its application data in transit
while communicating with an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance A recent security audit
revealed that encryption al rest is enabled using AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS).
but data in transit Is not enabled

What should a solutions architect do to satisfy the security requirements?

A. Enable IAM database authentication on the database.

B. Provide self-signed certificates, Use the certificates in all connections to the RDS instance

C. Take a snapshot of the RDS instance Restore the snapshot to a new instance with
encryption enabled

D. Download AWS-provided root certificates Provide the certificates in all connections to the
RDS instance

A

C

593
Q

A company has a web application that runs on Amazon EC2 instances. The company wants
end users to authenticate themselves before they use the web application. The web application
accesses AWS resources, such as Amazon S3 buckets, on behalf of users who are logged on.

Which combination of actions must a solutions architect take to meet these requirements?
(Select TWO).

A. Configure AWS App Mesh to log on users

B. Enable and configure AWS Single Sign-On in AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM).

C. Define a default (AM role for authenticated users.

D. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) for user authentication.

E. Use Amazon Cognito for user authentication

A

B, E

594
Q

A startup company is hosting a website for its customers on an Amazon EC2 instance. The
website consists of a stateless python application and a MySQL database. The website serves
only a small amount of traffic. The company is concerned about the reliability of the instance
and needs to migrate to a highly available architecture. The company cannot modify the
application code.

Which combination of actions should a solution architect take to achieve high availability for the
website? (Select TWO.)

A. Provision an internet gateway in each Availability Zone in use.

B. Migrate the database to on Amazon RDS for MySQL
Multi-AZ DB instance

C. Migrate the database to Amazon DynamoDB, and enable DynamoDB auto scaling.

D. Use AWS DataSync to synchronize the database data across multiple EC2 instances

E. Create an Application Load Balancer to distribute traffic to an Auto Scaling group or EC2
instances that are distributed across two Availability Zones.

A

B, E

595
Q

A company wants an AWS Lambda function to call a third-party API and save the response to a
private Amazon ROS DB instance in the same private subnet

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a NAT gateway. In the route table for the private subnet, add a route to the NAT
gateway. Attach the Lambda function to the private subnet. Create an IAM role that includes the
AWSLambdaBasicExecutionRole permissions policy Attach the role to the Lambda function

B Create an internet gateway In the route table for the private subnet, add a route to the internet
gateway Attach the Lambda function to the private subnet Create an IAM role that includes me
AWSLambdaBasicExecutionRole permissions policy Attach the role to the Lambda function

B. Create a NAT gateway In the route table for the private subnet add a route to the NAT
gateway Attach the Lambda function to the private subnet. Create an IAM role that includes the
AWS LambdaVPCAccessExecutionRole permissions policy Attach the role to the Lambda
function

C. Create an internet gateway in the route table for the private subnet, add a route to the
internet gateway Attach the Lambda function to the private subnet Create an IAM role that
includes the AWSLambdaVPCAccessExecutionRole permissions policy Attach the role to the
Lambda function

A

B

596
Q

A company is running a critical business application on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer The EC2 instances run in an Auto Scaling group and access an
Amazon RDS DB instance
The design did not pass an operational review because the EC2 instances and the DB instance
are all located in a single Availability Zone A solutions architect must update the design to use a
second Availability Zone

Which solution will make the application highly available?

A. Provision a subnet in each Availability Zone Configure the Auto Scaling group to distribute
the EC2 instances across both
Availability Zones Configure the DB instance with connections to each network

B. Provision two subnets that extend across both Availability Zones Configure the Auto Scaling
group to distribute the EC2 instances
across both Availability Zones Configure the DB instance with connections to each network

C. Provision a subnet in each Availability Zone Configure the Auto Scaling group to distribute
the EC2 instances across both Availability Zones Configure the DB instance for Multi-AZ
deployment

D. Provision a subnet that extends across both Availability Zones Configure the Auto Scaling
group to distribute the EC2 instances
across both Availability Zones Configure the DB instance for Multi-AZ deployment

A

C

597
Q

A company that recently started using AWS establishes a Site-to-Site VPN between its on-
premises data center and AWS. The company’s security mandate states that traffic originating
from on premises should stay within the company’s private IP space when communicating with
an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster that is hosting a sample web
application.

Which solution meets this requirement?

A. Configure a gateway endpoint for Amazon ECS. Modify the route table to include an entry
pointing to the ECS cluster.

B. Create a Network Load Balancer and AWS PrivateLink endpoint for Amazon ECS in the
same VPC that is hosting the ECS cluster.

C. Create a Network Load Balancer in one VPC and an AWS PrivateLink endpoint for Amazon
ECS in another VPC. Connect the two by using VPC peering.

D. Configure an Amazon Route record with Amazon ECS as the target. Apply a server
certificate to Route 53 from AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) for SSL offloading

A

A

598
Q

A company is running a publicly accessible serverless application that uses Amazon API
Gateway and AWS Lambda. The application’s traffic recently spiked due to fraudulent requests
from botnets.

Which steps should a solutions architect take to block requests from unauthorized users?
(Select TWO.)

A. Create a usage plan with an API key that it shared with genuine users only.

B. Integrate logic within the Lambda function to ignore the requests lion- fraudulent IP
addresses

C. Implement an AWS WAF rule to target malicious requests and trigger actions to filler them
out

D. Convert the existing public API to a private API Update the DNS records to redirect users to
the new API endpoint

E. Create an IAM role tor each user attempting to access the API A user will assume the role
when making the API call

A

C, D

599
Q

A company is developing a new machine learning (ML) model solution on AWS. The models are
developed as independent microservices that fetch approximately 1GB of model data from
Amazon S3 at startup and load the data into memory Users access the models through an
asynchronous API Users can send a request or a batch of requests and specify where the
results should be sent
The company provides models to hundreds of users. The usage patterns for the models are
irregular. Some models could be unused for days or weeks Other models could receive batches
of thousands of requests at a time

Which design should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Direct the requests from the API to a Network Load Balancer (NLB) Deploy the models as
AWS Lambda functions that are invoked by the NLB.

B. Direct the requests from the API to an Application Load Balancer (ALB). Deploy the models
as Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) services that read from an Amazon Simple
Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue Use AWS App Mesh to scale the instances of the ECS
cluster based on the SQS queue size

C. Direct the requests from the API into an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS)
queue Deploy the models as AWS Lambda functions that are invoked by SQS events Use AWS
Auto Scaling to increase the number of vCPUs for the Lambda functions based on the SQS
queue size

D. Direct the requests from the API into an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS)
queue Deploy the models as Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) services that
read from the queue Enable AWS Auto Scaling on Amazon ECS for both the cluster and copies
of the service based on the queue size

A

C

600
Q

A company needs to retain application logs files for a critical application for 10 years. The
application team regularly accesses logs from the past month for troubleshooting, but logs older
than 1 month are rarely accessed. The application generates more than 10 TB of logs per
month.

Which storage option meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Store the Iogs in Amazon S3 Use AWS Backup lo move logs more than 1 month old to S3 Glacier Deep Archive

B. Store the logs in Amazon S3 Use S3 Lifecycle policies to move logs more than 1 month old
to S3 Glacier Deep Archive

C. Store the logs in Amazon CloudWatch Logs Use AWS Backup to move logs more then 1
month old to S3 Glacier Deep Archive

D. Store the logs in Amazon CloudWatch Logs Use Amazon S3 Lifecycle policies to move logs
more than 1 month old to S3 Glacier Deep Archive

A

B

601
Q

A company hosts an application on AWS Lambda functions mat are invoked by an Amazon API
Gateway API The Lambda functions save customer data to an Amazon Aurora MySQL
database Whenever the company upgrades the database, the Lambda functions fail to establish
database connections until the upgrade is complete The result is that customer data Is not
recorded for some of the event
A solutions architect needs to design a solution that stores customer data that is created during
database upgrades

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Provision an Amazon RDS proxy to sit between the Lambda functions and the database
Configure the Lambda functions to connect to the RDS proxy

B. Increase the run time of me Lambda functions to the maximum Create a retry mechanism in
the code that stores the customer data in the database

C. Persist the customer data to Lambda local storage. Configure new Lambda functions to scan
the local storage to save the customer data to the database.

D. Store the customer data m an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) FIFO queue
Create a new Lambda function that polls the queue and stores the customer data in
the database

A

C

602
Q

A company’s order fulfillment service uses a MySQL database The database needs to support a
large number of concurrent queries and transactions Developers are spending time patching
and tuning the database This is causing delays in releasing new product features
The company wants to use cloud-based services to help address this new challenge The
solution must allow the developers to migrate the database with little or no code changes and
must optimize performance

Which service should a solutions architect use to meet these requirements’?

A. Amazon Aurora

B. Amazon DynamoDB

C. Amazon ElastiCache

D. MySQL on Amazon EC2

A

A

Explanation: Amazon Aurora is manage DB and support MySQL database.

603
Q

A company is building an ecommerce application and needs to store sensitive customer
information. The company needs to give customers the ability to complete purchase
transactions on the website. The company also needs to ensure that sensitive customer data is
protected, even from database administrators.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Store sensitive data in an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Use EBS
encryption to encrypt the data. Use an IAM instance role to restrict access.

B. Store sensitive data in Amazon RDS for MySQL. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS
KMS) client-side encryption to encrypt the data.

C. Store sensitive data in Amazon S3. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
service-side encryption the data. Use S3 bucket policies to restrict access.

D. Store sensitive data in Amazon FSx for Windows Server. Mount the file share on application
servers. Use Windows file permissions to restrict access.

A

C

604
Q

A company has enabled AWS CloudTrail logs to deliver log files to an Amazon S3 bucket for
each of its developer accounts. The company has created a central AWS account for
streamlining management and audit reviews An internal auditor needs to access the CloudTrail
logs yet access needs to be restricted for all developer account users The solution must be
secure and optimized

How should a solutions architect meet these requirements?

A. Configure an AWS Lambda function m each developer account to copy the log files to the
central account Create an IAM role in the central account for the auditor Attach an IAM policy
providing read-only permissions to the bucket

B. Configure CloudTrail from each developer account to deliver the log files to an S3 bucket m
the central account Create an IAM user in the central account for the auditor Attach an IAM
policy providing full permissions to the bucket

C. Configure CloudTrail from each developer account to deliver the log files to an S3 bucket in
the central account Create an IAM role in the central account for the auditor Attach an IAM
policy providing read-only permissions to the bucket

D. Configure an AWS Lambda function in the central account to copy the log files from the S3
bucket m each developer account Create an IAM user m the central account for the auditor
Attach an IAM policy providing full permissions to the bucket

A

C

605
Q

A company is running an application in a private subnet in a VPC win an attached internet
gateway The company needs to provide the application access to the internet while restricting
public access to the application The company does not want to manage
additional infrastructure and wants a solution that is highly available and scalable

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create a NAT gateway in the private subnet. Create a route table entry from the private
subnet to the internet gateway

B. Create a NAT gateway m a public subnet Create a route table entry from the private subnet
to the NAT gateway

C. Launch a NAT instance m the private subnet Create a route table entry from the private
subnet lo the internet gateway

D. Launch a NAT Instance in a public subnet Create a route table entry from the private subnet
to the NAT instance.

A

A

606
Q

A company uses an Amazon Auroia PostgreSQL DB cluster 10 store its critical data m tne us-
east-l Region The company wants to develop a disaster recovery plan to recover the database
m the us west 1 Region The company has a recovery time objective (RTO) of S minutes and
has a recovery point objective (RPO) of 1 minute

What should a solutions architect do to moot these requirements?

A. Create a read replica in us-west-1 Set the DB cluster to automaKaliy fail over to the read
replica if the primary instance is not responding

B Create an Aurora global database Sel us-west-1 as the secondary Region update
connections to use the writer and reader endpomis as appropriate

B. Set up a second Aurora DB cluster in us-west-1 Use logical replication to keep the databases
synchronized Create an Amazon EvontBridgc (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to change the
database endpoint rf the primary DB cluster does not respond.

C. Use Aurora automated snapshots to store data in an Amazon S3 bucket Enable S3
Verswnmg. Configure S3 Cross-Region Replication to us-west-1 Create a second Aurora DB
cluster in us-west-1 Create an Amazon EventBndge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to
restore the snapshot il the primary D8 cluster does not respond

A

B

607
Q

A company is running a high performance computing (HPC) workload on AWS across many
Linux based Amazon EC2 instances. The company needs a shared storage system that is
capable of sub-millisecond latencies, hundreds of Gbps of throughput and millions of IOPS.
Users will store millions of small files.

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system Mount me file system on
each of the EC2 instances

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket Mount the S3 bucket on each of the EC2 instances

C. Ensure that the EC2 instances ate Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) optimized
Mount Provisioned lOPS SSD (io2) EBS volumes with Multi-Attach on each instance

D. Create an Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. Mount the file system on each of the EC2
instances

A

D

608
Q

A company has a document management application that contains PDF documents The
company hosts the application on Amazon EC2 instances According to regulations, the
instances must not have access to the internet The application must be able to read and write to
a persistent storage system that provides native versioning capabilities
A solutions architect needs to design secure storage that maximizes resiliency and facilitates
data sharing across instances

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Place the instances in a public subnet Use Amazon S3 for storage Access S3 objects by
using URLs

B. Place the instances in a private subnet use Amazon S3 for storage Use a VPC endpoint to
access S3 objects

C. Use the instances with a Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon
EBS) volume.

D. Use Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EPS) Standard-Infrequent Access (Standard- IA)
to store data and provide shared access to the instances

A

B

609
Q

A company is preparing to store confidential data in Amazon S3 For compliance reasons the
data must be encrypted at rest Encryption key usage must be logged tor auditing purposes.
Keys must be rotated every year.

Which solution meets these requirements and «the MOST operationally efferent?

A. Server-side encryption with customer-provided keys (SSE-C)

B. Server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3)

C. Server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) with
manual rotation

D. Server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) with
automate rotation

A

D

Explanation: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html When
you enable automatic key rotation for a customer managed key, AWS KMS generates new
cryptographic material for the KMS key every year. AWS KMS also saves the KMS key’s older
cryptographic material in perpetuity so it can be used to decrypt data that the KMS key
encrypted.
Key rotation in AWS KMS is a cryptographic best practice that is designed to be transparent and easy to use. AWS KMS supports optional automatic key rotation only for customer managed
CMKs. Enable and disable key rotation. Automatic key rotation is disabled by default on
customer managed CMKs. When you enable (or re-enable) key rotation, AWS KMS
automatically rotates the CMK 365 days after the enable date and every 365 days thereafter

610
Q
A company has deployed a server less application that invokes an AWS Lambda function when
new documents are uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket The application uses the Lambda
function to process the documents After a recent marketing campaign the company noticed that
the application did not process many of The documents

What should a solutions architect do to improve the architecture of this application?

A. Set the Lambda function’s runtime timeout value to 15 minutes

B. Configure an S3 bucket replication policy Stage the documents m the S3 bucket for later
processing

C. Deploy an additional Lambda function Load balance the processing of the documents across
the two Lambda functions

D. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) queue Send the requests to the
queue Configure the queue as an event source for Lambda.

A

B

611
Q

A company is hosting a web application on AWS using a single Amazon EC2 instance that
stores user-uploaded documents in an Amazon EBS volume. For better scalability and
availability, the company duplicated the architecture and created a second EC2 instance and
EBS volume in another Availability Zone placing both behind an Application Load Balancer After
completing this change, users reported that, each time they refreshed the website, they could
see one subset of their documents or the other, but never all of the documents at the same
time.

What should a solutions architect propose to ensure users see all of their documents at once?

A. Copy the data so both EBS volumes contain all the documents.

B. Configure the Application Load Balancer to direct a user to the server with the documents

C. Copy the data from both EBS volumes to Amazon EFS Modify the application to save new
documents to Amazon EFS

D. Configure the Application Load Balancer to send the request to both servers Return each
document from the correct server.

A

C

Explanation: Amazon EFS provides file storage in the AWS Cloud. With Amazon EFS, you can
create a file system, mount the file system on an Amazon EC2 instance, and then read and
write data to and from your file system. You can mount an Amazon EFS file system in your
VPC, through the Network File System versions 4.0 and 4.1 (NFSv4) protocol. We recommend
using a current generation Linux NFSv4.1 client, such as those found in the latest Amazon
Linux, Redhat, and Ubuntu AMIs, in conjunction with the Amazon EFS Mount Helper. For
instructions, see Using the amazon-efs-utils Tools.
For a list of Amazon EC2 Linux Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) that support this protocol, see
NFS Support. For some AMIs, you’ll need to install an NFS client to mount your file system on your Amazon EC2 instance. For instructions, see Installing the NFS Client.

You can access your Amazon EFS file system concurrently from multiple NFS clients, so
applications that scale beyond a single connection can access a file system. Amazon EC2
instances running in multiple Availability Zones within the same AWS Region can access the file
system, so that many users can access and share a common data source

612
Q

A company has a web application that is based ornavaan^PH^Tnecompan^lanstomove the
application from on premises to AWS The company needs the ability to test new site features
frequently The company also needs a highly available and managed solution that requires
minimum operational overhead.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket Enable static web hosting on the S3 bucket Upload the static
content to the S3 bucket Use AWS Lambda to process all dynamic content

B. Deploy the web application to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment Use URL swapping to
switch between multiple Elastic Beanstalk environments for feature testing

C. Deploy the web application to Amazon EC2 instances that are configured with Java and PHP
Use Auto Scaling groups and an Application Load Balancer to manage the website’s availability.

D. Containerize the web application Deploy the web application to Amazon EC2 instances Use
the AWS Load Balancer Controller to dynamically route traffic between containers that contain
the new site features for testing

A

D

613
Q

A company hosts its web applications in the AWS Cloud. The company configures Elastic Load
Balancers to use certificate that are imported into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). The
company’s security team must be notified 30 days before the expiration of each certificate.

What should a solutions architect recommend to meet the requirement?

A. Add a rule m ACM to publish a custom message to an Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS) topic every day beginning 30 days before any certificate will expire.

B. Create an AWS Config rule that checks for certificates that will expire within 30 days.
Configure Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to invoke a custom alert by way
of Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) when AWS Config reports a
noncompliant resource

C. Use AWS trusted Advisor to check for certificates that will expire within to days. Create an
Amazon CloudWatch alarm that is based on Trusted Advisor metrics for check status changes
Configure the alarm to send a custom alert by way of Amazon Simple rectification Service
(Amazon SNS)

D. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to detect any certificates
that will expire within 30 days. Configure the rule to invoke an AWS Lambda function. Configure
the Lambda function to send a custom alert by way of Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS).

A

A

614
Q

A solutions architect is designing a new hybrid architecture to extend a company s on- premises
infrastructure to AWS The company requires a highly available connection with consistent low
latency to an AWS Region. The company needs to minimize costs and is willing to accept
slower traffic if the primary connection fails.

What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Provision an AWS Direct Connect connection to a Region Provision a VPN connection as a
backup if the primary Direct Connect connection fails.

B. Provision a VPN tunnel connection to a Region for private connectivity. Provision a second
VPN tunnel for private connectivity and as a backup if the primary VPN connection fails.

C. Provision an AWS Direct Connect connection to a Region Provision a second Direct Connect
connection to the same Region as a backup if the primary Direct Connect connection fails.

D. Provision an AWS Direct Connect connection to a Region Use the Direct Connect failover
attribute from the AWS CLI to automatically create a backup connection if the primary Direct
Connect connection fails.

A

A

615
Q

A company is designing a cloud communications platform trial is driven by APIs. The application
is hosted on Amazon EC2 instances behind a Network Load Balancer (NLB).
The company uses Amazon API Gateway to provide external users with access to the
application through APIs. The company wants to protect the platform against web exploits like
SQL Injection and also wants to detect and mitigate large, sophisticated DDoS attacks

Which combination of solutions provides the MOST protection? (Select TWO.)

A. Use AWS WAF to protect the NLB

B. Use AWS Shield Advanced with the NLB

C. Use AWS WAF to protect Amazon API Gateway

D. Use Amazon GuardDuty with AWS Shield Standard

E. Use AWS Shield Standard with Amazon API Gateway

A

A, B

616
Q

An online photo application lets users upload photos and perform image editing operations The
application offers two classes of service free and paid Photos submitted by paid users are
processed before those submitted by free users Photos are uploaded to Amazon S3 and the job
information is sent to Amazon SQS.

Which configuration should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Use one SQS FIFO queue Assign a higher priority to the paid photos so they are processed
first

B. Use two SQS FIFO queues: one for paid and one for free Set the free queue to use short
polling and the paid queue to use long polling

C. Use two SQS standard queues one for paid and one for free Configure Amazon EC2
instances to prioritize polling for the paid queue over the free queue.

D. Use one SQS standard queue. Set the visibility timeout of the paid photos to zero Configure
Amazon EC2 instances to prioritize visibility settings so paid photos are processed first

A

C

Explanation: https://acloud.guru/forums/guru-of-the-week/discussion/- L7Be8rOao3InQxdQcXj/
https://aws.amazon.com/sqs/features/
Priority: Use separate queues to provide prioritization of work.
https://aws.amazon.com/sqs/features/
https://aws.amazon.com/sqs/features/#:~:text=Priority%3A%20Use%20separate%20queue
s%20to%20provide%20prioritization%20of%20work.
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs- short-
and-long-polling.htm

617
Q

A company is hosting a website from an Amazon S3 bucket that is configured for public hosting.
The company’s security team mandates the usage of secure connections for access to the
website. However; HTTP-based URLS and HTTPS-based URLS mist be functional.

What should a solution architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Create an S3 bucket policy to explicitly deny non-HTTPS traffic.

B. Enable S3 Transfer Acceleration. Select the HTTPS Only bucket property.

C. Place thee website behind an Elastic Load Balancer that is configured to redirect HTTP traffic
to HTTTPS.

D. Serve the website through an Amazon CloudFront distribution that is configured to redirect
HTTP traffic to HTTPS

A

D

618
Q

A company has chosen to rehost its application on Amazon EC2 instances The application
occasionally experiences errors that affect parts of its functionality The company was unaware
of this issue until users reported the errors The company wants to address this problem during
the migration and reduce the time it takes to detect issues with the application Log files for the
application are stored on the local disk.
A solutions architect needs to design a solution that will alert staff if there are errors in the
application after the application is migrated to AWS. The solution must not require additional
changes to the application code.

What is the MOST operationally efficient solution that meets these requirements?

A. Configure the application to generate custom metrics tor the errors Send these metric data
points to Amazon. CloudWatch by using the PutMetricData API call Create a CloudWatch alarm
that is based on the custom metrics

B. Create an hourly cron job on the instances to copy the application log data to an Amazon S3
bucket Configure an AWS Lambda function to scan the log file and publish a message to an
Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to alert staff rf errors are detected.

C. Install the Amazon CloudWatch agent on the instances Configure the CloudWatch agent to
stream the application log file to Amazon CloudWatch Logs Run a CloudWatch Logs insights
query to search lor the relevant pattern in the log file Create a CloudWatch alarm that is based
on the query output

D. Install the Amazon CloudWatch agent on the instances Configure the CloudWatch agent to
stream the application log file to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. Create a metric fitter for the
relevant log group. Define the filter pattern that is required to determine that there are errors in
the application Create a CloudWatch alarm that is based on the resulting metric.

A

B

619
Q

A company has two AWS accounts in the same AWS Region. One account is a publisher
account, and the other account is a subscriber account Each account has its own Amazon S3
bucket.
An application puts media objects into the publisher account’s S3 bucket The objects are
encrypted with server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). The
company needs a solution that will automatically copy the objects to the subscriber’s account’s
S3 bucket.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Enable S3 Versioning on the publisher account’s S3 bucket Configure S3 Same-Region
Replication of the objects to the subscriber account’s S3 bucket

B. Create an AWS Lambda function that is invoked when objects are published in the publisher
account’s S3 bucket. Configure the Lambda function to copy the objects to the subscriber
accounts S3 bucket

C. Configure Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to invoke an AWS Lambda
function when objects are published in the publisher account's S3 bucket Configure the Lambda
function to copy the objects to the subscriber account's S3 bucket

D. Configure Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to publish Amazon Simple
Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notifications when objects are published in the publisher
account’s S3 bucket When notifications are received use the S3 console to copy the objects to
the subscriber accounts S3 bucket

A

B

620
Q

A hospital wants to create digital copies for its large collection of historical written records. The
hospital will continue to add hundreds of new documents each day. The hospital’s data team will
scan the documents and will upload the documents to the AWS Cloud.
A solutions architect must implement a solution to analyze the documents: extract the medical
information, and store the documents so that an application can run SQL queries on the data
The solution must maximize scalability and operational efficiency

Which combination of steps should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements?
(Select TWO.)

A. Write the document information to an Amazon EC2 instance that runs a MySQL database

B. Write the document information to an Amazon S3 bucket Use Amazon Athena to query the
data

C. Create an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2 instances to run a custom application that
processes the scanned files and extracts the medical information.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function that runs when new documents are uploaded Use Amazon
Rekognition to convert the documents
to raw text Use Amazon Transcribe Medical to detect and extract relevant medical Information
from the text.

E. Create an AWS Lambda function that runs when new documents are uploaded Use Amazon
Textract to convert the documents to
raw text Use Amazon Comprehend Medical to detect and extract relevant medical information
from the text

A

A, E

621
Q

A company runs an application that receives data from thousands of geographically dispersed
remote devices that use UDP The application processes the data immediately and sends a
message back to the device if necessary No data is stored.
The company needs a solution that minimizes latency for the data transmission from the
devices. The solution also must provide rapid failover to another AWS Region

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure an Amazon Route 53 failover routing policy Create a Network Load Balancer
(NLB) in each of the two Regions Configure the NLB to invoke an AWS Lambda function to
process the data

B. Use AWS Global Accelerator Create a Network Load Balancer (NLB) in each of the two
Regions as an endpoint. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster
with the Fargate launch type Create an ECS service on the cluster Set the ECS service as the
target for the NLB Process the data in Amazon ECS.

C. Use AWS Global Accelerator Create an Application Load Balancer (ALB) in each of the two
Regions as an endpoint Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster
with the Fargate launch type Create an ECS service on the cluster. Set the ECS service as the
target for the ALB Process the data in Amazon ECS

D. Configure an Amazon Route 53 failover routing policy Create an Application Load Balancer
(ALB) in each of the two Regions Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
cluster with the Fargate launch type Create an ECS service on the cluster Set the ECS service
as the target for the ALB Process the data in Amazon ECS

A

C

622
Q

A company wants to migrate a Windows-based application from on premises to the AWS Cloud.
The application has three tiers, a business tier, and a database tier with Microsoft SQL Server.
The company wants to use specific features of SQL Server such as native backups and Data
Quality Services. The company also needs to share files for process between the tiers.

How should a solution architect design the architecture to meet these requirements?

A. Host all three on Amazon instances. Use Mmazon FSx File Gateway for file sharing between
tiers.

B. Host all three on Amazon EC2 instances. Use Amazon FSx for Windows file sharing between
the tiers.

C. Host the application tier and the business tier on Amazon EC2 instances. Host the database
tier on Amazon RDS. Use Amazon Elastic File system (Amazon EFS) for file sharing between
the tiers.

D. Host the application tier and the business tier on Amazon EC2 instances. Host the database
tier on Amazon RDS. Use a Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon
EBS) volume for file sharing between the tiers.

A

B

623
Q

An online retail company needs to run near-real-time analytics on website traffic to analyze
top-selling products across different locations. The product purchase data and the user location
details are sent to a third-party application that runs on premises The application processes the
data and moves the data into the company’s analytics engine
The company needs to implement a cloud-based solution to make the data available for near-
real-time analytics.

Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to ingest the data Use AWS Lambda to transform the
data Configure Lambda to write the data to Amazon Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon
Elasticsearch Service)

B. Configure Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to write the data to an Amazon S3 bucket Schedule
an AWS Glue crawler job to enrich the data and update the AWS Glue Data Catalog Use
Amazon Athena for analytics

C. Configure Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to write the data to an Amazon S3 bucket Add an
Apache Spark job on Amazon EMR to enrich the data in the S3 bucket and write the data to
Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service)

D. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to ingest the data Enable Kinesis Data Firehose data
transformation with AWS Lambda Configure Kinesis Data Firehose to write the data to Amazon
OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service).

A

C

624
Q

A ride-sharing company stores historical service usage data as structured csv data files in
Amazon S3 A data analyst needs to perform SQL queries on this data A solutions architect
must recommend a solution that optimizes cost-effectiveness for the queries

Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon EMR cluster Load the data Perform the queries

B. Create an Amazon Redshift cluster import the data Perform the queries

C. Create an Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster Import the data Perform the queries

D. Create an Amazon Athena database Associate the data in Amazon S3 Perform the queries

A

D

625
Q

A company needs to ingested and handle large amounts of streaming data that its application
generates. The application runs on Amazon EC2 instances and sends data to Amazon Kinesis
Data Streams. which is contained wild default settings. Every other day the application
consumes the data and writes the data to an Amazon S3 bucket for business intelligence (BI)
processing the company observes that Amazon S3 is not receiving all the data that trio
application sends to Kinesis Data Streams.

What should a solutions architect do to resolve this issue?

A. Update the Kinesis Data Streams default settings by modifying the data retention period.

B. Update the application to use the Kinesis Producer Library (KPL) lo send the data to Kinesis
Data Streams.

C. Update the number of Kinesis shards lo handle the throughput of me data that is sent to
Kinesis Data Streams.

D. Turn on S3 Versioning within the S3 bucket to preserve every version of every object that is
ingested in the S3 bucket.

A

A

626
Q

A company has more than 5 TB of file data on Windows file servers that run on premises Users
and applications interact with the data each day
The company is moving its Windows workloads to AWS. As the company continues this
process, the company requires access to AWS and on-premises file storage with minimum
latency The company needs a solution that minimizes operational overhead and requires no
significant changes to the existing file access patterns. The company uses an AWS Site-to-Site
VPN connection for connectivity to AWS

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy and configure Amazon FSx for Windows File Server on AWS. Move the on- premises
file data to FSx for Windows File Server. Reconfigure the workloads to use FSx for Windows
File Server on AWS.

B. Deploy and configure an Amazon S3 File Gateway on premises Move the on-premises file
data to the S3 File Gateway Reconfigure the on-premises workloads and the cloud workloads to
use the S3 File Gateway

C. Deploy and configure an Amazon S3 File Gateway on premises Move the on-premises file
data to Amazon S3 Reconfigure the workloads to use either Amazon S3 directly or the S3 File
Gateway, depending on each workload’s location

D. Deploy and configure Amazon FSx for Windows File Server on AWS Deploy and
configure an Amazon FSx File Gateway on premises Move the on-premises file data to the FSx
File Gateway Configure the cloud workloads to use FSx for Windows File Server on AWS
Configure the on-premises workloads to use the FSx File Gateway

A

D

627
Q

A solution architect is creating a new Amazon CloudFront distribution for an application Some of
Ine information submitted by users is sensitive. The application uses HTTPS but needs another
layer” of security The sensitive information should be protected throughout the entire application
stack end access to the information should be restricted to certain applications

Which action should the solutions architect take?

A. Configure a CloudFront signed URL

B. Configure a CloudFront signed cookie.

C. Configure a CloudFront field-level encryption profile

D. Configure CloudFront and set the Origin Protocol Policy setting to HTTPS Only for the
Viewer Protocol Policy

A

C

628
Q

A company is running a database on am Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance. The company
must maintain a near-real-time replica of the database on premises. The company needs to
encrypt the data in transit and is using a 1 Gbps AWS Direct Connect connection.

Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Data Pipeline to replicate from AWS to on premises over an IPsec VPN on top of
the Direct Conned connection.

B. Use MySQL replication to replicate from AWS to on premises over an IPsec VPN on top of
the Direct Connect connection

C. Use the RDS Multi-AZ feature. Choose on premises as the failover Availability Zone over an
IPsec VPN on top of the Direct Connect connection.

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) and
Direct Connect with MACsec
encryption to continuously replicate the data from AWS to on premises.

A

B

629
Q

A Company has an application that provides marketing services to stores. The services are
based on previous purchased by store customers. The stores upload transaction data to the
company through SFTP, and the data is processed an analysed to generate new marketing
offers. Some of the files can exceed 200 GB in size.
Recently, the company discovered that some of the stores have uploaded file that contains
personality identifiable information (PII) that should not have included. The company wants
administrators to be alerted if PII is shared again. The company also wants to automate
remediation.

A. Use an Amazon S3 bucket as a secure transfer point. Use Amazon Inspector to scan me
objects in the bucket. If objects contain Pll. trigger an S3 Lifecycle policy to remove the objects
that contain Pll.

B. Use an Amazon S3 bucket as a secure transfer point. Use Amazon Macie to scan the objects
in the bucket. If objects contain Pll. Use Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to trigger a notification to the administrators to remove the objects mat contain Pll.

C. Implement custom scanning algorithms in an AWS Lambda function. Trigger the function
when objects are loaded into the bucket. It objects contain Rll. use Amazon Simple Notification
Service (Amazon SNS) to trigger a notification to the administrators to remove the objects that
contain Pll.

D. Implement custom scanning algorithms in an AWS Lambda function. Trigger the function
when objects are loaded into the bucket. If objects contain Pll. use Amazon Simple Email
Service (Amazon STS) to trigger a notification to the administrators and trigger on S3 Lifecycle
policy to remove the objects mot contain PII.

A

B

630
Q

A gaming company wants to launch a new internet-facing application in multiple AWS Regions.
The application will use the TCP and UDP protocols for communication. The company needs to
provide high availability and minimum latency for global users.

Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements?
(Select TWO.)

A. Create internal Network Load Balancers in front of the application in each Region

B. Create external Application Load Balancers in front of the application in each Region

C. Create an AWS Global Accelerator accelerator to route traffic to the load balancers in each
Region

D. Configure Amazon Route 53 to use a geolocation routing policy to distribute the traffic

E. Configure Amazon CloudFront to handle the traffic and route requests to the application in
each Region

A

A, C

631
Q

A company’s order system sends requests from clients to Amazon EC2 instances The EC2
instances process the orders and then store the orders in a database on Amazon RDS. Users
report that they must reprocess orders when the system fails. The company wants a resilient
solution that can process orders automatically if a system outage occurs.

What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Move the EC2 instances Into an Auto Scaling group. Create an Amazon EventBridge
(Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to target an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon
ECS) task

B. Move the EC2 instances into an Auto Seating group behind an Application Load Balancer (Al
B) Update the order system to send message to the ALB endpoint

C. Move the EC2 instances into an Auto Scaling group. Configure the order system to send
messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SGS) queue. Configure the EC2
instances to consume messages from the queue.

D. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Create an AWS Lambda
function, and subscribe the function to the SNS topic Configure (he order system to send
messages to the SNS topic. Send a command to the EC2 instances to process the messages
by using AWS Systems Manager Run Command

A

C

632
Q

A company is designing an application to run in a VPC on AWS The application consists of
Amazon EC2 instances that tun in private subnets as part of an Auto Scaling group The
application also includes a Network Load Balancer that extends across public subnets The
application stores data in an Amazon RDS OB instance
The company has attached a security group that is named “web-servers’ to the EC2
instances. The company has attached a security group that is named “database” to the DB
Instance.

How should a solutions architect configure the communication between the EC2 instances and
the DB instance?

A. Configure the “web-servers* security group (o allow access lo the OB instance’s current IP
addresses Configure the “database” security group to allow access from the current set of IP
addresses in use by the EC? instances

B. Configure the “web-servers” security group to allow access to the “database” security group
Configure the “database” security group to allow access from the “web-servers” security group

C. Configure the “web-servers” security group to allow access to the DB instance’s current IP
addresses Configure the “database” security group to allow access from the Auto Scaling group

D. Configure the “web servers” security group to allow access to the “database” security group
Configure the “database” security group to allow access from the Auto Scaling group

A

C

633
Q

A company wants to run applications in container in the AWS Cloud. Those applications arc
stateless and can tolerate disruptions. What should a solutions architect do to meet those
requirements?

What should a solution architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use Spot Instances in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group to run the application containers

B. Use Spot Instances in an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) managed node
group

C. Use On-Demand Instances in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group to run the application
containers

D. Use On-Demand Instances in an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS)
managed node group.

A

A